HomeMy WebLinkAbout2000-185 THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
BY-LAW 2000- 185
Being a By-law to authorize a contract between the
Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington and Gerr
Construction, Bowmanville, Ontario, to enter into an
agreement for the Elevator Installation at the Clarington
Beech Centre.
THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON HEREBY ENACTS
AS FOLLOWS:
1. THAT the Mayor and Clerk are hereby authorized to execute, on behalf of the
Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington with the Corporation Seal, a contract
between Gerr Construction, Bowmanville, Ontario, and said Corporation; and
2. THAT the contract attached hereto as Schedule "A"form part of this By-law.
By-law read a first and second time this 16th day of October, 2000
By-law read a third time and finally passed this 16th day of October, 2000
dor
Jerk
BARRY • BRYAN
ASSOCIATES (1991) LIMITED
ARCHITECT • ENGINEER • PROJECT MANAGERS
11 Stanley Court, Whitby, Ontario UN 8P9
Tel: (905) 666-5252 • Tor: (905) 427-4495 • Fax: (905) 666-5256
E-mail: bba@idirect.com
Contract Documents
New Elevator Installation
Clarington Beech Centre
Municipality of Clarington
26 Beech Avenue, Bowmanville
Tender No. CL2000-25
BARRY • BRYAN ASSOCIATES (1991) LIMITED
11 Stanley Court, Unit 1
Whitby, Ontario L1 N 8P9
Tel: (90 5) 666-52 905) 427 4496
m_ Fax: (9051 66
www.bba-
E-mail: b
Proj mber 28, 2000
dmqmFmqqmW
1
1 Standard construction document CCDC
1
1994z
1
1
1
r
1
Stipulated p rice contract
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 This agreement is protected by
copyright and is intended by the
parties to bean unaltered version of
Project: New Elevator Installation, Clarington Beech Centre ccc z- i9 4 except ch extent
1 Municipality of Clarington, 26 Beech Avenue, that any,2lte'ratiop5,Additions or
Bowmanville Tender No. CL2000-25 modification's Are set forth in'
supplementary conditions.
QQDQ1 Canadian construction documents committee
Standard Construction Document-CCDC 2-1994
AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR
' For use when a stipulated price is the basis of payment.
This Agreement made on the third day of November in the year Two Thousand
by and between
' Municipality of Clarington
' hereinafter called the "Owner"
' and
' Gerr Construction Limited
hereinafter called the "Contractor"
The Owner and the Contractor agree as follows:
' ARTICLE A-1 THE WORK
' The Contractor shall:
' 1.1 perform the Work required by the Contract Documents for New Elevator Installation,Clarington Beech Centre,
Municipality of Clarington located at 26 Beech Avenue,Bowmanville which have been signed by the parties,
' and for which Barry•Bryan Associates(199 1)Limited is acting as and is hereinafter called the"Consultant"and
' 1.2 do and fulfill everything indicated by this Agreement,and
' 1.3 commence the Work by the first day of December in the year Two Thousand and, subject to adjustment in
Contract Time as provided for in the Contract Documents,attain Substantial Performance of the Work,by the
twentieth day of April in the year Two Thousand and One.
' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00502 1
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
' ARTICLE A-2 AGREEMENTS AND AMENDMENTS
' 2.1 The Contract supersedes all prior negotiations,representations,or agreements,either written or oral,relating in
any manner to the Work, including the bidding documents that are not expressly listed in Article A-3 of the
Agreement-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
' 2.2 The Contract may be amended only as provided in the Contract Documents.
' ARTICLE A-3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
3.1 The following are the Contract Documents referred to in Article A-1 of the Agreement-THE WORK:
' • Agreement Between Owner and Contractor
•
Definitions
• The General Conditions of the Stipulated Price Contract
' Tender Form submitted by Gerr Construction Limited dated August 30,2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 pages
Clearance Certificate issued by the Workplace Safety&Insurance Board dated October 18,2000 . . . 1 page
tCertificate of Insurance issued by Allianz Insurance Company of Canada dated November 14,2000 . 1 page
' Binder for Liability Insurance issued by Roughly Insurance Brokers Ltd. Oshawa
dated November 14,2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 page
' Performance Bond issued by Zurich Insurance Company of Canada dated November 14,2000 . . . . . . 1 page
Labour and Material Payment Bond issued by Zurich Insurance Company of Canada
dated November 14,2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 pages
Contract Specifications dated August 8,2000
' Contract Drawings:
Drawing No. Title Rev. Issued
No.
' Architectural
A201 Plans 0 August 3,2000
' A301 Enlarged Plans and Elevations 0 August 3,2000
A401 Reflected Ceiling Plan,Sections and Door Details 0 August 3,2000
A501 Details 0 August 3,2000
' Structural
S201 Structural Plans,Notes and Details 0 August 3,2000
Mechanical
' ME-1 Basement/Roof Plans,Mech./Elec.Upgrades Elevator 1 August 3,2000
IL I Installation
' * (Insert here, attaching additional pages if required, a list identifying all other Contract Documents e.g.
Supplementary Conditions;Specifications,giving a list ofcontents with section numbers and titles,number ofpages,and
date;Drawings,giving drawing number, title, date, revision date or mark,Addenda,giving title, number, date)
CCDC 2- 1994 File 00502 2
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
' unchanged.
' ARTICLE A-4 CONTRACT PRICE
4.1 The Contract Price,which excludes Value Added Taxes,is:
One Hundred and Seventy-one Thousand,Five Hundred dollars
' and zero cents. $171,500.00
' 4.2 Value Added Taxes(of 7%)payable by the Owner to the Contractor are:
' Twelve Thousand and Five dollars
and zero cents. $12,005.00
43 Total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for the construction of the Work is:
' One Hundred and Eighty-three Thousand,Five Hundred and Five dollars
and zero cents. $183,505.00
' 4.4 All amounts are in Canadian funds.
4.5 These amounts shall be subject to adjustments as provided in the Contract Documents.
1
' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00502 3
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
' unchanged.
' ARTICLE A-5 PAYMENT
' 5.1 Subject to the provisions of the Contract Documents,and in accordance with legislation and statutory regulations
respecting holdback percentages and,where such legislation or regulations do not exist or apply, subject to a
holdback of eleven percent(11%),the Owner shall in Canadian funds:
' 1 make progress payments to the Contractor on account of the Contract Price when due in the amount
certified by the Consultant together with such Value Added Taxes as may be applicable to such payment,
and
.2 upon Substantial Performance of the Work,pay to the Contractor the unpaid balance of the holdback
amount when due together with such Value Added Taxes as may be applicable to such payment,and
' .3 upon the issuance of the final certificate for payment,pay to the Contractor the unpaid balance of the
Contract Price when due together with such Value Added Taxes as may be applicable to such payment.
5.2 In the event of loss or damage occurring where payment becomes due under the property and boiler insurance
policies,payments shall be made to the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of GC 11.1-INSURANCE.
5.3 Interest
1 Should either party fail to make payments as they become due under the terms of the Contract or in an
' award by arbitration or court,interest at one percent(1 %)per annum above the bank rate on such unpaid
amounts shall also become due and payable until payment. Such interest shall be compounded on a
monthly basis. The bank rate shall be the rate established by the Bank of Canada as the minimum rate at
' which the Bank of Canada makes short term advances to the chartered banks.
.2 Interest shall apply at the rate and in the manner prescribed by paragraph 5.3.1 of this Article on the
amount of any claim settled pursuant to Part 8 of the General Conditions-DISPUTE RESOLUTION from
' the date the amount would have been due and payable under the Contract,had it not been in dispute,until
the date it is paid.
1
' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00502 4
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
' unchanged.
' ARTICLE A-6 RECEIPT OF AND ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES
6.1 Notices in writing between the parties or between them and the Consultant shall be considered to have been
received by the addressee on the date of delivery if delivered to the individual,or to a member of the firm,or to
an officer of the corporation for whom they are intended by hand or by registered post;or if sent by regular post,
' to have been delivered within 5 Working Days of the date of mailing when addressed as follows:
The Owner at 40 Temperance Street
Bowmanville,Ontario L1C 3E6
' The Contractor at R.R.#3,3386 Solina Road
Bowmanville,Ontario L1C 3K4
The Consultant at I 1 Stanley Court,Unit 1
' Whitby,Ontario LIN 8P9
' ARTICLE A-7 LANGUAGE OF THE CONTRACT
7.1 When the Contract Documents are prepared in both the English and French languages, it is agreed that in the
' event of any apparent discrepancy between the English and French versions,the English/French*language shall
prevail.
* Complete this statement by striking out inapplicable term.
7.2 This Agreement is drawn in English at the request of the parties hereto. La pr6sente convention est r6dig6e en
anglais a la demande des parties.
ARTICLE A-8 SUCCESSION
' 8.1 The Contract Documents are to be read into and form part of this Agreement and the whole shall constitute the
Contract between the parties,and subject to the law and the provisions of the Contract Documents shall enure
to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto,their respective heirs,legal representatives,successors,
and assigns.
' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00502 5
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
' unchanged.
' In witness whereof the parties hereto have executed this Agreement and by the hands of their duly authorized
representatives.
' SIGNED AND DELIVERED
in the presence of:
OWNER
' Municivality of Clarin ton
na-
signaiGe WITNESS
Jo Mu on mayor
name and de of pe signi
signaVtv signature
Clerk
' name and title ofperson signing name and title ofperson signing
' CONTRACTOR
' Gerr Construction Limited
name of contr ctor
signa re WITNESS
name iyd title ofperson signing
signature s4fnature
' name and title ofperson signing name and title ofperson signing
' N.B. Where legal jurisdiction, local practice, or Owner or Contractor requirement calls for:
(a) proof of authority to execute this document, attach such proof of authority in the form of a certified copy
of a resolution naming the representative(s) authorized to sign the Agreement for and on behalf of the
corporation or partnership;or
(b) the affixing of a corporate seal, this Agreement should be properly sealed.
CCDC 2- 1994 File 00502 6
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
' unchanged.
Standard Construction Document-CCDC 2-1994
' DEFINITIONS
The following Definitions shall apply to all Contract Documents.
' 1. Contract
The Contract is the undertaking by the parties to perform their respective duties, responsibilities, and
obligations as prescribed in the Contract Documents and represents the entire agreement between the parties.
2. Contract Documents
The Contract Documents consist of those documents listed in Article A-3 of the Agreement-CONTRACT
' DOCUMENTS and amendments agreed upon between the parties.
3. Owner
The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement. The term Owner means the Owner
or the Owner's authorized agent or representative as designated to the Contractor in writing,but does not
include the Consultant.
' 4. Contractor
The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement. The term Contractor means the
Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative as designated to the Owner in writing.
' 5. Subcontractor
A Subcontractor is a person or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a part or parts
of the Work,or to supply Products worked to a special design for the Work.
' 6. Supplier
A Supplier is a person or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor to supply Products not worked
' to a special design for the Work.
7. Consultant
' The Consultant is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement. The Consultant is the Architect,
the Engineer,or entity licensed to practice in the province or territory of the Place of the Work. The term
Consultant means the Consultant or the Consultant's authorized representative.
' 8. Project
The Project means the total construction contemplated of which the Work may be the whole or a part.
9. Work
The Work means the total construction and related services required by the Contract Documents.
'
10. Place of the Work
The Place of the Work is the designated site or location of the Work identified in Article A-1 of the
Agreement-THE WORK.
' CCDC 2-1994 File 00602 7
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
11. Product
Product or Products means material,machinery,equipment,and fixtures forming the Work,but does not
include machinery and equipment used to prepare,fabricate,convey,or erect the Work,which are referred
to as construction machinery and equipment.
12. Provide
Provide means to supply and install.
13. Contract Price
The Contract Price is the amount stipulated in Article A-4 of the Agreement-CONTRACT PRICE.
14. Contract Time
' The Contract Time is the time stipulated in paragraph 1.3 of Article A-1 of the Agreement-THE WORK
from commencement of the Work to Substantial Performance of the Work.
' 15. Working Day
Working Day means a day other than a Saturday,Sunday,or a holiday which is observed by the construction
industry in the area of the Place of the Work.
I 16. Supplemental Instruction
A Supplemental Instruction is an instruction,not involving adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract
Time,in the form of specifications,drawings,schedules,samples,models or written instructions,consistent
' with the intent of the Contract Documents. It is to be issued by the Consultant to supplement the Contract
Documents as required for the performance of the Work.
' 17. Change Order
A Change Order is a written amendment to the Contract prepared by the Consultant and signed by the Owner
and the Contractor stating their agreement upon:
- a change in the Work;
- the method of adjustment or the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Price,if any;and
the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time,if any.
18. Change Directive
A Change Directive is a written instruction prepared by the Consultant and signed by the Owner directing
a change in the Work within the general scope of the Contract Documents.
19. Substantial Performance of the Work
Substantial Performance of the Work is as defined in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work.
If such legislation is not in force or does not contain such definition,Substantial Performance of the Work
shall have been reached when the Work is ready for use or is being used for the purpose intended and is so
certified by the Consultant.
20. Value Added Taxes
Value Added Taxes means such sum as shall be levied upon the Contract Price by the Federal or any
Provincial Government and is computed as a percentage of the Contract Price and includes the Goods and
Services Tax, the Quebec Sales Tax and any similar tax, the payment or collection of which is by the
legislation imposing such tax an obligation of the Contractor.
' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00602 8
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
' unchanged.
' Standard Construction Document-CCDC 2-1994
' GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE STIPULATED PRICE CONTRACT
PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
' GC 1.1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.1.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include the labour, Products, and services necessary for the
1 performance of the Work by the Contractor in accordance with these documents. It is not intended,however,
that the Contractor shall supply products or perform work not consistent with, not covered by, or not
properly inferable from the Contract Documents.
' 1.1.2 Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between:
1 the Owner and a Subcontractor,a Supplier,or their agent,employee,or other person performing any
of the Work.
.2 the Consultant and the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Supplier, or their agent, employee, or other
' person performing any of the Work.
1.1.3 The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by any one shall be as binding as if
' required by all.
1.1.4 Words and abbreviations which have well known technical or trade meanings are used in the Contract
Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings.
' 1.1.5 References in the Contract Documents to the singular shall be considered to include the plural as the context
requires.
' 1.1.6 The specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued,
consisting of the written requirements and standards for Products,systems,workmanship,and the services
' necessary for the performance of the Work.
1.1.7 The drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located and
whenever issued, showing the design, location, and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans,
elevations,sections,details,schedules,and diagrams.
1.1.8 Neither the organization of the specifications into divisions, sections, and parts nor the arrangement of
' drawings shall control the Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors and Suppliers or in
establishing the extent of the work to be performed by a trade.
1.1.9 If there is a conflict within Contract Documents:
1 the order of priority of documents,from highest to lowest,shall be
•the Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor,
' •the Definitions,
•Supplementary Conditions,
•the General Conditions, •Division 1 of the specifications,
' •Divisions 2 through 16 of the specifications,
•material and finishing schedules,
•drawings.
' .2 drawings of larger scale shall govern over those of smaller scale of the same date.
.3 dimensions shown on drawings shall govern over dimensions scaled from drawings.
CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 9
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
' Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
.4 later dated documents shall govern over earlier documents of the same type.
' 1.1.10 The Owner shall provide the Contractor, without charge, sufficient copies of the Contract Documents to
perform the Work.
' 1.1.11 Specifications, drawings,models,and copies thereof furnished by the Consultant are and shall remain the
Consultant's property,with the exception of the signed Contract sets,which shall belong to each party to the
Contract. All specifications, drawings, and models furnished by the Consultant are to be used only with
respect to the Work and are not to be used on other work. These specifications,drawings,and models are
not to be copied or altered in any manner without the written authorization of the Consultant.
1.1.12 Models furnished by the Contractor at the Owner's expense are the property of the Owner.
' GC 1.2 LAW OF THE CONTRACT
' 1.2.1 The law of the Place of the Work shall govern the interpretation of the Contract.
GC 1.3 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
' 1.3.1 Except as expressly provided in the Contract Documents,the duties and obligations imposed by the Contract
Documents and the rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of
any duties,obligations,rights,and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law.
' 1.3.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner,Consultant,or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or
duty afforded any of them under the Contract, nor shall any such action or failure to act constitute an
' approval of or acquiescence in any breach thereunder,except as may be specifically agreed in writing.
GC 1.4 ASSIGNMENT
1 1.4.1 Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or a portion thereof without the written consent of the
other,which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
PART 2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
GC 2.1 AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT
' 2.1.1 The Consultant will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract
Documents,unless otherwise modified by written agreement as provided in paragraph 2.1.2.
2.1.2 The duties, responsibilities, and limitations of authority of the Consultant as set forth in the Contract
Documents shall be modified or extended only with the written consent of the Owner,the Contractor,and
the Consultant.
' 2.L3 Ifthe Consultant's employment is terminated,the Owner shall immediately appoint or reappoint a Consultant
against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents
shall be that of the former Consultant.
1 GC 2.2 ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT
' 2.2.1 The Consultant will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents during
construction until issuance of the final certificate for payment,and subject to GC 2.1 -AUTHORITY OF
THE CONSULTANT and with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time until the completion of any
' correction of defects as provided in paragraph 12.3.3 of GC 12.3 -WARRANTY.
CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 10
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
2.2.2 The Consultant will visit the Place of the Work at intervals appropriate to the progress of construction to
become familiar with the progress and quality of the work and to determine if the Work is proceeding in
general conformity with the Contract Documents.
2.2.3 If the Owner and the Consultant agree, the Consultant will provide at the Place of the Work,one or more
project representatives to assist in carrying out the Consultant's responsibilities. The duties,responsibilities,
and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in writing to the Contractor.
' 2.2.4 Based on the Consultant's observations and evaluation of the Contractor's applications for payment, the
Consultant will determine the amounts owing to the Contractor under the Contract and will issue certificates
for payment as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement-PAYMENT,GC 5.3-PROGRESS PAYMENT,
and GC 5.7-FINAL PAYMENT.
' 2.2.5 The Consultant will not be responsible for and will not have control,charge,or supervision of construction
means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures,or for safety precautions and programs required in
' connection with the Work in accordance with the applicable construction safety legislation,other regulations,
or general construction practice. The Consultant will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to carry
out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Consultant will not have control over,charge
of,or be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor,Subcontractors,Suppliers,or their agents,
' employees,or any other persons performing portions of the Work.
2.2.6 The Consultant will be,in the first instance,the interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents
' and shall make findings as to the performance thereunder by both parties to the Contract,except with respect
to GC 5.1 -FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER. Interpretations and findings
of the Consultant shall be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. When making such
' interpretations and findings the Consultant will not show partiality to either the Owner or the Contractor.
2.2.7 Claims,disputes,and other matters in question relating to the performance of the Work or the interpretation
of the Contract Documents, except for GC 5.1 - FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE
' OWNER,shall be referred initially to the Consultant by notice in writing given to the Consultant and to the
other party for the Consultant's interpretation and finding which will be given by notice in writing to the
parties within a reasonable time.
' 2.2.8 The Consultant will have authority to reject work which in the Consultant's opinion does not conform to the
requirements of the Contract Documents. Whenever the Consultant considers it necessary or advisable,the
Consultant will have authority to require inspection or testing of work, whether or not such work is
fabricated,installed,or completed. However,neither the authority of the Consultant to act nor any decision
either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of the
Consultant to the Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or their agents, employees, or other persons
performing any of the Work.
2.2.9 During the progress ofthe Work the Consultant will furnish Supplemental instructions to the Contractor with
reasonable promptness or in accordance with a schedule for such instructions agreed to by the Consultant
and the Contractor.
2.2.10 The Consultant will review and take appropriate action upon such Contractor's submittals as shop drawings,
' Product data,and samples,as provided in the Contract Documents.
2.2.11 The Consultant will prepare Change Orders and Change Directives as provided in GC 6.2 - CHANGE
' ORDER and GC 6.3 -CHANGE DIRECTIVE.
2.2.12 The Consultant will conduct reviews of the Work to determine the date of Substantial Performance of the
Work as provided in GC 5.4- SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK.
2.2.13 All certificates issued by the Consultant shall be to the best of the Consultant's knowledge,information,and
belief. By issuing any certificate,the Consultant does not guarantee the Work is correct or complete.
CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 11
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
' Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
2.2.14 The Consultant will receive and review written warranties and related documents required by the Contract
and provided by the Contractor and will forward such warranties and documents to the Owner for the
' Owner's acceptance.
GC 2.3 REVIEW AND INSPECTION OF THE WORK
i2.3.1 The Owner and the Consultant shall have access to the Work at all times. The Contractor shall provide
sufficient, safe, and proper facilities at all times for the review of the Work by the Consultant and the
inspection of the Work by authorized agencies. If parts of the Work are in preparation at locations other than
the Place of the Work, the Owner and the Consultant shall be given access to such work whenever it is in
progress.
' 2.3.2 If work is designated for tests,inspections,or approvals in the Contract Documents,or by the Consultant's
instructions, or the laws or ordinances of the Place of the Work, the Contractor shall give the Consultant
reasonable notice of when the work will be ready for review and inspection. The Contractor shall arrange
' for and shall give the Consultant reasonable notice of the date and time of inspections by other authorities.
2.3.3 The Contractor shall furnish promptly to the Consultant two copies of certificates and inspection reports
relating to the Work.
2.3.4 If the Contractor covers, or permits to be covered, work that has been designated for special tests,
inspections,or approvals before such special tests,inspections,or approvals are made,given or completed,
' the Contractor shall,if so directed,uncover such work,have the inspections or tests satisfactorily completed,
and make good covering work at the Contractors expense.
2.3.5 The Consultant may order any portion or portions of the Work to be examined to confirm that such work is
in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If the work is not in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct the work and pay the cost of
examination and correction. If the work is in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,
' the Owner shall pay the cost of examination and restoration.
GC 2.4 DEFECTIVE WORK
2.4.1 The Contractor shall promptly remove from the Place of the Work and replace or re-execute defective work
that has been rejected by the Consultant as failing to conform to the Contract Documents whether or not the
defective work has been incorporated in the Work and whether or not the defect is the result of poor
workmanship,use of defective products, or damage through carelessness or other act or omission of the
Contractor.
2.4.2 The Contractor shall make good promptly other contractors'work destroyed or damaged by such removals
or replacements at the Contractors expense.
2.4.3 If in the opinion of the Consultant it is not expedient to correct defective work or work not performed as
provided in the ContractDocuments,the Owner may deduct from the amount otherwise due to the Contractor
the difference in value between the work as performed and that called for by the Contract Documents. If the
Owner and the Contractor do not agree on the difference in value, they shall refer the matter to the
Consultant for a determination.
PART 3 EXECUTION OF THE WORK
' GC 3.1 CONTROL OF THE WORK
' 3.1.1 The Contractor shall have total control of the Work and shall effectively direct and supervise the Work so
as to ensure conformity with the Contract Documents.
CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 12
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
3.1.2 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and
procedures and for co-ordinating the various parts of the Work under the Contract.
GC 3.2 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS
' 3.2.1 The Owner reserves the right to award separate contracts in connection with other parts of the Project to
other contractors and to perform work with own forces.
' 3.2.2 When separate contracts are awarded for other parts of the Project, or when work is performed by the
Owner's own forces,the Owner shall:
1 provide for the co-ordination of the activities and work of other contractors and Owner's own forces
with the Work of the Contract;
.2 assume overall responsibility for compliance with the applicable health and construction safety
legislation at the Place of the Work;
.3 enter into separate contracts with other contractors under conditions of contract which are compatible
with the conditions of the Contract;
.4 ensure that insurance coverage is provided to the same requirements as are called for in GC 11.1 -
INSURANCE and co-ordinate such insurance with the insurance coverage of the Contractor as it
' affects the Work;and
.5 take all reasonable precautions to avoid labour disputes or other disputes on the Project arising from
the work of other contractors or the Owner's own forces.
3.2.3 When separate contracts are awarded for other parts of the Project, or when work is performed by the
Owner's own forces,the Contractor shall:
1 afford the Owner and other contractors reasonable opportunity to introduce and store their products
and use their construction machinery and equipment to execute their work;
' .2 co-ordinate and schedule the Work with the work of other contractors and Owner's own forces and
connect as specified or shown in the Contract Documents;
.3 participate with other contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules when
directed to do so;and
.4 where part of the Work is affected by or depends upon for its proper execution the work of other
contractors or Owner's own forces, promptly report to the Consultant in writing and prior to
proceeding with that part of the Work, any apparent deficiencies in such work. Failure by the
Contractor to so report shall invalidate any claims against the Owner by reason of the deficiencies
in the work of other contractors or Owner's own forces except those deficiencies not then reasonably
discoverable.
3.2.4 Where a change in the Work is required as a result of the co-ordination and connection of the work of other
contractors or Owner's own forces with the Work,the changes shall be authorized and valued as provided
in GC 6.1 -CHANGES,GC 6.2-CHANGE ORDER,and GC 6.3 -CHANGE DIRECTIVE.
! 3.2.5 Claims,disputes,and other matters in question between the Contractor and other contractors shall be dealt
with as provided in Part 8 of the General Conditions - DISPUTE RESOLUTION provided the other
' contractors have reciprocal obligations. The Contractor shall be deemed to have consented to arbitration of
any dispute with any other contractor whose contract with the Owners contains a similar agreement to
arbitrate.
' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 13
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
' Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
GC 3.3 TEMPORARY SUPPORTS,STRUCTURES,AND FACILITIES
' 3.3.1 The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for the design, erection, operation, maintenance, and
removal of temporary supports, structures, and facilities and the design and execution of construction
methods required in their use.
3.3.2 The Contractor shall engage and pay for registered professional engineering personnel skilled in the
appropriate disciplines to perform those functions referred to in paragraph 3.3.1 where required by law or
by the Contract Documents and in all cases where such temporary supports,structures,and facilities and their
method of construction are of such a nature that professional engineering skill is required to produce safe
and satisfactory results.
' 3.3.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of GC 3.1 -CONTROL OF THE WORK,paragraph 3.3.1,and paragraph
3.3.2 or provisions to the contrary elsewhere in the Contract Documents where such Contract Documents
include designs for temporary supports,structures,and facilities or specify a method of construction in whole
or in part, such facilities and methods shall be considered to be part of the design of the Work and the
Contractor shall not be held responsible for that part of the design or the specified method of construction.
The Contractor shall, however, be responsible for the execution of such design or specified method of
construction in the same manner as for the execution of the Work.
GC 3.4 DOCUMENT REVIEW
' 3.4.1 The Contractor shall review the Contract Documents and shall report promptly to the Consultant any error,
inconsistency,or omission the Contractor may discover. Such review by the Contractor shall be to the best
of the Contractor's knowledge,information,and belief and in making such review the Contractor does not
' assume any responsibility to the Owner or the Consultant for the accuracy of the review. The Contractor
shall not be liable for damage or costs resulting from such errors, inconsistencies, or omissions in the
Contract Documents, which the Contractor did not discover. If the Contractor does discover any error,
inconsistency, or omission in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall not proceed with the work
affected until the Contractor has received corrected or missing information from the Consultant.
GC 3.5 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
3.5.1 The Contractor shall:
' 1 prepare and submit to the Owner and the Consultant prior to the first application for payment, a
construction schedule that indicates the timing of the major activities of the Work and provides
sufficient detail of the critical events and their inter-relationship to demonstrate the Work will be
performed in conformity with the Contract Time;
.2 monitor the progress of the Work relative to the construction schedule and update the schedule on a
monthly basis or as stipulated by the Contract Documents;and
.3 advise the Consultant of any revisions required to the schedule as the result of extensions of the
Contract Time as provided in Part 6 of the General Conditions-CHANGES IN THE WORK.
GC 3.6 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY
3.6.1 Subject to paragraph 3.2.2.2 of GC 3.2-CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS,
' the Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction safety at the Place of the Work and for compliance
with the rules,regulations,and practices required by the applicable construction health and safety legislation
and shall be responsible for initiating,maintaining,and supervising all safety precautions and programs in
connection with the performance of the Work.
' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 14
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
' Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
GC 3.7 SUPERVISOR
3.7.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent supervisor and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at
the Place of the Work while work is being performed. The supervisor shall not be changed except for valid
reason.
' 3.7.2 The supervisor shall represent the Contractor at the Place of the Work and notices and instructions given to
the supervisor by the Consultant shall be held to have been received by the Contractor.
GC 3.8 SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS
3.8.1 The Contractor shall preserve and protect the rights of the parties under the Contract with respect to work
' to be performed under subcontract,and shall:
1 enter into contracts or written agreements with Subcontractors and Suppliers to require them to
perform their work as provided in the Contract Documents;
' .2 incorporate the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents into all contracts or written
agreements with Subcontractors and Suppliers;and
.3 be as fully responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and of
persons directly or indirectly employed by them as for acts and omissions of persons directly
' employed by the Contractor.
3.8.2 The Contractor shall indicate in writing,at the request ofthe Owner,those Subcontractors or Suppliers whose
' bids have been received by the Contractor which the Contractor would be prepared to accept for the
performance of a portion of the Work. Should the Owner not object before signing the Contract, the
Contractor shall employ those Subcontractors or Suppliers so identified by the Contractor in writing for the
performance of that portion of the Work to which their bid applies.
' 3.8.3 The Owner may,for reasonable cause,at any time before the Owner has signed the Contract,object to the
use of a proposed Subcontractor or Supplier and require the Contractor to employ one of the other
' subcontract bidders.
3.8.4 If the Owner requires the Contractor to change a proposed Subcontractor or Supplier,the Contract Price and
Contract Time shall be adjusted by the differences occasioned by such required change.
3.8.5 The Contractor shall not be required to employ as a Subcontractor or Supplier,a person or firm to whom the
Contractor may reasonably object.
' 3.8.6 The Owner, through the Consultant, may provide to a Subcontractor or Supplier information as to the
percentage of the Subcontractor's or Supplier's work which has been certified for payment.
' GC 3.9 LABOUR AND PRODUCTS
3.9.1 The Contractor shall provide and pay for labour,Products,tools,construction machinery and equipment,
' water,heat,light,power,transportation,and other facilities and services necessary for the performance of
the Work in accordance with the Contract.
3.9.2 Products provided shall be new. Products which are not specified shall be of a quality consistent with those
specified and their use acceptable to the Consultant.
3.93 The Contractor shall maintain good order and discipline among the Contractor's employees engaged on the
Work and shall not employ on the Work anyone not skilled in the tasks assigned.
CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 15
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
' Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
' GC 3.10 DOCUMENTS AT THE SITE
' 3.10.1 The Contractor shall keep one copy of current Contract Documents, submittals, reports, and records of
meetings at the Place of the Work,in good order and available to the Owner and the Consultant.
' GC 3.11 SHOP DRAWINGS
3.11.1 Shop drawings are drawings,diagrams,illustrations,schedules,performance charts,brochures,Product,and
' other data which the Contractor provides to illustrate details of a portion of the Work.
3.11.2 The Contractor shall provide shop drawings as described in the Contract Documents or as the Consultant
may reasonably request.
' 3.11.3 The Contractor shall review all shop drawings prior to submission to the Consultant. The Contractor
represents by this review that:the Contractor has determined and verified all field measurements and field
construction conditions,or will do so;Product requirements;catalogue numbers;and similar data and that
the Contractor has checked and co-ordinated each shop drawing with the requirements of the Work and of
the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall confirm this review of each shop drawing by stamp,date,and
signature of the person responsible. At the time of submission the Contractor shall notify the Consultant in
' writing of any deviations in the shop drawings from the requirements of the Contract Documents.3.11.4The
Contractor shall submit shop drawings to the Consultant to review in orderly sequence and sufficiently in
advance so as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of other contractors. Upon request of the
' Contractor or the Consultant,they jointly shall prepare a schedule of the dates for submission and return of
shop drawings. Shop drawings which require approval of any legally constituted authority having
jurisdiction shall be submitted to such authority by the Contractor for approval.
' 3.11.5 The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in the form specified or as the Consultant may direct. The
Consultant will review and return shop drawings in accordance with the schedule agreed upon,or otherwise
with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay. The Consultant's review is for conformity to the design
' concept and for general arrangement only. The Consultant's review shall not relieve the Contractor of
responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings or for meeting all requirements of the Contract
Documents unless the Consultant expressly notes the acceptance of a deviation on the shop drawings.
' 3.11.6 Upon the Consultant's request,the Contractor shall revise and resubmit shop drawings which the Consultant
rejects as inconsistent with the Contract Documents unless otherwise directed by the Consultant. The
' Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing of any revisions to the resubmission other than those
requested by the Consultant.
GC 3.12 USE OF THE WORK
' 3.12.1 The Contractor shall confine construction machinery and equipment,storage of Products,and operations
of employees to limits indicated by laws, ordinances,permits, or the Contract Documents and shall not
' unreasonably encumber the Work with Products.
3.12.2 The Contractor shall not load or permit to be loaded any part of the Work with a weight or force that will
endanger the safety of the Work.
' GC 3.13 CUTTING AND REMEDIAL WORK
' 3.13.1 The Contractor shall do the cutting and remedial work required to make the several parts of the Work come
together properly.
' 3.13.2 The Contractor shall co-ordinate the Work to ensure that this requirement is kept to a minimum.
' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 16
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
' Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
3.13.3 Should the Owner,the Consultant,other contractors or anyone employed by them be responsible for ill-timed
work necessitating cutting or remedial work to be performed,the cost of such cutting or remedial work shall
' be valued as provided in GC 6.1 - CHANGES, GC 6.2 - CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 - CHANGE
DIRECTIVE.
' 3.13.4 Cutting and remedial work shall be performed by specialists familiar with the Products affected and shall
be performed in a manner to neither damage nor endanger the Work.
' GC 3.14 CLEANUP
3.14.1 The Contractor shall maintain the Work in a tidy condition and free from the accumulation of waste products
and debris,other than that caused by the Owner,other contractors or their employees.
' 3.14.2 The Contractor shall remove waste products and debris,other than that resulting from the work of the Owner,
other contractors or their employees,and shall leave the Work clean and suitable for occupancy by the Owner
' before attainment of Substantial Performance of the Work. The Contractor shall remove products,tools,
construction machinery,and equipment not required for the performance of the remaining work.
3.14.3 Prior to application for the final certificate for payment, the Contractor shall remove products, tools,
' construction machinery and equipment,and waste products and debris,other than that resulting from the
work of the Owner,other contractors or their employees.
' PART 4 ALLOWANCES
GC 4.1 CASH ALLOWANCES
' 4.1.1 The Contract Price includes cash allowances stated in the Contract Documents,which allowances shall be
expended as the Owner directs through the Consultant.
' 4.1.2 Cash allowances cover the net cost to the Contractor of services, Products, construction machinery and
equipment, freight, unloading, handling, storage, installation, and other authorized expenses incurred in
performing the work stipulated under the cash allowances but do not include any Value Added Taxes payable
by the Owner to the Contractor.
4.1.3 The Contract Price,and not the cash allowances,includes the Contractor's overhead and profit in connection
' with such cash allowances.
4.1.4 Where costs under a cash allowance exceed the amount of the allowance, the Contractor shall be
compensated for any excess incurred and substantiated plus an amount for overhead and profit as set out in
' the Contract Documents.
4.1.5 The Contract Price shall be adjusted by Change Order to provide for any difference between the actual cost
' and each cash allowance.
4.1.6 The value of the work performed under a cash allowance is eligible to be included in progress payments.
' 4.1.7 The Contractor and the Consultant shall jointly prepare a schedule that shows when the Consultant and
Owner must authorize ordering of items called for under cash allowances to avoid delaying the progress of
the Work.
GC 4.2 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE
4.2.1 The Contract Price includes the contingency allowance,if any,stated in the Contract Documents.
4.2.2 Expenditures under the contingency allowance shall be authorized and valued as provided in GC 6.1 -
CHANGES,GC 6.2-CHANGE ORDER,and GC 6.3-CHANGE DIRECTIVE.
' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 17
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
' Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
' 4.2.3 The Contract Price shall be adjusted by Change Order to provide for any difference between the
expenditures authorized under paragraph 4.2.2 and the contingency allowance.
PART 5 PAYMENT
' GC 5.1 FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER
5.1.1 The Owner shall,at the request of the Contractor,prior to execution of the Agreement,and/or promptly from
' time to time thereafter,furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been
made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract.
5.1.2 The Owner shall notify the Contractor in writing of any material change in the Owners financial
arrangements during the performance of the Contract.
GC 5.2 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT
5.2.1 Applications for payment on account as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement-PAYMENT may be
made monthly as the Work progresses.
' 5.2.2 Applications for payment shall be dated the last day of the agreed monthly payment period and the amount
claimed shall be for the value,proportionate to the amount of the Contract,of work performed and Products
delivered to the Place of the Work at that date.
' 5.2.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Consultant,at least 14 days before the first application for payment,a
schedule of values for the parts of the Work,aggregating the total amount of the Contract Price, so as to
' facilitate evaluation of applications for payment.
5.2.4 The schedule of values shall be made out in such form and supported by such evidence as the Consultant may
reasonably direct and when accepted by the Consultant, shall be used as the basis for applications for
' payment,unless it is found to be in error.
5.2.5 The Contractor shall include a statement based on the schedule of values with each application for payment.
5.2.6 Claims for Products delivered to the Place of the Work but not yet incorporated into the Work shall be
supported by such evidence as the Consultant may reasonably require to establish the value and delivery of
' the Products.
GC 5.3 PROGRESS PAYMENT
' 5.3.1 The Consultant will issue to the Owner,no later than 10 days after the receipt of an application for payment
from the Contractor submitted in accordance with GC 5.2-APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT,
a certificate for payment in the amount applied for or in such other amount as the Consultant determines to
be properly due. If the Consultant amends the application,the Consultant will promptly notify the Contractor
in writing giving reasons for the amendment.
5.3.2 The Owner shall make payment to the Contractor on account as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement
-PAYMENT no later than 5 days after the date of a certificate for payment issued by the Consultant.
GC 5.4 SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK
' 5.4.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work is substantially performed,or ifpermitted by the lien legislation
applicable to the Place of the Work a designated portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately
' is substantially performed,the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Consultant a comprehensive list
of items to be completed or corrected and apply for a review by the Consultant to establish Substantial
Per ofthe Work or substantial performance of the designated portion of the Work. Failure to include
an item on the list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete the Contract.
CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 18
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
' Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
5.4.2 No later than 10 days after the receipt of the Contractor's list and application,the Consultant will review the
Work to verify the validity of the application,and no later than 7 days after completing the review,will notify
' the Contractor whether the Work or the designated portion of the Work is substantially performed.
5.4.3 The Consultant shall state the date of Substantial Performance of the Work or designated portion of the Work
' in a certificate.
5.4.4 Immediately following the issuance of the certificate ofSubstantial Performance ofhe Work,the Contractor,
in consultation with the Consultant,will establish a reasonable date for finishing the Work.
GC 5.5 PAYMENT OF HOLDBACK UPON SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK
' 5.5.1 After the issuance of the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work,the Contractor shall:
.1 submit an application for payment of the holdback amount,
' .2 submit a sworn statement that all accounts for labour,subcontracts,Products,construction machinery
and equipment, and other indebtedness which may have been incurred by the Contractor in the
Substantial Performance of the Work and for which the Owner might in any way be held responsible
have been paid in full,except for amounts properly retained as a holdback or as an identified amount
in dispute.
5.5.2 After the receipt of an application for payment from the Contractor and the sworn statement as provided in
paragraph 5.5.1,the Consultant will issue a certificate for payment of the holdback amount.
5.53 Where the holdback amount has not been placed in a separate holdback account,the Owner shall, 10 days
prior to the expiry of the holdback period stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work,
place the holdback amount in a bank account in the joint names of the Owner and the Contractor.5.5AThe
holdback amount authorized by the certificate for payment of the holdback amount is due and payable on
' the day following the expiration of the holdback period stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the
Place of the Work. Where lien legislation does not exist or apply,the holdback amount shall be due and
payable in accordance with other legislation,industry practice,or provisions which may be agreed to between
' the parties. The Owner may retain out of the holdback amount any sums required by law to satisfy any liens
against the Work or,if permitted by the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work,other third party
monetary claims against the Contractor which are enforceable against the Owner.
' GC 5.6 PROGRESSIVE RELEASE OF HOLDBACK
5.6.1 Where legislation permits and where,upon application by the Contractor,the Consultant has certified that
' the work of a Subcontractor or Supplier has been performed prior to Substantial Performance of the Work,
the Owner shall pay the Contractor the holdback amount retained for such subcontract work,or the Products
supplied by such Supplier, on the day following the expiration of the holdback period for such work
' stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work.
5.6.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding paragraph, and notwithstanding the wording of such
certificates, the Contractor shall ensure that such subcontract work or Products is protected pending the
' issuance of a final certificate for payment and be responsible for the correction of defects or work not
performed regardless of whether or not such was apparent when such certificates were issued.
' GC 5.7 FINAL PAYMENT
5.7.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work is completed,the Contractor shall submit an application for
' final payment.
' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 19
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
' Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
' 5.7.2 The Consultant will,no later than 10 days after the receipt of an application from the Contractor for final
payment,review the Work to verify the validity of the application. The Consultant will,no later than 7 days
' after reviewing the Work,notify the Contractor that the application is valid or give reasons why it is not
valid.
' 5.7.3 When the Consultant finds the Contractor's application for final payment valid,the Consultant will issue a
final certificate for payment.
5.7.4 Subject to the provision of paragraph 10.4.1 of GC 10.4 -WORKERS' COMPENSATION, and any lien
legislation applicable to the Place of the Work,the Owner shall,no later than 5 days after the issuance of a
final certificate for payment,pay the Contractor as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement-PAYMENT.
' GC 5.8 WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENT
5.8.1 If because of climatic or other conditions reasonably beyond the control of the Contractor,there are items
' of work that cannot be performed,payment in full for that portion of the Work which has been performed
as certified by the Consultant shall not be withheld or delayed by the Owner on account thereof,but the
Owner may withhold, until the remaining portion of the Work is finished, only such an amount that the
Consultant determines is sufficient and reasonable to cover the cost of performing such remaining work.
GC 5.9 NON-CONFORMING WORK
' 5.9.1 No payment by the Owner under the Contract nor partial or entire use or occupancy of the Work by the
Owner shall constitute an acceptance of any portion of the Work or Products which are not in accordance
with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
' PART 6 CHANGES IN THE WORK
GC 6.1 CHANGES
6.1.1 The Owner, through the Consultant, without invalidating the Contract, may make changes in the Work
' consisting of additions,deletions,or other revisions to the Work by Change Order or Change Directive.
6.1.2 The Contractor shall not perform a change in the Work without a Change Order or a Change Directive.
' GC 6.2 CHANGE ORDER
6.2.1 When a change in the Work is proposed or required,the Consultant shall provide a notice describing the
' proposed change in the Work to the Contractor. The Contractor shall present,in a form acceptable to the
Consultant, a method of adjustment or an amount of adjustment for the Contract Price, if any, and the
adjustment in the Contract Time,if any,for the proposed change in the Work.
' 6.2.2 When the Owner and Contractor agree to the adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Time or to the
method to be used to determine the adjustments,such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be
recorded in a Change Order,signed by Owner and Contractor. The value of the work performed as the result
' of a Change Order shall be included in applications for progress payment.
GC 6.3 CHANGE DIRECTIVE
6.3.1 If the Owner requires the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work prior to the Owner and the
Contractor agreeing upon the adjustment in Contract Price and Contract Time, the Owner, through the
' Consultant,shall issue a Change Directive.
' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 20
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright sea]constitutes an infringement of
' Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
' 6.3.2 Upon receipt of a Change Directive,the Contractor shall proceed promptly with the change in the Work. The
adjustment in the Contract Price for a change carried out by way of a Change Directive shall be determined
' on the basis of the cost of expenditures and savings to perform the work attributable to the change. If a
change in the Work results in a net increase in the Contract Price,an allowance for overhead and profit shall
be included.
' 6.3.3 If a change in the Work results in a net decrease in the Contract Price,the amount of the credit shall be the
net cost,without deduction for overhead or profit. When both additions and deletions covering related work
' or substitutions are involved in a change in the Work, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be
calculated on the basis of the net increase,if any,with respect to that change in the Work.
6.3.4 The Contractor shall keep and present,in such form as the Consultant may require,an itemized accounting
' of the cost of expenditures and savings referred to in paragraph 6.3.2 together with supporting data. The cost
of performing the work attributable to the Change Directive shall be limited to the actual cost of all of the
following:
' 1 wages and benefits paid for labour in the direct employ of the Contractor under applicable collective
bargaining agreements,or under a salary or wage schedule agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor;
' .2 salaries,wages,and benefits of the Contractor's office personnel engaged in a technical capacity and
other personnel at shops or on the road, engaged in expediting the production or transportation of
materials or equipment;
' .3 contributions,assessments,or taxes incurred for such items as unemployment insurance,provincial
health insurance,workers'compensation,and Canada or Quebec Pension Plan,insofar as such cost
' is based on wages,salaries,or other remuneration paid to employees of the Contractor and included
in the cost of the work as provided in paragraphs 6.3.4.1 and 6.3.4.2;
.4 travel and subsistence expenses of the Contractor's personnel described in paragraphs 6.3.4.1 and
' 6.3.4.2;
.5 the cost of all Products including cost of transportation thereof,
' .6 the cost ofmaterials,supplies,equipment,temporary services and facilities,and hand tools not owned
by the workers,including transportation and maintenance thereof,which are consumed;and cost less
salvage value on such items used but not consumed,which remain the property of the Contractor•,
.7 rental cost of all tools,machinery,and equipment,exclusive of hand tools,whether rented from or
provided by the Contractor or others, including installation, minor repairs and replacements,
' dismantling,removal,transportation and delivery cost thereof,
.8 deposits lost;
.9 the amounts of all subcontracts;
.10 the cost of quality assurance such as independent inspection and testing services;
' .11 charges levied by authorities having jurisdiction at the Place of the Work,
.12 royalties,patent license fees, and damages for infringement of patents and cost of defending suits
therefor subject always to the Contractor's obligations to indemnify the Owner as provided in
paragraph 10.3.1 of GC 10.3 -PATENT FEES;
.13 any adjustment in premiums for all bonds and insurance which the Contractor is required,by the
Contract Documents,to purchase and maintain;
CCDC 2-1994 File 00712 21
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
' Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
' .14 any adjustment in taxes and duties for which the Contractor is liable;
' .15 charges for long distance telephone and facsimile communications,courier services,expressage,and
petty cash items incurred;
' .16 the cost of removal and disposal of waste products and debris;
.17 cost incurred due to emergencies affecting the safety of persons or property;
' 6.3.5 Pending determination of the final amount of a Change Directive, the undisputed value of the work
performed as the result of a Change Directive is eligible to be included in progress payments.
' 6.3.6 If the Owner and Contractor do not agree on the proposed adjustment in the Contract Time or the method
of determining it,the adjustment shall be referred to the Consultant for determination.
' 6.3.7 If at any time after the start of the work directed by a Change Directive,the Owner and the Contractor reach
agreement on the adjustment to the Contract Price and to the Contract Time,this agreement shall be recorded
in a Change Order signed by Owner and Contractor.
' GC 6.4 CONCEALED OR UNKNOWN CONDITIONS
6.4.1 If the Owner or the Contractor discover conditions at the Place of the Work which are:
1 subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which existed before the commencement of
the Work which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents;or
' .2 physical conditions of a nature which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and
generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the
Contract Documents;
then the observing party shall notify the other party in writing before conditions are disturbed and in no event
later than 5 Working Days after first observance of the conditions.
6.4.2 The Consultant will promptly investigate such conditions and make a finding. If the finding is that the
conditions differ materially and this would cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost or time to
' perform the Work,the Consultant,with the Owner's approval,shall issue appropriate instructions for a change
in the Work as provided in GC 6.2-CHANGE ORDER or GC 6.3-CHANGE DIRECTIVE.
6.4.3 If the Consultant finds that the conditions at the Place of the Work are not materially different or that no
' change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time is justified,the Consultant shall report the reasons for this
finding to the Owner and the Contractor in writing.
' GC 6.5 DELAYS
6.5.1 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by an action or omission of the Owner,
Consultant,or anyone employed or engaged by them directly or indirectly,contrary to the provisions of the
' Contract Documents,then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant
may recommend in consultation with the Contractor. The Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for
reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the result of such delay.
6.5.2 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by a stop work order issued by a court or other
public authority and providing that such order was not issued as the result of an act or fault of the Contractor
or any person employed or engaged by the Contractor directly or indirectly,then the Contract Time shall be
extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor.
The Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the
result of such delay.
' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 22
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
6.5.3 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by labour disputes,strikes,lock-outs(including
lock-outs decreed or recommended for its members by a recognized contractors'association,of which the
' Contractor is a member or to which the Contractor is otherwise bound), fire,unusual delay by common
carriers or unavoidable casualties, or without limit to any of the foregoing, by a cause beyond the
Contractor's control,then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant
' may recommend in consultation with the Contractor. The extension of time shall not be less than the time
lost as the result of the event causing the delay,unless the Contractor agrees to a shorter extension. The
Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for costs incurred by such delays unless such delays result from
' actions by the Owner.
6.5.4 No extension shall be made for delay unless notice in writing of claim is given to the Consultant not later
than 10 Working Days after the commencement of delay,providing however,that in the case of a continuing
' cause of delay only one notice of claim shall be necessary.
6.5.5 If no schedule is made under paragraph 2.2.9 of GC 2.2 -ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT,no claim for
' delay shall be allowed because of failure of the Consultant to furnish instructions until 10 Working Days after
demand for such instructions has been made and not then,unless the claim is reasonable.
' PART 7 DEFAULT NOTICE
GC 7.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM THE WORK, STOP THE WORK, OR TERMINATE THE
' CONTRACT
7.1.1 If the Contractor should be adjudged bankrupt,or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors
' because of the Contractor's insolvency,or if a receiver is appointed because of the Contractor's insolvency,
the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, by giving the
Contractor or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy notice in writing,terminate the Contract.
7.1.2 If the Contractor should neglect to prosecute the Work properly or otherwise fails to comply with the
requirements of the Contract to a substantial degree and if the Consultant has given a written statement to
the Owner and Contractor that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, the Owner may, without
prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, notify the Contractor in writing that the
Contractor is in default of the Contractor's contractual obligations and instruct the Contractor to correct the
default in the 5 Working Days immediately following the receipt of such notice.
' 7.1.3 If the default cannot be corrected in the 5 Working Days specified,the Contractor shall be in compliance with
the Owner's instructions if the Contractor:
' 1 commences the correction of the default within the specified time,and
.2 provides the Owner with an acceptable schedule for such correction,and
' .3 corrects the default in accordance with such schedule.
7.1.4 If the Contractor fails to correct the default in the time specified or subsequently agreed upon, without
prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have,the Owner may:
1 correct such default and deduct the cost thereof from any payment then or thereafter due the
' Contractor provided the Consultant has certified such cost to the Owner and the Contractor,or
.2 terminate the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part or terminate the
Contract.
CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 23
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
' 7.1.5 If the Owner terminates the Contractor's right to continue with the Work as provided in paragraphs 7.1.1 and
7.1.4,the Owner shall be entitled to:
1 take possession of the Work and Products;utilize the construction machinery and equipment;subject
to the rights of third parties,finish the Work by whatever method the Owner may consider expedient,
' but without undue delay or expense,and
.2 withhold further payment to the Contractor until a final certificate for payment is issued,and.3charge
' the Contractor the amount by which the full cost of finishing the Work as certified by the Consultant,
including compensation to the Consultant for the Consultant's additional services and a reasonable
allowance as determined by the Consultant to cover the cost of corrections to work performed by the
Contractor that may be required under GC 12.3-WARRANTY,exceeds the unpaid balance of the
' Contract Price, however, if such cost of finishing the Work is less than the unpaid balance of the
Contract Price,the Owner shall pay the Contractor the difference,and
' .4 on expiry of the warranty period,charge the Contractor the amount by which the cost of corrections
to the Contractor's work under GC 12.3 -WARRANTY exceeds the allowance provided for such
corrections, or if the cost of such corrections is less than the allowance, pay the Contractor the
difference.
' 7.1.6 The Contractor's obligation under the Contract as to quality,correction,and warranty of the work performed
by the Contractor up to the time of termination shall continue in force after such termination.
' GC 7.2 CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK OR TERMINATE THE CONTRACT
' 7.2.1 If the Owner should be adjudged bankrupt,or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because
of the Owner's insolvency,or if a receiver is appointed because of the Owner's insolvency,the Contractor
may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner or
receiver or trustee in bankruptcy notice in writing,terminate the Contract.
7.2.2 If the Work should be stopped or otherwise delayed for a period of 30 days or more under an order of a court
or other public authority and providing that such order was not issued as the result of an act or fault of the
' Contractor or of anyone directly or indirectly employed or engaged by the Contractor,the Contractor may,
without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have,by giving the Owner notice in
writing,terminate the Contract.
' 7.2.3 The Contractor may notify the Owner in writing,with a copy to the Consultant,that the Owner is in default
of the Owner's contractual obligations if
' 1 the Owner fails to furnish,when so requested by the Contractor,reasonable evidence that financial
arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract,or
' .2 the Consultant fails to issue a certificate as provided in GC 5.3 PROGRESS PAYMENT,or
.3 the Owner fails to pay the Contractor when due the amounts certified by the Consultant or awarded
by arbitration or court,or
.4 the Owner violates the requirements of the Contract to a substantial degree and the Consultant,except
for GC 5.1 -FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER,confirms by written
' statement to the Contractor that sufficient cause exists.
7.2.4 The Contractor's notice in writing to the Owner provided under paragraph 7.2.3 shall advise that if the default
' is not corrected within 5 Working Days following the receipt of the notice in writing,the Contractor may,
without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, stop the Work or terminate the
Contract.
' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 24
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
' Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
' 7.2.5 If the Contractor terminates the Contract under the conditions set out above,the Contractor shall be entitled
to be paid for all work performed including reasonable profit, for loss sustained upon Products and
construction machinery and equipment,and such other damages as the Contractor may have sustained as a
result of the termination of the Contract.
' PART 8 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
' GC 8.1 AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT
8.1.1 Differences between the parties to the Contract as to the interpretation,application or administration of the
Contract or any failure to agree where agreement between the parties is called for,herein collectively called
' disputes,which are not resolved in the first instance by findings of the Consultant as provided in GC 2.2-
ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT, shall be settled in accordance with the requirements of Part 8 of the
General Conditions-DISPUTE RESOLUTION.
' 8.1.2 If a dispute arises under the Contract in respect of a matter in which the Consultant has no authority under
the Contract to make a finding,the procedures set out in paragraph 8.1.3 and paragraphs 8.2.3 to 8.2.8 of GC
8.2-NEGOTIATION,MEDIATION,AND ARBITRATION,and in GC 8.3-RETENTION OF RIGHTS
' apply to that dispute with the necessary changes to detail as may be required.
8.1.3 If a dispute is not resolved promptly, the Consultant shall give such instructions as in the Consultant's
' opinion are necessary for the proper performance of the Work and to prevent delays pending settlement of
the dispute. The parties shall act immediately according to such instructions,it being understood that by so
doing neither party will jeopardize any claim the party may have. If it is subsequently determined that such
' instructions were in error or at variance with the Contract Documents,the Owner shall pay the Contractor
costs incurred by the Contractor in carrying out such instructions which the Contractor was required to do
beyond what the Contract Documents correctly understood and interpreted would have required,including
costs resulting from interruption of the Work.
GC 8.2 NEGOTIATION,MEDIATION,AND ARBITRATION
' 8.2.1 In accordance with the latest edition of the Rules for Mediation of CCDC 2 Construction Disputes,the parties
shall appoint a Project Mediator
' 1 within 30 days after the Contract was awarded,or
.2 if the parties neglected to make an appointment within the 30 day period,within 15 days after either
party by notice in writing requests that the Project Mediator be appointed.
' 8.2.2 A party shall be conclusively deemed to have accepted a finding of the Consultant under GC 2.2-ROLE OF
THE CONSULTANT and to have expressly waived and released the other party from any claims in respect
of the particular matter dealt with in that finding unless,within 15 Working Days after receipt of that finding,
the party sends a notice in writing of dispute to the other party and to the Consultant,which contains the
particulars of the matter in dispute and the relevant provisions of the Contract Documents. The responding
party shall send a notice in writing of reply to the dispute within 10 Working Days after receipt of the notice
of dispute setting out particulars of this response and any relevant provisions of the Contract Documents.
8.2.3 The parties shall make all reasonable efforts to resolve their dispute by amicable negotiations and agree to
' provide,without prejudice,frank,candid and timely disclosure of relevant facts,information,and documents
to facilitate these negotiations.
8.2.4 After a period of 10 Working Days following receipt of a responding party's notice in writing of reply under
paragraph 8.2.2,the parties shall request the Project Mediator to assist the parties to reach agreement on any
unresolved dispute. The mediated negotiations shall be conducted in accordance with the latest edition of
the Rules for Mediation of CCDC 2 Construction Disputes.
' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 25
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
' Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
' 8.2.5 If the dispute has not been resolved within 10 Working Days after the Project Mediator was requested under
paragraph 8.2.4 or within such further period agreed by the parties,the Project Mediator shall terminate the
' mediated negotiations by giving notice in writing to both parties.
8.2.6 By giving a notice in writing to the other party,not later than 10 Working Days after the date of termination
' of the mediated negotiations under paragraph 8.2.5,either party may refer the dispute to be finally resolved
by arbitration under the latest edition of the Rules for Arbitration of CCDC 2 Construction Disputes. The
arbitration shall be conducted in the jurisdiction of the Place of the Work.
' 8.2.7 On expiration of the 10 Working Days,the arbitration agreement under paragraph 8.2.6 is not binding on the
parties and,if a notice is not given under paragraph 8.2.6 within the required time,the parties may refer the
unresolved dispute to the courts or to any other form of dispute resolution,including arbitration,which they
' have agreed to use.
8.2.8 If neither party requires by notice in writing given within 10 Working Days of the date of notice requesting
' arbitration in paragraph 8.2.6 that a dispute be arbitrated immediately,all disputes referred to arbitration as
provided in paragraph 8.2.6 shall be
' l held in abeyance until
(1) Substantial Performance of the Work,
(2) the Contract has been terminated,or
(3) the Contractor has abandoned the Work,
' whichever is earlier,and
.2 consolidated into a single arbitration under the rules governing the arbitration under paragraph 8.2.6.
' GC 8.3 RETENTION OF RIGHTS
8.3.1 It is agreed that no act by either party shall be construed as a renunciation or waiver of any rights or
' recourses, provided the party has given the notices required under Part 8 of the General Conditions -
DISPUTE RESOLUTION and has carried out the instructions as provided in paragraph 8.1.3.
' 8.3.2 Nothing in Part 8 of the General Conditions-DISPUTE RESOLUTION shall be construed in any way to
limit a party from asserting any statutory right to a lien under applicable lien legislation of the jurisdiction
of the Place of the Work and the assertion of such right by initiating judicial proceedings is not to be
' construed as a waiver of any right that party may have under paragraph 8.2.6 to proceed by way of arbitration
to adjudicate the merits of the claim upon which such a lien is based.
PART 9 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
GC 9.1 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY
! 9.1.l The Contractor shall protect the Work and the Owners property and property adjacent to the Place of the
Work from damage which may arise as the result of the Contractor's operations under the Contract,and shall
be responsible for such damage,except damage which occurs as the result of:
.1 errors in the Contract Documents;
' .2 acts or omissions by the Owner,the Consultant,other contractors,their agents and employees.
9.1.2 Should the Contractor in the performance of the Contract damage the Work, the Owner's property, or
property adjacent to the Place of the Work, the Contractor shall be responsible for the making good such
damage at the Contractor's expense.
' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 26
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
' Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
' 9.1.3 Should damage occur to the Work or Owner's property for which the Contractor is not responsible, as
provided in paragraph 9.1.1,the Contractor shall make good such damage to the Work and,if the Owner so
directs,to the Owner's property. The Contract Price and Contract Time shall be adjusted as provided in GC
6.1 -CHANGES,GC 6.2-CHANGE ORDER,and GC 6.3 -CHANGE DIRECTIVE.
GC 9.2 DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY
9.2.1 If either party to the Contract should suffer damage in any manner because of any wrongful act or neglect
of the other party or of anyone for whom the other party is responsible in law, then that party shall be
reimbursed by the other party for such damage. The reimbursing party shall be subrogated to the rights of
the other party in respect of such wrongful act or neglect if it be that of a third party.
9.2.2 Claims for damage under paragraph 9.2.1 shall be made in writing to the party liable within reasonable time
after the first observance of such damage and if undisputed shall be confirmed by Change Order. Disputed
claims shall be resolved as set out in Part 8 of the General Conditions-DISPUTE RESOLUTION.
9.2.3 If the Contractor has caused damage to the work of another contractor on the Project,the Contractor agrees
upon due notice to settle with the other contractor by negotiation or arbitration. If the other contractor makes
a claim against the Owner on account of damage alleged to have been so sustained,the Owner shall notify
' the Contractor and may require the Contractor to defend the action at the Contractor's expense. The
Contractor shall satisfy a final order or judgment against the Owner and pay the costs incurred by the Owner
arising from such action.
' 9.2.4 If the Contractor becomes liable to pay or satisfy a final order,judgment,or award against the Owner,then
the Contractor,upon undertaking to indemnify the Owner against any and all liability for costs,shall have
' the right to appeal in the name of the Owner such final order or judgment to any and all courts of competent
jurisdiction.
GC 9.3 TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND MATERIALS
9.3.1 For the purposes of applicable environmental legislation,the Owner shall be deemed to have control and
management of the Place of the Work with respect to existing conditions.
' 9.3.2 Prior to the Contractor commencing the Work,the Owner shall
' .1 take all reasonable steps to determine whether any toxic or hazardous substances or materials are
present at the Place of the Work,and
.2 provide the Consultant and the Contractor with a written list of any such substances and materials.
9.3.3 The Owner shall take all reasonable steps to ensure that no person suffers injury,sickness,or death and that
no property is injured or destroyed as a result of exposure to, or the presence of, toxic or hazardous
' substances or materials which were at the Place of the Work prior to the Contractor commencing the Work.
9.3.4 Unless the Contract expressly provides otherwise,the Owner shall be responsible for taking all necessary
steps, in accordance with legal requirements, to dispose of, store or otherwise render harmless toxic or
hazardous substances or materials which were present at the Place of the Work prior to the Contractor
commencing the Work.
' 9.3.5 If the Contractor
1 encounters toxic or hazardous substances or materials at the Place of the Work,or
' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 27
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
.2 has reasonable grounds to believe that toxic or hazardous substances or materials are present at the
Place of the Work,which were not disclosed by the Owner, as required under paragraph 9.3.2, or
' which were disclosed but have not been dealt with as required under paragraph 9.3.4,the Contractor
shall
' .3 take all reasonable steps, including stopping the Work, to ensure that no person suffers injury,
sickness, or death and that no property is injured or destroyed as a result of exposure to or the
presence of the substances or materials,and
' .4 immediately report the circumstances to the Consultant and the Owner in writing.
9.3.6 If the Contractor is delayed in performing the Work or incurs additional costs as a result of taking steps
' required under paragraph 9.3.5.3, the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the
Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor and the Contractor shall be reimbursed for
reasonable costs incurred as a result of the delay and as a result of taking those steps.
' 9.3.7 Notwithstanding paragraphs 2.2.6 and 2.2.7 of GC 2.2-ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT,or paragraph 8.1.1
of GC 8.1 -AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT,the Consultant may select and rely upon the advice
of an independent expert in a dispute under paragraph 9.3.6 and,in that case,the expert shall be deemed to
' have been jointly retained by the Owner and the Contractor and shall be jointly paid by them.
9.3.8 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor,the Consultant,their agents and employees,
' from and against claims,demands,losses,costs,damages,actions, suits,or proceedings arising out of or
resulting from exposure to,or the presence of,toxic or hazardous substances or materials which were at the
Place of the Work prior to the Contractor commencing the Work. This obligation shall not be construed to
' negate,abridge,or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity set out in GC 12.1-INDEMNIFICATION
or which otherwise exist respecting a person or party described in this paragraph.
9.3.9 GC 9.3-TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND MATERIALS shall govern over the provisions
' of paragraph 1.3.1 of GC 1.3 - RIGHTS AND REMEDIES or GC 9.2 - DAMAGES AND MUTUAL
RESPONSIBILITY.
' PART 10 GOVERNING REGULATIONS
GC 10.1 TAXES AND DUTIES
10.1.1 The Contract Price shall include all taxes and customs duties in effect at the time of the bid closing except
for Value Added Taxes payable by the Owner to the Contractor as stipulated in Article A-4 of the Agreement
' -CONTRACT PRICE.
10.1.2 Any increase or decrease in costs to the Contractor due to changes in such included taxes and duties after
the time of the bid closing shall increase or decrease the Contract Price accordingly.
GC 10.2 LAWS,NOTICES,PERMITS,AND FEES
10.2.1 The laws of the Place of the Work shall govern the Work.
10.2.2 The Owner shall obtain and pay for the building permit,permanent easements,and rights of servitude. The
' Contractor shall be responsible for permits, licenses, or certificates necessary for the performance of the
Work which were in force at the date of bid closing.
' 10.2.3 The Contractor shall give the required notices and comply with the laws,ordinances,rules,regulations,or
codes which are or become in force during the performance of the Work and which relate to the Work,to the
preservation of the public health,and to construction safety.
CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 28
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
10.2.4 The Contractor shall not be responsible for verifying that the Contract Documents are in compliance with
the applicable laws,ordinances,rules,regulations,or codes relating to the Work. If the Contract Documents
' are at variance therewith,or if,subsequent to the date of bid closing,changes are made to the applicable laws,
ordinances, rules, regulations, or codes which require modification to the Contract Documents, the
Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing requesting direction immediately upon such variance or
change becoming known. The Consultant will make the changes required to the Contract Documents as
provided in GC 6.1 -CHANGES,GC 6.2-CHANGE ORDER,and GC 6.3 -CHANGE DIRECTIVE.
' 10.2.5 If the Contractor fails to notify the Consultant in writing; and fails to obtain direction as required in
paragraph 10.2.4;and performs work knowing it to be contrary to any laws,ordinances,rules,regulations,
or codes;the Contractor shall be responsible for and shall correct the violations thereof,and shall bear the
costs, expenses, and damages attributable to the failure to comply with the provisions of such laws,
' ordinances,rules,regulations,or codes.
' GC 10.3 PATENT FEES
' 10.3.1 The Contractor shall pay the royalties and patent licence fees required for the performance of the Contract.
The Contractor shall hold the Owner harmless from and against claims,demands,losses,costs,damages,
actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which are
attributable to an infringement or an alleged infringement of a patent of invention by the Contractor or
' anyone for whose acts the Contractor may be liable.
10.3.2 The Owner shall hold the Contractor harmless against claims,demands,losses,costs,damages,actions,suits,
' or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which are attributable to an
infringement or an alleged infringement of a patent of invention in executing anything for the purpose of the
Contract, the model, plan, or design of which was supplied to the Contractor as part of the Contract
Documents.
GC 10.4 WORKERS'COMPENSATION
10.4.1 Prior to commencing the Work,Substantial Performance of the Work,and the issuance of the final certificate
for payment,the Contractor shall provide evidence of compliance with workers'compensation legislation
at the Place of the Work,including payments due thereunder.
' 10.4.2 At any time during the term of the Contract,when requested by the Owner,the Contractor shall provide such
evidence of compliance by the Contractor and Subcontractors.
' PART 11 INSURANCE—BONDS
GC 11.1 INSURANCE
11.1.1 Without restricting the generality of GC 12.1-INDEMNIFICATION,the Contractor shall provide,maintain,
and pay for the insurance coverages specified in GC 11.1 -INSURANCE. Unless otherwise stipulated,the
' duration of each insurance policy shall be from the date of commencement of the Work until the date of the
final certificate for payment. Prior to commencement of the Work and upon the placement, renewal,
amendment,or extension of all or any part of the insurance,the Contractor shall promptly provide the Owner
with confirmation of coverage and,if required,a certified true copy of the policies certified by an authorized
representative of the insurer together with copies of any amending endorsements.
' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 29
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
' Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
' .1 General Liability Insurance:
' General liability insurance shall be in the joint names of the Contractor, the Owner, and the
Consultant, with limits of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence and with a property damage
deductible not exceeding $2,500. The insurance coverage shall not be less than the insurance
' required by IBC Form 2100, or its equivalent replacement, provided that IBC Form 2100 shall
contain the latest edition of the relevant CCDC endorsement form. To achieve the desired limit,
umbrella,or excess liability insurance may be used. All liability coverage shall be maintained for
' completed operations hazards from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work,as set out in the
certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, on an ongoing basis for a period of 6 years
following Substantial Performance of the Work. Where the Contractor maintains a single,blanket
policy,the addition of the Owner and the Consultant is limited to liability arising out of the Project
' and all operations necessary or incidental thereto. The policy shall be endorsed to provide the Owner
with not less than 30 days notice in writing in advance of any cancellation, and of change or
amendment restricting coverage.
.2 Automobile Liability Insurance:
Automobile liability insurance in respect of licensed vehicles shall have limits of not less than
' $2,000,000 inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury,death,and damage to property,covering all
licensed vehicles owned or leased by the Contractor,and endorsed to provide the Owner with not less
than 15 days notice in writing in advance of any cancellation, change or amendment restricting
' coverage. Where the policy has been issued pursuant to a government-operated automobile insurance
system,the Contractor shall provide the Owner with confirmation of automobile insurance coverage
for all automobiles registered in the name of the Contractor.
' .3 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance:
Aircraft and watercraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non-owned aircraft and watercraft
' if used directly or indirectly in the performance of the Work,including use of additional premises,
shall be subject to limits of not less than$2,000,000 inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury,death,
and damage to property including loss ofuse thereof and limits ofnot less than$2,000,000 for aircraft
passenger hazard. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. The policies shall be
endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 15 days notice in writing in advance of cancellation,
change,or amendment restricting coverage.
' .4 Property and Boiler and Machinery Insurance:
(1) "All risks"property insurance shall be in the joint names of the Contractor,the Owner,and
' the Consultant,insuring not less than the sum of the amount of the Contract Price and the full
value,as stated in the Supplementary Conditions,ofProducts that are specified to be provided
by the Owner for incorporation into the Work,with a deductible not exceeding$2,500. The
' insurance coverage shall not be less than the insurance required by IBC Form 4042 or its
equivalent replacement,provided that IBC Form 4042 shall contain the latest edition of the
relevant CCDC endorsement form. The coverage shall be maintained continuously until 10
days after the date of the final certificate for payment.
' (2) Boiler and machinery insurance shall be in the joint names of the Contractor,the Owner,and
the Consultant for not less than the replacement value of the boilers,pressure vessels, and
' other insurable objects forming part of the Work. The insurance provided shall not be less
than the insurance provided by the"Comprehensive Boiler and Machinery Form" and shall
be maintained continuously from commencement of use or operation of the property insured
' and until 10 days after the date of the final certificate for payment.
CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 30
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
' Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
' (3) The policies shall allow for partial or total use or occupancy of the Work. If because of such
use or occupancy the Contractor is unable to provide coverage,the Contractor shall notify the
Owner in writing. Prior to such use or occupancy the Owner shall provide,maintain,and pay
for property and boiler insurance insuring the full value of the Work,as in sub-paragraphs(1)
and(2),including coverage for such use or occupancy and shall provide the Contractor with
proof of such insurance. The Contractor shall refund to the Owner the unearned premiums
applicable to the Contractor's policies upon termination of coverage.
(4) The policies shall provide that,in the case of a loss or damage,payment shall be made to the
Owner and the Contractor as their respective interests may appear. The Contractor shall act
on behalf of the Owner for the purpose of adjusting the amount of such loss or damage
payment with the insurers. When the extent of the loss or damage is determined, the
' Contractor shall proceed to restore the Work. Loss or damage shall not affect the rights and
obligations of either party under the Contract except that the Contractor shall be entitled to
such reasonable extension of Contract Time relative to the extent of the loss or damage as the
' Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor.
(5) The Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the Owner, in addition to the amount due
under the Contract,the amount at which the Owner's interest in restoration of the Work has
' been appraised, such amount to be paid as the restoration of the Work proceeds and as
provided in GC 5.2 - APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT and GC 5.3 -
PROGRESS PAYMENT. In addition the Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the
' payments made by the insurer the amount of the Contractor's interest in the restoration of the
Work.
(6) In the case of loss or damage to the Work arising from the work of another contractor, or
Owner's own forces,the Owner,in accordance with the Owner's obligations under paragraph
3.2.2.4 ofGC 3.2-CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS,shall pay
the Contractor the cost of restoring the Work as the restoration of the Work proceeds and as
' provided in GC 5.2 - APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT and GC 5.3 -
PROGRESS PAYMENT.
' .5 Contractors'Equipment Insurance:
,
All risks contractors equipment insurance covering construction machinery and equipment used
by the Contractor for the performance of the Work,including boiler insurance on temporary boilers
and pressure vessels, shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and shall not allow subrogation
claims by the insurer against the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with
not less than 15 days notice in writing in advance of cancellation,change,or amendment restricting
' coverage. Subject to satisfactory proof of financial capability by the Contractor for self-insurance,
the Owner agrees to waive the equipment insurance requirement.
11.1.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for deductible amounts under the policies except where such amounts
may be excluded from the Contractor's responsibility by the terms of GC 9.1 -PROTECTION OF WORK
AND PROPERTY and GC 9.2-DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY.
' 11.1.3 Where the full insurable value of the Work is substantially less than the Contract Price, the Owner may
reduce the amount of insurance required or waive the course of construction insurance requirement.
' 11.1.4 If the Contractor fails to provide or maintain insurance as required by the Contract Documents,then the
Owner shall have the right to provide and maintain such insurance and give evidence to the Contractor and
the Consultant. The Contractor shall pay the cost thereof to the Owner on demand or the Owner may deduct
' the amount which is due or may become due to the Contractor.
11.1.5 All required insurance policies shall be with insurers licensed to underwrite insurance in the jurisdiction of
the Place of the Work.
CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 31
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
' Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
' GC 11.2 BONDS
' 11.2.1 The Contractor shall,prior to commencement of the Work or within the specified time,provide to the Owner
any surety bonds required by the Contract.
11.2.2 Such bonds shall be issued by a duly licensed surety company authorized to transact a business of suretyship
in the province or territory of the Place of the Work and shall be maintained in good standing until the
fulfilment of the Contract. The form of such bonds shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the
' CCDC approved bond forms.
PART 12 INDEMNIFICATION—WAIVER—WARRANTY
' GC 12.1 INDEMNIFICATION
12.1.1 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Consultant,their agents and employees
from and against claims,demands,losses,costs,damages,actions,suits,or proceedings(hereinafter called
"claims"), by third parties that arise out of, or are attributable to, the Contractor's performance of the
Contract provided such claims are:
' .1 attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible
property,and
' .2 caused by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor may
be liable,and
' .3 made in writing within a period of 6 years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work as
set out in the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work,or within such shorter period as may
be prescribed by any limitation statute of the province or territory of the Place of the Work.
The Owner expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated above.
' 12.1.2 The obligation of the Contractor to indemnify hereunder shall be limited to$2,000,000 per occurrence from
the commencement of the Work until Substantial Performance of the Work and thereafter to an aggregate
limit of$2,000,000.
12.1.3 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor,the Contractor's agents and employees from
and against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of the
Contractor's performance of the Contract which are attributable to a lack of or defect in title or an alleged
lack of or defect in title to the Place of the Work.
12.1.4 GC 12.1 -INDEMNIFICATION shall govern over the provisions of paragraph 1.3.1 of GC 1.3-RIGHTS
AND REMEDIES or GC 9.2-DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY.
GC 12.2 WAIVER OF CLAIMS
' 12.2.1 Waiver of Claims by Owner
As of the date of the final certificate for payment,the Owner expressly waives and releases the Contractor
' from all claims against the Contractor including without limitation those that might arise from the negligence
or breach of contract by the Contractor except one or more of the following:
1 .1 those made in writing prior to the date of the final certificate for payment and still unsettled;
.2 those arising from the provisions of GC 12.1 -INDEMNIFICATION or GC 12.3-WARRANTY;
CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 32
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
' .3 those arising from the provisions of paragraph 9.3.5 of GC 9.3 - TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS
SUBSTANCES AND MATERIALS and those arising from the Contractor bringing or introducing
any toxic or hazardous substances and materials to the Place of the Work after the Contractor
commences the Work.
In the Common Law provinces GC 12.2.1.4 shall read as follows:
.4 those made in writing within a period of 6 years from the date of Substantial Performance of the
' Work, as set out in the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, or within such shorter
period as may be prescribed by any limitation statute of the province or territory of the Place of the
Work and those arising from any liability of the Contractor for damages resulting from the
Contractor's performance of the Contract with respect to substantial defects or deficiencies in the
' Work for which the Contractor is proven responsible.
As used herein"substantial defects or deficiencies"means those defects or deficiencies in the Work
which affect the Work to such an extent or in such a manner that a significant part or the whole of the
Work is unfit for the purpose intended by the Contract Documents.
In the Province of Quebec GC 12.2.1.4 shall read as follows:
.4 those arising under the provisions of Article 2118 of the Civil Code of Quebec.
12.2.2 Waiver of Claims by Contractor
As of the date of the final certificate for payment,the Contractor expressly waives and releases the Owner
from all claims against the Owner including without limitation those that might arise from the negligence
' or breach of contract by the Owner except:
.l those made in writing prior to the Contractor's application for final payment and still unsettled;and
' .2 those arising from the provisions of GC 9.3 -TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND
MATERIALS or GC 10.3 -PATENT FEES.
' 12.2.3 GC 12.2-WAIVER OF CLAIMS shall govern over the provisions of paragraph 1.3.1 of GC 1.3-RIGHTS
AND REMEDIES or GC 9.2-DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY.
GC 12.3 WARRANTY
12.3.1 The warranty period with regard to the Contract is one year from the date of Substantial Performance of the
Work or those periods specified in the Contract Documents for certain portions of the Work or Products.
12.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper performance of the Work to the extent that the design and
Contract Documents permit such performance.
' 12.3.3 Except for the provisions of paragraph 12.3.6 and subject to paragraph 12.3.2,the Contractor shall correct
promptly,at the Contractor's expense,defects or deficiencies in the Work which appear prior to and during
the warranty periods specified in the Contract Documents.
' 12.3.4 The Owner,through the Consultant,shall promptly give the Contractor notice in writing of observed defects
and deficiencies that occur during the warranty period.
12.3.5 The Contractor shall correct or pay for damage resulting from corrections made under the requirements of
paragraph 12.3.3.
12.3.6 The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining Product warranties in excess of one year on behalf of the
Owner from the manufacturer. These Product warranties shall be issued by the manufacturer to the benefit
of the Owner.
' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 33
This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of
' Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document,
unchanged.
' DIVISION 0
SECTION 00200
TENDER FORM Page 1
The Office of the Clerk
The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington
' 40 Temperance Street
Bowmanviile, Ontario L1 C 3E6
' Re: New Elevator installation
Clarington Beech Centre
26 Beech Avenue, Bowmanviile, Ontario
Tender No. CI_ 2000-25
Sir:
' 1.0 We GERR CONSTRUCTION LIMITED agree for the
(Company Name)
Stipulated Price stated below to supply all necessary labour, materials, plant, equipment,
' services and overtime work as may be required for the execution and completion of all work
in connection with the above referenced project for the Corporation of the Municipality of
Clarington, in accordance with Instructions to Bidders, The Municipality of Clarington's
Standard Terms and Conditions, the General Conditions, Supplementary General
Conditions, Specifications and Drawings, prepared for that purpose by Barry - Bryan
Associates (1991) Limited, Whitby, Ontario and to the entire satisfaction of the Corporation
of the Municipality of Clarington:
STIPULATED PRICE (exclusive of GST) One hundred and seventy one
thousand five hundred.
Dollars ($ 171,500 . 00 )
' 2.0 Further, to assist you with the necessary information for tax purposes, etc., the stipulated
price includes the following:
' Provincial Sales Tax $ Included Above
3.0 Goods and Services Tax (GST) at 7% to be added to the Stipulated Price $ 12 , 0 0 5 . 0 0
' 4.0 The Stipulated Price includes CASH ALLOWANCES in the amount of $3 000 (Three
Thousand Dollars) as listed in the Instructions to Bidders.
5.0 We agree the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject prices bid for the work or for an
portion of the work. y
6.0 We agree that the Owner reserves the right to take any financial benefit, from alternates
submitted, into consideration in the evaluation of all tenders and the subsequent award of
the Contract.
7.0 We agree to complete all work including necessary overtime work pursuant to this Contract
' in the period required to meet the scheduled completion dates as specified.
00099-00200,wpd
LPN 'd 69[bEZ9906 'ON Xdd N01,0N I?�v'10 .10 Nn] Wd Zz: l t I Nd 00-L�-100
DIVISION 0
SECTION 00200
TENDER FORM Page 2
8.0 We have received and included for Addenda No. - to - in the Stipulated Price.
' 9.0 In the event that work extra to that included in the Contract is required, and is authorized
in writing by the Owner, the Contractor will add the following percentages to the cost of the
work.
Overhead Profit
' General Contractor's Work 10% 10 %
Subcontractor's Work 10 % 5 %
10.0 We submit the names of subcontractors upon whose tender the stipulated price was based:
' TRADE FIRM ADDRESS
Demolition Own Forces Courtice . Ontario
' Masonry Own Fnrnps Courtice Ontario „
Structural Steel Trimsteel Oshawa Ontario
Steel Roof Deck - Trim steel- Oshawa Ontario
Rough Carpentry Own Forces lCourtice , Ontario
' E.P,D.M. Sheet Roofing Barr ' s Newcastle, Ontario
Metal Siding, Flashing and Trim Barr' s Ontario
' Hollow Metal Doors&Frames Rivett Whitby, Ontario
Resilient Flooring Court-ice Ontario
Drywall and Acoustics n Forces Courtice Ontario
Painting Tasden Oshawa, Ontario
' Hydraulic Elevator Thyssen Dover Scarborough, Ont.
HVAC
Amount Included in Tender Price
$10 , 600. 00 Bradbury Whitby , Ontario
Eiectrical
Amount Included in Tender Price
$6 . 300.00 Orbit Oshawa, Ontario
00099-00200mod
69I60Z9c06 'ON Xbd NMNI�V IO .d0 NnW WV H! I t Ind 00-LZ-11`O
J .
DIVISION 0
' SECTION 00200
TENDER FORM Page 3
' 11.0 We agree that, when requested by the Consultant, additional work will be performed at
following unit prices exclusive of Overhead and Profit which shall cover all charges for
' labour and materials, supervision, plant and tools. Deletions will be deducted from
additions before these unit prices are applied. Credits will be deducted from extras before
charges for overhead and profit are added. All work will be performed in accordance with
' the Contract Documents. Provincial Sales Tax is included in these unit prices. Goods and
Services Tax is not included in these unit prices. Breakdown of all taxes will be submitted
later,
' Unit Prices for Additions and Deletions
' Nature of Work Additions Deletions
Reinforcing Steel, supply and place, per
metric tonne. -$2 ,200 . 00 $1 . 5 0 0 . 0 0
' 12.0 We have carefully examined all the Tender Documents, have visited the Site, and have a
clear and comprehensive knowledge of the Work required under this Contract and of all the
' working conditions and schedule requirements.
13.0 We the undersigned agree that this Tender is valid and irrevocable and subject to
' acceptance by the Owner without notice to us for a period of Sixty (60) days from date of
receipt of Tender, and that if notified of award of Contract, we will within ten (10) days of
receipt of notification of Acceptance of Tender:
' a) Furnish to the Owner, in care of the Consultant, copies of insurance policies as
required by the Conditions of the Contract.
' b) Furnish to the Owner a breakdown of the Stipulated Price in such form and detail
as required by the Owner for progress payments, taxation and internal accounting
purposes,
c Furnish to the Owner, a Performance Bond and a Labour an Material d Ma erial Payment
' Bond, issued by a Surety acceptable to the Owner, each for an amount equalling
100% of the Tender Price to ensure the full and proper completion of the Contract.
d) Commence the work forthwith after the receipt of a letter of intent, contract or
Purchase Order or when notified to do so by the Consultant and/or Owner and to
execute the work continuously to completion. Time shall be the essence of the
Contract and the work shall be completed in accordance with the schedule outlined
' in the Instructions to Bidders.
e) Furnish to the Owner a Clearance Certificate of the Workplace Safety and
tInsurance Board.
f) Submit within three (3) days of award of the contract a detailed construction
1 schedule to the Owner for approval.
00099-00200.wpd
69 I bcZ9906 'ON XV. NOHN I�VIO K NN WV H: 11 I Nd 00-L: -100
DIVISION 0
' SECTION 00200
TENDER FORM Page 4
' g) Furnish to the Owner a copy of our Corporate Safety Policy.
14.0 Wherever the plural is used herein, the same shall be read and construed as if the singular
had been used where the facts and context so requires and as if all necessary grammatical
changes had been made.
' 15.0 Tender Deposit:
Attached to this tender is a Tender Deposit in the amount of$ 1n�o L_0(as required by the
' Instructions to Bidders and made payable to the Municipality of Clarington (based on the
Stipulated Price). The proceeds of this Tender Deposit shall, upon acceptance of this
Tender, constitute a deposit which shall be forfeited to the Municipality if the Contractor fails
to file with the Municipality the Contract Bond for Performance and Maintenance required
by the Instructions to Bidders and an executed form of agreement for the performance of
this work in accordance with this Tender and the Provisions, Plans, Specifications and
Conditions referred to in the said Schedule, within ten (10) days from the date of
Acceptance of Tender.
' 16.0 Bonds:
Attached to this Tender Form is an agreement to bond in the amount of 100% for
Performance, and 100% for Materials and Labour Payment.
17.0 Safety Form:
Attached to this Tender is a completed copy of the Municipality of Clarington Health and
Safety Practice Form (Appendix B).
00099-00200.wpd
L1190 'd 69I t1H9906 'ON XVd NHON I�d10 K NAN Wd : I I I
DIVISION 0
SECTION 00200
TENDER FORM Page 5
' 98.0 Signature and Seal of Bidder;
' 3386 Solina Road North GERR CONSTRUCTION LIMITED
Street Address Name of Company
Courtice, Ontario C 4,&�
' City or Town Sign toe of Company Official
' 1 e
L C K4 J.3 G rrits , President
Postal Code Name and Title
(905) 436-2018
Telephone No. Signature of Company Official
August 30 , 2000
' Date Name and Title
' SEAL
{�n5) a-19- 19P
Facsimile No,
102007838RT
Tenderer's G.S.T, Registration No,
If the bidding firm is a limited company,the company seal must appear on this Bid Form with
' the signatures) of the proper signing official(s).
0008@-00200.w d
P
LI/LO 'd 691�H9906 'ON Xdd NOIONIdd00 20 NnN N� �Z: II IE 00-L6-,I,00
THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
CONTRACT CL 2000-25
NEW ELEVATOR INSTALLATION
CLARINGTON BEECH CENTRE
26 BEECH AVENUE, BOWMANVILLE
tAPPENDIX 'A' - BIDDERS EXPERIENCE FORM
' Bidders shall complete this form and attach to the Tender Form. Include experience on projects
similar in size and scope to this project.
YEAR 1999
DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACT Barrier Free Access and
Sunday School
' NAME OF ORGANIZATION Grace Lutheran Church
CONTACT PERSON &TELEPHONE NO. pitchler 686-8980
' ARCHITECT&TELEPHONE NO. Barry Bryan Associates (1991) Ltd. 666-52521
VALUE OF CONTRACT 1' $247 ._462 . 33
YEAR 1998
' DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACT Elevator Addition @ 850 Green
Street, Whitby
NAME OF ORGANIZATION Durham Region Housing Authority
CONTACT PERSON &TELEPHONE N0. v 434-5011
ARCHITECT&TELEPHONE NUMBER Totten Sims Hubicki Associates 668--9363
VALUE OF CONTRACT
YEAR 1995
DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACT New Elevator and Science Lab @
' R. S. McLaughlin C.V. I .
NAME OF ORGANIZATION Durham District School Board I
' CONTACT PERSON &TELEPHONE NO, E. Tratnik 666-5500
ARCHITECT&TELEPHONE NO. ennis Trotter Architect 576-6869
VALUE OF CONTRACT 2 00
' Company Name GERR CONSTRUCTION LIMITED
691�H9906 'ON XV2 NMN I�VIO K NRN WV K: 11 I EE 00-LZ-�00
U'
' APPENDWS'
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
1.1 POLICY AND PROCEDURE
POLICY:
' Contractors and Sub-contractors are responsible to ensure that their personnel are updated
on all safety concerns of the workplace and are aware of the safety requirements as
required by the Contractor under the Occupational Health and Safety Act. Safety
' performance will be a consideration in the awarding of contract. Under the Occupational
Health and Safety Act (Section 23 (1), (2)), it is the constructor's responsibility to ensure
that:
' the measures and procedures prescribed by the Occupational Health and Safety
Act and the Regulations are carried out on the proiec t;
• every employer and every worker performing work on the project complies with the
Occupational Health and Safety Act and the Regulations (under the Act); and
' the health and safety of workers on the rp oiect is protected.
• Where so prescribed, a constructor shall, before commencing any work on a
project, give to a Director notice in writing of the project containing such information
as may be prescribed.
DEFINITIONS:
Contractor-any individual or firm engaged by the Municipality to do work on behalf of the
' Municipality.
Project- means a construction project, whether public or private, including:
• the construction of a building, bridge, structure, industrial establishment, mining
plant, shaft tunnel, caisson, trench, excavation, highway, railway, street, runway,
' parking lot, cofferdam, conduit, sewer, watermain, service connection, telegraph,
telephone or electrical cable, pipe line, duct or well, or any combination thereof,
' the moving of a building or structure, and
• any work or undertaking, or lands or appurtenances used in connection with
' construction.
00099-Appendix B.wpd
Lt/60 'd 69I�0E9906 'ON XVd NOIONIdV10 �O NAW WV K: 11 Idd 00-L�-J1 o
APPENDIX 'S' 3
:a�r
' CONTRACTOR SAFETY ~;
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
Construction - includes erection, alteration, repair, dismantling, demolition, structural
' maintenance,painting,land clearing,earth moving,grading,excavating, trenching,digging,
boring, drilling, blasting, or concreting, the installation of any machinery or plant, and any
work or undertaking in connection with a project.
Constructor - means a person who undertakes a project for an owner and includes an
owner who undertakes all or part of a project by himself or by more than one employer.
Project Manager-means the municipal management representative who has responsibility
for a contract.
PROCEDURE:
' The following items are required before any Contractors are hired by the Municipality:
' a) Before beginning a project, the project manager or delegate must determine
whether any designated substances/hazardous materials are (or will be) present at
the site and prepare a list of all these substances.
' b) The project manager or delegate must include, as part of the request for
tender/quotations, a copy of the above mentioned list. The list of designated
substances/hazardous materials must be provided to all prospective constructors
and/or contractors.
C) The request for tender/quotations will require prospective contractors to include a
' list of the designated substances/hazardous materials that will be brought onto the
work site and material safety data sheets.
d) Before awarding a contract, contractor(s)will be required to complete and sign the
Health and Safety Practice Form (Schedule "A"). The Purchasing Office will
maintain all contractors safety performance records.
' e) As part of the tender/quotation conditions, before award of a contract,the contractor
will be required to provide proof that all workers involved with the project have the
' proper WHMIS training, as required by the Occupational Health and Safety Act.
f) As part of the tender/quotation conditions,before award of a contract, the contractor
' must provide details of their Health and Safety program.
00089-Appendix S.wpd 2
69N 9906 'ON XVd NORN I dVIO d0 NnW Wei K: 11 1E 00-LZ-100
APPENDIX `B'
Y.
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
1
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
g) The project manager or delegate must provide the successful contractor with a
workplace orientation which will include,but not limited to identifying known potential
hazards, hazardous material inventory and material safety data sheets for the sites.
A workplace orientation/Job Safety Instruction Checklist to be completed.
' h) Before the start of the assignment, the following documentation will be provided to
the successful contractor, by the project manager or delegate:
Copies of the Municipal Corporate Health and Safety Program
ii) Departmental health and safety policies
iii) Workplace procedures regarding health and safety practices.
' i) The contractor has the responsibility to provide any and all prescribed personal
protective equipment for their own workers, to include as a minimum but not limited
to hard hats and safety boots. If a worker(s) fails to comply with any program,
policy, rule or request regarding health and safety, that person(s) is not allowed on
the site until the person(s) complies.
The Municipality will retain the right to document contractors for all health and safety
warnings and/or to stop any contractors' work if any of the previously mentioned
items are not in compliance. Similarly, the Municipality will have the right to issue
warnings and/or to stop work if there are any violations by the contractor of the
Occupational Health and Safety Act, Municipal Health and Safety programs,
policies, rules, and/or warnings and/or stop work orders can be given to contractors
using Contractor Health and Safety Warnings/Stop Work Order Form (Schedule
B },
k) Where applicable, the Municipality will retain the right to allow municipal employees
to refuse to work in accordance with the established policy and the Occupational
' Health and Safety Act, in any unsafe conditions.
1) The Purchasing Department will maintain current certificates of clearance until all
monies owing have been paid to the contractor.
' m) Responsibility for ensuring contractor compliance to this policy falls upon the project
manager or designate. This will include identification, evaluation and control
' practices and procedures for hazards and follow-up and issuing of Contractor
Health and Safety Warning/Stop Work Orders.
00099-Appendix B.wpd 3
L1/11 'd 691 bH9906 '01N XVd NOON I dy�0 20 NN WV LE: 11 M 00-L�-ZO0
1 APPENDIX 'B' -
' CONTRACTOR SAFETY
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
HEALTH AND SAFETY PRACTICE FORM
To Contractor(s):
' The Municipality of Clarington is committed to a healthy and safe working environment for
all workers. To ensure the Municipal workplace is a healthy and safe working environment,
contractors, constructors, and subcontractors must have knowledge of and operate in
1 compliance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act and any other legislation pertaining
to employee health and safety.
' In order to evaluate your company's health and safety experience, please provide the
accident/incident andlor Workers' Compensation (WC8) information noted below, where
applicable.
' The New Experimental Experience Rating (NEER)
- The WCB experience rating system for non-construction rate groups
hiLA______________________________________________.------- -
• The Council Amended Draft ##7 (CAD-7) Rating
' - The WC8 experience rating system for construction rate groups
1 , 000
_...---------------------------------------------------
• Injury frequency performance for the last two years
- This may be available from the contractor's trade association
--------------------------------------------
• Has the contractor receive any Ministry of Labour warnings or orders in the last two
years? (if the answer is yes, please include the infraction).
No
i • Confirmation of independent Operator Status
- The WC8 independent operator number assigned: N1 A
(Bidders to include the letter confirming this status and number from WCB with their
bid submission)
00088•AppendN B.wpd 4
691 bH9906 'ON XV1 NMN I�y10 20 NnN NV LZ; I I I E 00-LZ-ZLO
1 APPENDIX 'S'
CONTRACTOR SAFETY `
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
' CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY
' As a contractor working for the Municipality of Clarington, I/we will comply with all
procedures and requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Municipal safety
policies, department and site specific policies and procedures and other applicable
legislation or regulations. I/we will work safely with skill and care so as to prevent an
accidental injury to ourselves, fellow employees and members of the public.
7. The contractor/successful tenderer certifies that it,its employees,its subcontractors
and their employees,
a) are aware of their respective duties and obligations under the Occupational
' Health and Safety Act, as amended form time to time, and all Regulations
thereunder (the `Act'); and
' b) have sufficient knowledge and training to perform all matters required
pursuant to this contract/tender safely and in compliance with the Act.
' 2. In the performance of all matters required pursuant to this contract/tender, the
contractor/successful tenderer shall,
' a) act safely and comply in all respects to the Act, and
b) ensure that its employees,its subcontractors and their employees act safely
' an complying all respects with the Act.
3. The contractor/successful tenderer shall rectify any unsafe act or practice and any
non-compliance with the Act at its expense immediately upon being notified by any
person. of the existence of such act, practice or non-compliance.
4. The contractor/successful tenderer shall permit representatives of the Municipality
and the Health and Safety Committee on site at any time or times for the purpose
of inspection to determine compliance with this contactor/tender.
' 5. No act or omission by any representative of the Municipality shall be deemed to be
an assumption of any of the duties or obligations of the contractor/successful
tenderer or any of its subcontractors under the Act.
' 00099•Appandix B,wpd 5
i
69 t H6 9906 'ON Xd� Ki I dV IO d0 Nni4 WV K; t t I�d 00-LZ-ZOO
APPENDIX V
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued..,
6. The contractor/successful tenderer shall indemnify and save harmless the
' Municipality,
a) from any loss , inconvenience, damage or cost to the Municipality which
' may result from the contractor/successful tenderer or any of its employees,
its subcontractors or their employees failing to act safely or to comply in all
respects with the Act in the performance of any matters required pursuant
to this contract/tender;
b) against any action or claim, and costs related thereto, brought against the
' Municipality by any person arising out of any unsafe act or practice or any
non-compliance with the Act by the contractor/successful tenderer or any of
its employees, its subcontractors or their employees in the performance of
' any matter required pursuant to this contract/tender; and
C) from any and all charges, fines, penalties, and costs that may be incurred
' or paid by the Municipality (or any of its council members or employees)
shall be made a party to any charge under the Act in relation to any violation
of the Act arising out of this contract/tender.
GERR_CONSTRjjy .4N_icy [5: ?
---------------------Contractor Name of Person Signing for Contractor
August 30 , 2000
----- - -- -------------------------------- --- - - ----------
Signa re df Contractor Date
00098-Appendix 9.wpd 6
691 bH9906 'ON XV2 K Nn wV 6�: I I I dd 00-L2-x,00
�PPENDIX 'S'
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
OLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
Schedule B
' CONTRACTOR HEALTH AND SAFETY WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER
The purpose of this form is to: (Issuer to check one of the following)
' Provide warning to the contractor to immediately discontinue the unsafe work
❑ practice described below.
' Direct the contractor to immediately cease all work being performed under this
❑ contract due to the unsafe work practice described below.
' FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER SHALL CONSTITUTE A BREACH OF CONTRACT.
' PART"A"-DETAILS OF CONTRACT
' CONTRACT/P,O. #
DESCRIPTION:
NAME OF FIRM:
1009-Appandix S.w 7
Pd
LI/5I d 69I�£z9906 'ON XV, NMNIdV70 K NAW WV H: 11 1 Nd 00 12-�00
APPENDIX 'B'
' CONTRACTOR SAFETY
' POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
PART"B"-DETAILS OF INFRACTIONCTO BE COMPLETED BY ISSUER
' DATE&TIME OF INFRACTION:
DESCRIPTION OF INFRACTION INCLUDING LOCATION:
1
ORDER GIVEN BY MUNICIPALITY:
' DID THE CONTRACTOR COMPLY WITH THIS ORDER?
DATE&TIME OF COMPLIANCE:
ISSUED TO:
' CONTRACTOR'S EMPLOYEE TITLE
ISSUED BY:
MUNICIPAL EMPLOYEE DEPARTMENT TITLE
' PART"C"-ADDITIONAL COMMENTS
THIS SECTION IS TO BE USED INTERNALLY TO RECORD ADDITIONAL COMMENTS SUBSEQUENT TO ISSUING THE
WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER,I.E.DATE AND TIME WORK RESUMED,FURTHER ACTION TAKEN,ETC.
00099-A.ppandlx S.wpd 8
L1/91 d 691VH9906 'ON XV� NOZONIMO K NAW WV 0£, 11 IH 00-LZ-ZOO
ZURICH INSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA
' HEAD OFFICE. FOR CANADA -
400 UNIVERSITY AVENUE TORONTO, ONTARIO MSG 1S7
Bid Date: August 30, 2000
Bond No. : YY1943046-016,
AGREEMENT TO BOND
Gerr Construction Limited
' (CONTRACTOR)
has :submitted a written tender to
The Corporation of The Municipality of Clarington (OBLIGEE)
' in consideration of the Obligee accepting the tender and executing
an agreement with the Contractor for new elevator installation,
Clar:ington Beech Centre, Bowmanville, Ontario.
We, Zurich Insurance Company of Canada, Surety, agree to issue for
the Contractor the following bond (s) :
(a) Performance Bond of ( 100 %) of the contract price
' (b) Labour and Material Payment Bond of ( 100 %) of the
contract price .
' Provided, however, that application for said bond (s) must be made
to the Surety within (60) days from closing of Tender, otherwise
this agreement shall be null and void.
Dated this 29th day of August 2000
ZURICH INSURANCE
C ANY OF CANADA
' Caroline MacColl-Vysma,
Attorney-in-fact
I t/lI 'd 69N 9906 ON XV� N01,0NI8VIO .10 Nnw WV N: 11 IN.1 00-t�-1.00
OCT 18 100 09:44 FR WSU B CLEAR. CENTRE 416 344 3384 TO 819054365198 P.01/01
' workplau Safecy
rim &insuraaccBoard 200 FRONT STREET WEST - Clearance Certificate
lrs3its TORONTO, oNTARro Certifica>f de dry charge
� ontrc ka acd��nts au txavmt', M5 V 3 J1 (4.16) 344-1012
The Workplace Safety and Insurance Board (WSIB)
' hereby walves its rights under Section 141 of the
workplace Safety and insurance Act to hold the
Principal, that is in a contractual agreement with
the Contractor named, liable for any Section 141
CONTRACTOR liability of the Contractor for premiums and levies
' L`ENTREPRENEUR data of this C wing tow or within 60 days from the
GERR CONSTRUCTION LIMITED Par la prdsente. to Commission de to s6curit6
' 3386 SOLINA RD N professionnalla of I'assurance contre les accidents
BOWMANVILLE ON du travail (CSPAAT) renonoe aux droll$ qui Jul sont
LIC 3K4 confdr6s on vertu de Particle 141 de la Loi sur to
s6curit6professionnello et '('assurance contra les
' accidents du travail et qui I'autorisent A tenir
('entrepreneur principal, qui a aignb une entente
contractuelle avec Pentrepreneur dont le nom
figuresur le pr6sent certificat, responsable du
paiement de tout prime ou de touts Somme que
1'entrepreneur est tenu de verser ii Is CSPAAT
Imm6diatement ou dons les 60 jours sulvant la date
indiquis sur co certificat.
' THIS CERTIFICATE IS VALID FOR ALL CONTRACTS OF
THE NAMED CONTRACTOR DURING THE EFFECTIVE PERIOD
' LE PRESENT CERT17FICAT EST VALIDE POUR TOUS LES CONTRATS PASSES PAR
LEDIT ENTREPRENEUR PENDANT LA PERIODE D`APPLICATION DU CERTIFICAT
Valid onl when signi4 Oy an authorized Officer of the W515.
Lyon a r suns la signature d'va*gear autotis6 do la CSPAAT.
Account No,1 N'd*oomptg Firm No.I N°d'antr rise
3746860 240541 EX '� ',.�� • M_, ,�,:
' "Me:
Rate/ Taux Desclptign Rate/ Teux Description
021099 XNDUSTRIAL CONSTRU
' Contract Description/DwCiiption du contr*t Certificate No.I NO d*cal flwr
,201181644
F9054365198
Contact the Wsla It you question the veildity of this document.
' Vad/Jgz Communlauer*vac/*CSPAAT sl vous douse:do I*v*lid/r6 du p46sent documenx.
0190C 107199)
' ** TOTAL PAGE.01 **
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
ALLIANZ INSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA
HEAD OFFICE TORONTO, ONTARIO
This is to certify to:
The Corporation of The Municipality of
Clarington
40 Temperance Street that policies of insurance as herein described have
BOwmanville, Ontario been Issued to the Insured named below and are in
' L1C 3A6 force at this date.
Name of Insured — Gerr Construction Limited
' _ 3386 Solina Road North Courtice Ontario. L1C 3K4
Address of Insured > >
' Location and Operations to — Clarington Beech Centre, 26 Beech Avenue, Bowmanville, Ont.
which this Certificate applies Installation of new elevator
' KIND OF POLICY POLICY EXPIRY DATE NUMBER O M Y
LIMITS OF LIABILITY
�
COMMERCIAL BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY
GENERAL LIABILITY ' $ 2,000,000.00 AGGREGATE LIMIT
Products INCLUDED C2C30129683 7 $ 01 EACH OCCURRENCE LIMIT PERSONAL INJURY LIMIT
and/or $ $
Completed
Operations EXCLUDED ❑ i TENANTS'LEGAL LIABILITY LIMIT MEDICAL EXPENSE LIMIT
' I ANY ONE PREMISES ANY ONE PERSON
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY BODILY INJURY AND
All owned vehicles ❑ ! ; $ INCLUSIVE LIMIT PROPERTY DAMAGE COMBINED
'Specific vehicles only C1 i DESCRIBE SPECIFIC VEHICLES
Standard Non-Owned ❑
Hired vehicles ❑
Leased vehicles ❑ '
OTHER(DESCRIBE) ❑
i
' o
NOTE:It is hereby understood and agreed that The Corporation of The Municipality of
Clarington, Barry Bryan Associates (1991) Limited, and Clarington Older Adults Associatio
are added as Additional Insureds, but only with respect to the operations of the Named
Insured, as shown above.
The insurance afforded is subject to the terms,conditions and exclusions of the applicable policy.This Certificate is issued as a matter of information only and
confers no rights on the holder and imposes no liability on the Insurer.The Insurer will endeavour to mall to the holder of this Certificate...........15................
days written notice of any material change In or cancellation of these policies,but assumes responsibility for failure to do so.
ROUGHLEY INSURANCE ROU EY INSURANCE BROKERS LTD.
' BROKERS LTD. OSHAWA per: i
Data...November 14 2000
Aut d Repre ntative
FORM NO.1410(1!93) ROUG ILEY INSURANCE BROKERS LTD. , 1000 SIMCOE ST. N. , OSHAWA, ONT. L1G 4W4
TEL. (905) 576-7770 FAX (905) 576-3610
ROUGHLEY INSURANCE BROKERS LTD.
' 1000 SIMCOE STREET NORTH
OSHAWA, ONTARIO.
L1G 4W4
TEL. (905) 576-7770
FAX (905) 576-2924
MEMORANDUM OF INSURANCE AND/OR INSURANCE BINDER
BINDER NUMBER: 7326
1 . NAME AND ADDRESS OF INSURED
Gerr Construction Limited
3386 Solina Road North
Courtice, Ont . L1C 3K4
' 2 . TERM OF COVER 3 . DATE OF ISSUE
Dec. 4, 2000 - May 31, 2001 Nov. 14 , 2000
' 4 . INSURER(S) : Allianz Insurance Company
5 . COVERAGES
CCDC 101 Liability
' Endorsements : Excluding subcontractors as Named Insureds
Health Hazard Exclusion
24 months Completed Operations
' ADDITIONAL INSUREDS :
(a) The Corporation of The Municipality of Clarington, 40 Temperance
Street, Bowmanville, Ontario. L1C 3A6
' (b) Barry Bryan Associates (1991) Limited, 11 Stanley Court, Unit 1,
Whitby, Ontario. L1N 8P9 (Architect)
(c) Clarington Older Adults Association, 26 Beech Avenue, Bowmanville,
Ontario. L1C 3A2
t6 . AMOUNTS OF INSURANCE 7 . DEDUCTIBLES
$2, 000, 000 . 00 - Liability $500 . 00
8 . LOCATION OF RISK
Clarington Beech Centre - installation of new elevator - 26
' Beech Avenue, Bowmanville, Ontario. L1C 3A2
9 . PREMIUM: $ 702 . 00 TOTAL ($ 650 . 00 + $ 52 . 00 <8% tax>)
' 10 . ORIGIN OF AUTHORITY FOR BINDER -Insured: J. Gerrits
-Insurer: S . Cheung
11 . IS AN ADDENDUM ATTACHED TO AND FORMING PART OF THIS BINDER?No
NOTE-All coverage references subject to terms, conditions,
exclusions and limitations of the policy(ies) in current and
standard use by the above listed insurer (s) . Acceptance and
receipt of this binder is deemed to be understanding of terms
and condtions herein by both insured(s) and insurer (s) unless
written notice to the contrary is received immediately.
ROUG LE�,` INSU CE BRO ERS TD.
per: I ullq K710-
I %V__"
Auth d Re�pp se tt�� 've
ROUGHLEY INSUA 001114 610
' BROKERS LTD. OSHAWA
ZURICH INSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA
HEAD OFFICE FOR CANADA
200 UNIVERSITY AVENUE TORONTO, ONTARIO M5H 4B8
PERFORMANCE BOND
No. 6311589 $171, 500 . 00
KNOW ALL MEN THESE PRESENTS THAT Gerr Construction Limited as Principal hereinafter called the
' Principal, and ZURICH INSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA, a corporation created and existing under the
laws of Switzerland, and duly authorized to transact the business of Suretyship in Canada as
Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto The Municipality of
Clarington as Obligee hereinafter called the Obligee, in the amount of One Hundred and Seventy-
' One Thousand, Five Hundred Dollars ($171,500.00 ) lawful money of Canada, for the payment of
which sum, well and truly to be made, the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs,
xecutors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these
presents.
' WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a written contract with the Obligee, dated the 13th day
of November, 2000 , for new elevator installation, Clarington Beech Centre, Bowmanville, Ontario
in accordance with the Contract Documents submitted therefor which are by reference made part
' hereof and are hereinafter referred to as the Contract.
NOW, THEREFOR, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if the Principal shall promptly and
faithfully perform the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall
' remain in full force and effect.
Whenever the Principal shall be, and declared by the Obligee to be, in default under the
Contract, the Obligee having performed the Obligee's obligations thereunder, the Surety may
' promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly
(1) complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions or
(2) obtain a bid or bids for submission to the Obligee and the Surety of the lowest
responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and the Obligee
and make available as work progresses (even though there should be a default, or a
succession of defaults, under contract or contracts of.completion, arranged under
this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of
' the Contract price; but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for which
the Surety may be liable hereunder, the amount set forth in the first paragraph
hereof. The term "balance of the Contract price", as used in this paragraph, shall
mean the total amount payable by the Obligee to the Principal under the Contract,
' less the amount properly paid by the Obligee to the Principal.
Any suit under this Bond must be instituted before the expiration of two (2) years from the date
' on which final payment under the Contract falls due.
The Surety shall not be liable for a greater sum than the specified penalty of this Bond.
No right of action shall accrue on this Bond, to or for the use of, any person or corporation
other than the Obligee named herein, or the heirs, executors, administrators or successors of the
Obligee.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have Signed and Sealed this Bond this 11th day
of November, 2000 .
SIGNED AND SEALED GERR CQNS&UCTION LIMITED
In the presence r—Vq4W,*W (Seal)
Principal
ZURIC INS C COMPANY OF CANADA ~
_ (Seal)
' Caroline MacColl-Vys ,
Attorney-in-fact.
CDS 221-1982Endorsed by: ACEC CCA CCPE CSC RAIC Approved by: INSURANCE BUREAU OF CANADA
ZURICH INSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA
HEAD OFFICE FOR CANADA
200 UNIVERSITY AVENUE TORONTO, ONTARIO M5H 4B8
' LABOUR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND (TRUSTEE FORM)
No. 6311589 $171,500.00
Note: This Bond is issued simultaneously with another Bond in favour of the Obligee
conditioned for the full and faithful performance of the Contract.
' KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT Gerr Construction Limited as Principal hereinafter called the
Principal, and ZURICH INSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA, a corporation created and existing under the
laws of Switzerland, and duly authorized to transact the business of Suretyship in Canada as
Surety, hereinafter called the Surety are, subject to the conditions hereinafter contained, held
' and firmly bound unto The Municipality of Clarington as Trustee hereinafter called the Obligee,
or the use and benefit of the Claimants, their and each of their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns, in the amount of One Hundred and Seventy-One Thousand,
Five Hundred Dollars ($171,500.00 ) of lawful money of Canada for the payment of which sum well
and truly to be made the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
' WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a written contract with the Obligee dated the 13th day of
November, 2000, for new elevator installation, Clarington Beech Centre, Bowmanville, Ontario
which Contract Documents are by reference made a part hereof, and are hereinafter referred to as
the Contract.
' NOW, THEREFOR, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if the Principal shall make payment
to all Claimants for all labour and material used or reasonably required for use in the
performance of the Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall
remain in full force and effect, subject, however, to the following conditions:
' 1. A Claimant for the purpose of this Bond is defined as one having a direct contract with
the Principal for labour, material, or both, used or reasonably required for use in the
performance of the Contract, labour and material being constructed to include that part
of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental equipment
directly applicable to the Contract provided that a person, firm or corporation who
rents equipment to the Principal to be used in the performance of the Contract under
' a Contract which provides that all or any part of the rent is to be
applied towards the purchase price thereof, shall only be a Claimant to the extent of
the prevailing industrial rental value of such equipment for the period during which
the equipment was used in the performance of the Contract. The prevailing industrial
' rental value of equipment shall be determined, insofar as it is practical to do so, in
accordance with and in the manner provided for in the latest revised edition of the
publication of the Canadian Construction Association titled "Rental Rates on
Contractors Equipment" published prior to the period during which the equipment was
' used in the performance of the Contract.
2. The Principal and the Surety, hereby jointly and severally agree with the Obligee, as
Trustee, that every Claimant who has not been paid as provided for under the terms of
his contract with the Principal, before the expiration of a period of ninety (90) days
after the date on which the last of such Claimant's work or labour was done or
performed or materials were furnished by such Claimant, may as a beneficiary of the
trust herein provided for, sue on this Bond, prosecute the suit to final judgment for
' such sum or sums as may be justly due to such Claimant under the terms of his contract
with the Principal and have execution thereon. Provided that the Obligee is not
obliged to do or take any act, action or proceeding against the Surety on behalf of the
Claimants, or any of them, to enforce the provisions of this Bond. If any act, action
or proceeding is taken either in the name of the Obligee or by joining the Obligee as
a party to such proceeding, then such act, action or proceeding, shall be taken on the
understanding and basis that the Claimants, or any of them, who take such act, action
or proceeding shall indemnify and save harmless the Obligee against all costs, charges,
' and expenses or liabilities incurred thereon and any loss or damage resulting to the
Obligee by reason thereof. Provided still further that, subject to the foregoing terms
and conditions, the Claimants, or any of them, may use the name of the Obligee to sue
on and enforce the provisions of this Bond.
3. No- suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any Claimant:
(a) unless such Claimant shall have given written notice within the time limits
hereinafter set forth to each of the Principal, the Surety and the Obligee,
stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed. Such notice shall be
served by mailing the same by registered mail to the Principal, the Surety and
the Obligee, at any place where an office is regularly maintained for the
transaction of business by such persons or served in any manner in which legal
process may be served in the Province or other part of Canada in which the
subject matter of the Contract is located. Such notice shall be given
(1) in respect of any claim for the amount or any portion thereof, required to
' be held back from the Claimant by the Principal, under either the terms of
the Claimant's contract with the Principal, or under the Mechanics' Liens
Legislation applicable to the Claimant's contract with the Principal,
whichever is the greater, within one hundred and twenty (120) days after
' such Claimant should have been paid in full under the Claimant's contract
with the Principal;
' (2) in respect of any claim other than for the holdback, or portion thereof,
referred to above, within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date
upon which such Claimant did, or performed, the last of the work or labour
or furnished the last of the materials for which such claim is made under
the Claimant's contract with the Principal;
' (b) after the expiration of one (1) year following the date on which the Principal
ceased work on the Contract, including work performed under the guarantees
provided in the Contract;
' (c) other than in a Court of competent jurisdiction in the Province or District of
Canada in which the subject matter of the Contract, or any part thereof, is
' situated and not elsewhere, and the parties hereto agree to submit to the
jurisdiction of such Court.
4. The Surety agrees not to take advantage of Article 1959 of the Civil Code of the
Province of Quebec in the event that, by an act or an omission of a Claimant, the
Surety can no longer be subrogated in the rights, hypothecs and privileges of Said
Claimant.
' 5. Any material change in the contract between the Principal and the Obligee shall not
prejudice the rights or interest of any Claimant under this Bond, who is not
instrumental in bringing about or has not caused such change.
' 6. The amount of this Bond shall be reduced by, and to the extent of any payment or
payments made in good faith, and in accordance with the provisions hereof, inclusive
of the payment by the Surety of Mechanics' Lien which may be filed of record against
the subject matter of the Contract, whether or not claim for the amount of such lien
' be presented under and against this Bond.
7. The Surety shall not be liable for a greater sum than the specified penalty of this
Bond.
' IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have Signed and Sealed this Bond this 14th
day of November, 2000
SIGNED and SEALED GERR N RUCTIO LIMITED
' In the presence of
(-Seal)
J4.
�rincipal
' ZURICH INSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA
SURETY
By 0,,ut�, c -
(Seal)
Caroline MacColl-Vysma,
' Attorney-in-fact
CCDC 222-1982 Endorsed by: ACEC CCA CCPE CSC RAIC Approved by: INSURANCE BUREAU OF CANADA
1
1
New Elevator Installation,
Clarington Beech Centre
' Municipality of Clarington
26 Beech Avenue, Bowmanville
Tender No. CL2000-25
BARRY • BRYAN ASSOCIATES (1991) LIMITED
' 11 Stanley Court, Unit 1
Whitby, Ontario L1 N 8P9
Tel: (905)666-5252 Tor. (905)427-4495
' Fax: (905)666-5256
E-mail: bba@idirect.com
Project No. 00099 August 8, 2000
' 00099 tpg.wpd
TABLE OF CONTENTS
' New Elevator Installation, Clarington Beech Centre
Municipality of Clarington, 26 Beech Avenue, Bowmanville
Tender No. CL2000-25
' Page 1
00 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
' 00100 Instructions to Bidders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Appendix A- Standard Terms and Conditions 7
00200 Tender Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Appendix A- Bidders Experience Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
' Appendix B - Contractor Safety Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
00300 General Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
00400 Supplementary General Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
01 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
01005 General Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
' 01100 Special Project Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
02 SITE WORK
' 02050 Demolition and Removals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
03 CONCRETE
' 03200 Concrete Reinforcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
03300 Concrete 6
04 MASONRY
' 04200 Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
05 METALS
' 05310 Steel Roof Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
05320 Steel Floor Deck 8
05500 Miscellaneous Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
06 WOOD AND PLASTICS
06100 Rough Carpentry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
' 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07195 Air Barrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
07200 Building Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
' 07411 Preformed Metal Siding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
07530 Elastomeric Sheet Roofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
07620 Metal Flashing and Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
07900 Sealants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
08 DOORS AND WINDOWS
' 08100 Hollow Metal Doors, Screens and Pressed Metal Frames . . . . 4
08710 Finishing Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
' 09 FINISHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
09250 Gypsum Wallboard . . . . . . . . . . 5
09500 Acoustical Ceilings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
' 09660 Resilient Flooring : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 4
09900 Painting 8
00099 tblc.wpd
TABLE OF CONTENTS
' New Elevator Installation, Clarington Beech Centre
Municipality of Clarington, 26 Beech Avenue, Bowmanville
Tender No. CL2000-25
' - - Page 2
010 SPECIALTIES
' 14241 Hydraulic Passenger Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
015 MECHANICAL
Mechanical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
' 016 ELECTRICAL
Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
' 00099 mlc.wpd
DIVISION 0
' SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 1
' SECTION 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Stipulated Price tenders executed and signed under seal, are invited for the supply of all
' labour, material, equipment and services to complete the work for the New Elevator
Installation, Clarington Beech Centre, Municipality of Clarington,26 Beech Avenue,
Bowmanville, Ontario, Tender No. CL2000-25, in accordance with the Drawings and
Specifications prepared by Barry - Bryan Associates (1991) Limited.
1.2 A Mandatory Pre-bid meeting and site tour for General Contractors only will be held at
' 10:00 AM,Wednesday,August 23,2000. The meeting will be held at 26 Beech Avenue,
Bowmanville. Consultants will be represented at this meeting.
Any other site visits must be arranged with the Municipality of Clarington through Mr. Fred
Horvath, Manager of Operations, telephone (905)263-2291.
1.3 The Tender Documents including the Contract Form (Canadian Standard Form of
Agreement between Owner and Contractor, Canadian Standard Construction Document
CCDC 2, 1994), as amended by the Supplementary General Conditions, the Instructions
to Bidders including Appendix`A', Specifications, Tender Form, and the Drawings listed in
Section 8 hereof are all complementary and shall be read together.
1.4 Each Bidder shall examine the Tender Documents as soon as possible after receipt thereof,
' and should he discover any errors or omissions therein he shall notify the Consultant as
soon as possible so that further instructions and/or Drawings may be issued to all
Tenderers before the date set for receiving Tenders.
' 1.5 Tender documents will be available on Tuesday, August 8, 2000 at the Purchasing
Department, The Municipality of Clarington, 40 Temperance Street, Bowmanville, Ontario
L1 C 3A6, Telephone (905) 623-3379.
' Tender Documents will be provided to qualified General, Mechanical and Electrical
Contractors on receipt of a non-refundable fee of $50.00 for each set of documents.
' Payment may be made in the form of cash or certified cheque, payable to The Municipality
of Clarington.
' 1.6 Tender documents will be available for viewing at the offices of the Durham Construction
Association, The Peterborough Construction Association, and the Toronto Construction
Association.
' 1.7 Individual drawings and sections of specifications are not available.
' 00099-00100.wpd
DIVISION 0 '
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 2
SECTION 1 - GENERAL (Cont'd) ,
1.8 Bidders are advised that enquiries regarding interpretation of the drawings and
specifications shall be directed to:
Barry - Bryan Associates (1991) Limited
11 Stanley Court
Whitby, Ontario UN 8P9
Attention: Mr. C.M. Earle, MAATO or Mr. Conrad Sills ,
Telephone No. (905) 666-5252
Facsimile No. (905) 666-5256
1.9 The Consultant(s)will not accept any calls from bidders or sub-trades regarding enquiries
on this project 24 hours prior to close of Tender.
1.10 Bidders shall be responsible for the distribution of all Contract Documents and Addenda to
all Subcontractors and suppliers. There will be no consideration given for extra payment
due to the failure of any subcontractor or supplier to review all Documents prior to close of '
tender.
1.11 No claims for payment will be accepted because of failure on the part of the Owner, the
Consultant or their representatives to supply any Subcontractor with all or part of the
Contract Documents and Addenda thereto, which will have been supplied to the Bidder up
to the closing date.
1.12 The successful bidder shall submit proof of Liability Insurance in the amount of Two Million '
dollars ($2,000,000.00) to the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington, prior to the
commencement of the work. Insurance policy shall name the Corporation of the '
Municipality of Clarington, the Clarington Older Adults Association,and the Consultants as
additional insured. The successful bidder shall also provide Builder's Risk Insurance,equal
to the value of the facility.
SECTION 2 - TENDER SUBMISSIONS '
2.1 Tender submission shall be in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders and the
Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington, Standard Terms and Conditions (Appendix
A).
2.2 Tenders executed and signed under seal, will be received until 2:00 PM local time, on
Wednesday, August 30, 2000. ,
00099-00100.wpd '
DIVISION 0
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 3
' SECTION 2 -TENDER SUBMISSIONS (Cont'd)
Submit Tender to:
Office of the Clerk
Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington
40 Temperance Street
Bowmanville, Ontario L1 C 3A6
' 2.3 Bidders are solely responsible for the delivery of Tenders to the Office of the Clerk, on or
before the date and time set for the close of Tenders.
' 2.4 Each Tender shall state the stipulated PRICE/PRICES for which the Bidder will undertake
to carry out all the Work as described and/or shown in/on the Tender Documents.
2.5 The Tender Form , on the forms provided shall be filled in exactly as required, and shall be
' returned sealed in a Tender envelope provided by the Municipality of Clarington bearing the
tenderer's name and clearly marked as indicated herein.
' 2.6 Two(2)sets of Tender Forms are provided. Bidders shall complete and return one(1)set
of Tender Forms.
2.7 Bidders shall furnish all information requested and fill in all blanks in the Tender Form.
Should any uncertainty arise as to the proper manner of completing the form, the requisite
information will be given by the Consultant.
2.8 Tender Forms shall be completed in a legible manner. Incomplete tenders may not be
considered. Bids must be typewritten or in ink. Erasures or noticeable changes to the
Tender Forms must be initialled by the Bidder.
2.9 Incorporated Companies must attach Corporate Seal and Signatures of properofficers shall
be affixed. Bids not signed are subject to rejection.
' 2.10 All prices(unless otherwise specifically requested in the Tender Documents)shall be"Work
completed" prices, and shall be understood to include for all material, labour and other
expenses including all Provincial Sales Taxes, fees, insurance, compensation and other
items required by governing regulations, as well as overhead and profit for the work
concerned. Tender prices shall not include Goods and Services Tax.
' 2.11 It shall be understood that the Stipulated Price submitted in the Tender Form shall be open
for acceptance and irrevocable for a period of sixty (60) days.
2.12 Tenders may not be submitted by telegram, facsimile, telephone or orally.
00099-00100.,pd
DIVISION 0
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 4 '
SECTION 2- TENDER SUBMISSIONS (Cont'd) '
2.13 Late tenders will be returned unopened to the respective bidder.
2.14 The lowest or any tender will not necessarily be accepted. ,
2.15 Bidders must not include restrictive or conditional statements to alter the format, or intent
of the tender.
2.16 Tenders received in accordance with these instructions will be opened at a Public Meeting
at the Administration Centre immediately following the close of the Tender period. ,
The tender opening meeting will be held in Meeting Room 1, Municipal Administration
Centre, 40 Temperance Street, Bowmanville, and interested bidders are invited to attend. '
SECTION 3 -ADDENDA
3.1 Bidders may, during the tendering period, be advised by Addenda of required additions to,
deletions from,clarifications to,or alterations in the requirements of the Tender Documents. '
All such changes shall become an integral part of the Tender Documents and shall be
allowed for in the Stipulated Price.
3.2 Bidders shall insert, in the space provided in the Tender Form, the Addenda numbers of all ,
Addenda received by them. If no Addenda have been received,the word"NONE"shall be
inserted in the space provided.
SECTION 4 - BASE BID TENDERS
4.1 Materials and equipment are specifically described and named in this Specification to ,
establish a standard of materials and workmanship to which the Bidders shall strictly
adhere. Where manufacturer's trade names are used, the Stipulated Price shall be based '
on the use of such materials and equipment as specified, no substitutions will be allowed.
4.2 Where tender documents stipulate a particular product, substitutions will be considered by
the Consultant up to 6 days before receipt of tenders.
4.3 When a request to substitute a product is made, the Consultant may approve substitution ,
and will issue an Addendum to known bidders.
4.4 In submission of substitutions to products specified, Bidders shall include in their Tender,
any changes required in work to accommodate such substitutions. A later claim by Bidder ,
for an addition to contract price because of changes in the work necessitated by use of
substitutions shall not be considered.
00099.001 OO.wpd
DIVISION 0
' SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 5
' SECTION 5 -TENDERS NOT NECESSARILY ACCEPTED
5.1 The Municipality of Clarington reserves the right to:
a) Cancel the Tender at any time prior to acceptance of a bid.
b) Reject any or all bids.
' c) Cancel any order if the goods or services are unsatisfactory.
d) Accept the Tender in whole or in part.
e) Disqualify any Tenders not submitted in strict accordance with the requirements of
' the Tender Documents.
f) Require each Bidder to submit evidence of his, and his proposed Subcontractors'
experience and competence in similar work previously performed.
g) Negotiate the Tender with any or all bidders.
' 5.2 The Owner reserves the power and right to reject Tenders received from parties who
cannot show a reasonable acquaintance with, and preparation of the proper performance
of the class of work herein specified and shown on the drawings.
5.3 Tenders containing escalator clauses will not be considered.
5.4 Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any tender which is incomplete, illegible or
obscure, or which contains alterations not called for, or irregularities of any kind, may be
' rejected.
SECTION 6 -TAXES
6.1 The Tender amount shall include all Excise Taxes and Government Duties on all materials
required for the completion of the work of this Tender, provided that same are in force at
the time of signing the Contract.
6.2 Provincial Retail Sales Tax shall be included in tendered prices for material supplied under
this contract.
6.3 The total Tender amount shall not include Goods and Services Tax (G.S.T.).
SECTION 7 -TIME OF THE ESSENCE
' 7.1 The Contractor is cautioned that time is of the essence in this Contract and that the ability
to complete the Work within the stipulated time period will be one of the factors considered
1 in the award of the Contract.
7.2 Upon commencing work on site, all work must continue until completion without delay or
work stoppage unless instructed otherwise by the Owner.
00099-00100.wpd
DIVISION 0 '
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 6
SECTION 7 -TIME OF THE ESSENCE (Cont'd) '
7.3 The Contractor shall co-ordinate the work to ensure completion of the work in accordance
with the schedule set forth in Section 01100, Special Project Requirements. ,
7.4 The Contractor will be required to provide all labour, material and equipment and direct his
subcontractors and suppliers to work the number of shifts and days that are necessary to '
meet the Owner's schedule.
7.5 Bidders shall allow in their Stipulated Price for all premium time and other costs as
necessary to meet the required completion date. '
SECTION 8 - LIST OF DRAWINGS
8.1 Architectural
Drawing No. Title Rev. No. Issued '
A201 Plans 0 August 3, 2000
A301 Enlarged Plans and Elevations 0 August 3, 2000 t
A401 Reflected Ceiling Plan, Sections and 0 August 3, 2000
Door Details
A501 I Details 1 0 August 3, 2000
8.2 Structurs1l t
Drawing No. Title Rev. No. Issued
S201 Structural Plans, Notes and Details 0 August 3, 2000 '
8.3 Mechanical
Drawing No. Title Rev. No. Issued '
ME-1 Basement/Roof Plans, Mech./Elec. 1 August 3, 2000
Upgrades Elevator Installation ,
SECTION 9 - EXECUTE CONTRACT ,
9.1 The Successful Bidder shall execute the Contract Documents within ten(10)calendar days
of receipt of notification of Acceptance of Tender from the Owner. ,
9.2 The Successful Bidder shall commence the Work at the site within three (3) calendar days
of receipt of Notification to Commence Work, and complete all construction to the '
satisfaction of the Owner and the Consultant as indicated in Section 7 herein.
000sa.00ioo.wAd '
DIVISION 0
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 7
' SECTION 9 - EXECUTE CONTRACT (Cont'd)
9.3 Failure by the Successful Bidder to meet the above requirements will entitle the Owner to
' cancel the award of the Contract. The Owner may then award the Contract to one of the
other bidders or to take such other action as he chooses.
' SECTION 10 - LOCATION
10.1 The site is located at the Clarington Beech Centre, 26 Beech Avenue, Bowmanville.
1 SECTION 11 -TENDER DEPOSIT
11.1 All tender submissions shall be accompanied by a Bid Deposit in the form of a certified
cheque, bank draft, money order or cash, payable to the Corporation of the Municipality of
' Clarington in the amount specified in the table below:
TOTAL AMOUNT OF BID MINIMUM DEPOSIT REQUIRED
' $20,000.00 or less $1,000.00
$20,000.01 to $50,000.00 $2,000.00
' $50,000.01 to $100,000.00 $5,000.00
$100,000.01 to $250,000.00 $10,000.00
$250,000.01 to $500,000.00 $25,000.00
1 $500,000.01 to $1,000,000.00 $50,000.00
$1,000,000.01 to $2,000,000.00 $100,000.00
$2,000,000.01 and over $200,000.00
' Note: Bid bonds issued by a surety approved by and in a form containing terms
satisfactory to the Municipality's Treasurer will be accepted for tenders valued over
$50,000.00.
Bid deposit must be enclosed in the envelope with your tender.
All tender bid deposits will be returned to the respective bidders within ten (10)days
after the Tenders have been opened except those of the two(2)low bidders,which
shall be retained by the Municipality of Clarington until the successful bidder has
' executed the Contract.
' 00099-00100.wpd
DIVISION 0 ,
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 8 ,
SECTION 12-AGREEMENT TO BOND ,
12.1 Include with the tender,an agreement to bond issued by a duly incorporated and nationally
recognized surety company,guaranteeing the faithful performance of the contract including ,
the warrantee period, in accordance with the Contract Documents. Agree to furnish to the
Owner,a Performance Bond and a Labour and Material Payment Bond,each in the amount
of One Hundred Percent (100%) of the Stipulated Price. ,
12.2 The premiums for all bonds shall be included in the Stipulated Price.
SECTION 13 - CASH ALLOWANCES '
13.1 Include in the Stipulated Price, the following cash allowances. ,
.1 Independent inspection and testing $3,000.00
TOTAL CASH ALLOWANCES $3,000.00
SECTION 14 - STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Standard Terms and Conditions attached as
Appendix'A'to these Instructions to Bidders will be read in conjunction with the documents listed ,
in Section 1, and will form a part of the contract, with the following amendments:
1. Delete the term "purchase order" and replace with "Canadian Standard Form of
Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, Canadian Standard Construction
Document CCDC-2, 1994 as amended by the Supplementary General Conditions".
2. In Article 7, 5th paragraph, change last sentence to read: '
"Goods and Services Tax shall be extra. Provincial Sales Tax is to be included ,
in the bid price".
3. In Article 17, 2nd paragraph, change "90 days" to "60 days".
4. In Article 21, first paragraph, change "Workers Compensation Board" to "Workplace
Safety and Insurance Board". '
5. In Article 22, first paragraph, change "Workers Compensation Board" to "Workplace
Safety and Insurance Board".
6. In Article 23,2"d paragraph,add"Clarington Older Adults Association and Barry•Bryan
Associates (1991) Limited" as additional named insured.
00099-00100.wpd
APPENDIX A
THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
' 1. DEFINITIONS
Municipality-The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington,its successors and assigns.
Bidder-The person,firm or corporation submitting a bid to the Municipality.
' Company-The person,contractor,firm or corporation to whom the Municipality has awarded the contract,it
successors and assigns.
Contract-The purchase order authorizing the company to perform the work,purchase order alterations,the
document and addenda,the bid,and surety.
Subcontractor-A person,firm or corporation having a contract with the company for,or any part of,the work.
' Document-The document(s)issued by the Municipality in response to which bids are invited to perform the
work in accordance with the specifications contained in the document.
Bid-An offer by a Bidder in response to the document issued by the Municipality.
' Work -All labour, materials, products, articles, fixtures, services, supplies, and acts required to be done,
furnished or performed by the company,which are subject to the Contract.
2. SUBMISSION OF BID
Bid invitation shall be in accordance with the Municipality of Clarington Purchasing By-law#94-129 and will
' apply for the calling, receiving,and opening of bids. The Municipality will be responsible for evaluating bids,
awarding and administering the contract in accordance with the Purchasing By-law.
The bid must be submitted on the form(s)and in the envelope supplied by the Municipality unless otherwise
provided herein. The envelope must not be covered by any outside wrappings,i.e.courier envelopes or other
coverings.
The bid must be signed by a designated signing officer of the Bidder.
If a joint bid is submitted, it must be signed on behalf of each of the Bidders.
The bid must be legible,written in ink,or typewritten. Any form of erasure, strikeout or over-writing must be
initialled by the Bidder's authorized signing officer.
The bid must not be restricted by a covering letter,a statement added,or by alterations to the document unless
otherwise provided herein.
rFailure to return the document or invitation may result in the removal of the Bidder from the Municipality's
bidder's list.
' A bid received after the closing date and time will not be considered and will be returned, unopened.
Should a dispute arise from the terms and conditions of any part of the contract,regarding meaning,intent or
' ambiguity,the decision of the Municipality shall be final.
3. CONTRACT
' The contract consists of the documents aforementioned.
The contract and portions thereof take precedence in the order in which they are named above,notwithstanding
' the chronological order in which they are issued or executed.
The intent of the contract is that the Company shall supply work which is fit and suitable for the Municipality's
' OOM-Appendix A.wpd Page 1 of 7
APPENDIX A
THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
intended use and complete for a particular purpose. t
None of the conditions contained in the Bidder's standard or general conditions of sale shall be of any effect
unless explicitly agreed to by the Municipality and specifically referred to in the purchase order.
4. CLARIFICATION OF THE DOCUMENT
Any clarification of the document required by the Bidder priorto submission of its bid shall be requested through ,
the Municipality's contact identified in the document. Any such clarification so given shall not in any way alter
the document and in no case shall oral arrangements be considered.
Every notice,advice or other communication pertaining thereto will be in the form of a written addendum. '
No officer,agent or employee of the Municipality is authorized to alter orally any portion of the document.
5. PROOF OF ABILITY
The bidder may be required to show,in terms of experience and facilities,evidence of its ability,as well as that '
of any proposed subcontractor,to perform the work by the specified delivery date.
6. DELIVERY ,
Unless otherwise stated, the work specified in the bid shall be delivered or completely performed by the
Company as soon as possible and in any event within the period set out herein as the guaranteed period of
delivery or completion after receipt of a purchase order therefor.
A detailed delivery ticket or piece tally,showing the exact quantity of goods,materials,articles or equipment,
shall accompany each delivery thereof. Receiving by a foreperson,storekeeper or other such receiver shall '
not bind the Municipality to accept the work covered thereby,or the particulars of the delivery ticket or piece
tally therefor.
Work shall be subject to further inspection and approval by the Municipality. ,
The Company shall be responsible for arranging the work so that completion shall be as specified in the
contract.
Time shall be of the essence of the contract.
7. PRICING
Prices shall be in Canadian Funds, quoted separately for each item stipulated, F.O.B.destination.
Prices shall be firm for the duration of the contract. '
Prices bid must include all incidental costs and the Company shall be deemed to be satisfied as to the full
requirements of the bid. No claims for extra work will be entertained and any additional work must be
authorized in writing prior to commencement. Should the Company require more information or clarification '
on any point, it must be obtained prior to the submission of the bid.
Payment shall be full compensation for all costs related to the work,including operating and overhead costs
to provide work to the satisfaction of the Municipality.
00099-Appendix A.wpd Page 2 of 7
APPENDIX A
' THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
' All prices quoted shall include applicable customs duty,excise tax,freight,insurance,and all other charges of
every kind attributable to the work. Goods and Services Tax and Provincial Sales Tax shall be extra and not
shown, unless otherwise specified herein.
If the Bidder intends to manufacture or fabricate any part of the work outside of Canada, it shall arrange its
shipping procedures so that its agent or representative in Canada is the importer of record for customs
purposes.
Should any additional tax,duty or any variation in any tax or duty be imposed by the Government of Canada
or the Province of Ontario become directly applicable to work specified in this document subsequent to its
' submission by the Bidder and before the delivery of the work covered thereby pursuant to a purchase order
issued by the Municipality appropriate increase or decrease in the price of work shall be made to compensate
for such changes as of the effective date thereof.
8. TERMS OF PAYMENT
Where required by the Construction Lien Act appropriate monies may be held back until 46 days after the
' completion of the work.
Payments made hereunder, including final payment shall not relieve the company from its obligations or
liabilities under the contract.
' Acceptance by the company of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of claims by the company against
the Municipality, except those previously made in writing in accordance with the contract and still unsettled.
' The Municipality shall have the right to withhold from any sum otherwise payable to the company such amount
as may be sufficient to remedy any defect or deficiency in the work, pending correction of it.
Payment may be made 30 days after delivery pursuant to the Bidder submitting an invoice, contract
requirements being completed and work being deemed satisfactory.
9. PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS
The company shall, at its expense, defend all claims,actions or proceedings against the Municipality based
on any allegations that the work or any part of the work constitutes an infringement of any patent,copyright or
other proprietary right,and shall pay to the Municipality all costs,damages,charges and expenses,including
its lawyers'fees on a solicitor and his own client basis occasioned to the Municipality by reason thereof.
The company shall pay all royalties and patent license fees required for the work.
If the work or any part thereof is in any action or proceeding held to constitute an infringement,the company
shall forthwith either secure for the Municipality the right to continue using the work or shall at the company's
expense,replace the infringing work with non-infringing work or modify it so that the work no longer infringes.
10. ALTERNATES
Any opinion with regard to the use of a proposed alternate determined by the Municipality shall be final. Any
' bid proposing an alternate will not be considered unless otherwise specified herein.
11. EQUIVALENCY
Any opinion determined by the Municipality with respect to equivalency shall be final.
' 12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING
The company shall not assign or subcontract the contract or any portion thereof without the prior written
' 00099-Appendix A.wpd Page 3 of 7
APPENDIX A
THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON ,
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
consent of the Municipality. '
13. FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE COMPANY '
The Municipality is entitled to request of the Company to furnish reasonable evidence that financial
arrangements have been made to fulfill the Municipality's obligations under the Contract.
14. LAWS AND REGULATIONS
The company shall comply with relevant Federal, Provincial and Municipal statutes, regulations and by-laws
pertaining to the work and its performance. The company shall be responsible for ensuring similar compliance
by suppliers and subcontractors.
The contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario. '
15. CORRECTION OF DEFECTS
If at any time prior to one year after the actual delivery date or completion of the work (or specified ,
warranty/guarantee period if longer than one year)any part of the work becomes defective or is deficient or fails
due to defect in design,material or workmanship,or otherwise fails to meet the requirements of the contract,
the company, upon request, shall make good every such defect, deficiency or failure without cost to the '
Municipality. The company shall pay all transportation costs for work both ways between the company's factory
or repair depot and the point of use.
16. BID ACCEPTANCE i
The Municipality reserves the right to award by item,or part thereof,groups of items,or parts thereof,or all
items of the bids and to award contracts to one or more bidders submitting identical bids as to price;to accept
or reject any bids in whole or in part;to waive irregularities and omissions,if in so doing,the best interests of
the Municipality will be served. No liability shall accrue to the Municipality for its decision in this regard.
Bids shall be irrevocable for 90 days after the official closing time. ,
The placing in the mail or delivery to the Bidder's shown address given in the bid of a notice of award to a
bidder by the Municipality shall constitute notice of acceptance of contract by the Municipality to the extent
described in the notice of award.
17. DEFAULT BY COMPANY ,
a. If the company: commits any act of bankruptcy; or if a receiver is appointed on account of its
insolvency or in respect of any of its property;or if the company makes a general assignment for the
benefit of its creditors; then, in any such case,the Municipality may,without notice: terminate the '
contract.
00099-Appendix A.wpd Page 4 of 7 '
APPENDIX A
THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
ib. If the company:fails to comply with any request,instruction or order of the Municipality;or fails to pay
its accounts;orfails to comply with or persistently disregard statutes,regulations,by-laws or directives
of relevant authorities relating to the work;or fails to prosecute the work with skill and diligence;or
' assigns or sublets the contract or any portion thereof without the Municipality's prior written consent;
or refuses to correct defective work; or is otherwise in default in carrying out its part of any of the
terms,conditions and obligations of the contract,then,in any such case,the Municipality may,upon
expiration of ten days from the date of written notice to the company,terminate the contract.
' C. Any termination of the contract by the Municipality, as aforesaid, shall be without prejudice to any
other rights or remedies the Municipality may have and without incurring any liability whatsoever in
respect thereto.
' d. If the Municipality terminates the contract, it is entitled to:
i) take possession of all work in progress, materials and construction equipment then at the
project site(at no additional charge for the retention or use of the construction equipment),
and finish the work by whatever means the Municipality may deem appropriate under the
circumstances;
' ii) withhold any further payments to the company until the completion of the work and the expiry
of all obligations under the Correction of Defects section;
iii) recover from the company loss,damage and expense incurred by the Municipality by reason
of the company's default(which may be deducted from any monies due or becoming due to
the company,any balance to be paid by the company to the Municipality).
18. CONTRACT CANCELLATION
The Municipality shall have the right,which may be exercised from time to time,to cancel any uncompleted or
unperformed portion of the work or part thereof. In the event of such cancellation,the Municipality and the
Company may negotiate a settlement. The Municipality shall not be liable to the Company for loss of
anticipated profit on the cancelled portion or portions of the work.
19. QUANTITIES
Unless otherwise specified herein, quantities are shown as approximate,are not guaranteed to be accurate,
are furnished without any liability on behalf of the Municipality and shall be used as a basis for comparison only.
Payment will be by the unit complete at the bid price on actual quantities deemed acceptable by the
Municipality.
' 20. SAMPLES
Upon request,samples must be submitted strictly in accordance with instructions. If samples are requested
subsequent to opening of bids,they shall be delivered within three(3)working days following such request,
unless additional time is granted. Samples must be submitted free of charge and will be returned at the bidder's
expense,upon request, provided they have not been destroyed by tests,or are not required for comparison
' purposes.-
The acceptance of samples by the Municipality shall be at its sole discretion and any such acceptance shall
in no way be construed to imply relief of the company from its obligations under the contract.
Samples submitted must be accompanied by current Material Safety Data Sheets(MSDS)where applicable.
' 21. SURETY
The successful tenderer shall, if the Municipality in its absolute discretion so desires, be required to satisfy
' 00099-Appendbc A.wpd Page 5 of 7
APPENDIX A
THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON ,
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
surety requirements by providing a deposit in the form of a certified cheque,bank draft or money order or other
form of surety,in an amount determined by the Municipality. This surety may be held by the Municipality until
60 days after the day on which all work covered by the contract has been completed and accepted. The surety
may be returned before the 60 days have elapsed providing satisfactory evidence is provided that all liabilities '
incurred by the company in carrying out the work have expired or have been satisfied and that a Certificate of
Clearance from the Workers'Compensation Board has been received.
The company shall,if the Municipality in its absolute discretion so desires,be required to satisfy fidelity bonding ,
requirements by providing such bonding in an amount and form determined by the Municipality.
Failure to furnish required surety within two weeks from date of request thereof by the Municipality shall make
the award of the Contract by the Municipality subject to withdrawal. '
22. WORKERS'COMPENSATION
All of the Company's personnel must be covered by Workers'Compensation. Upon request by the Municipality, '
an original Letter of Good Standing from the Workers' Compensation Board shall be provided prior to the
commencement of work indicating all payments by the Company to the Board have been made. Prior to final
payment,a Certificate of Clearance must be issued indicating all payments by the Company to the Board in ,
conjunction with the subject Contract have been made and that the Municipality will not be liable to the Board
for future payments in connection with the company's fulfilment of the contract. Further Certificates of
Clearance or other types of certificates shall be provided upon request.
23. INSURANCE
The company shall maintain and pay for Comprehensive General Liability insurance including premises and
all operations. This insurance coverage shall be subject to limits of not less than$2,000,000.00 inclusive per
occurrence for third party Bodily Injury and Property Damage or such other coverage or amount as may be
requested.
The policy shall include the Municipality as an additional named insured in respect of all operations performed
by or on behalf of the Company. A certified copy of such policy or certificate shall be provided to the respective
participant prior to commencement of the work. Further certified copies shall be provided upon request.
24. LIABILITY
The company agrees to defend,fully indemnify and save harmless the Municipality from all actions, suits, '
claims,demands,losses,costs,charges and expenses whatsoever for all damage or injury including death to
any person and all damage to any property which may arise directly or indirectly by reason of a requirement
of the contract,save and except for damage caused by the negligence of the Municipality or its employees. '
The Company agrees to defend,fully indemnify and save harmless the group from any and all charges,fines,
penalties and costs that may be incurred or paid by the Municipality if the Municipality or any of its employees
shall be made a party to any charge under the Occupational Health and Safety Act in relation to any violation '
of the Act arising out of this contract.
00099-Appendix A.wpd Page 6 of 7 '
' APPENDIX A
THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
' 25. VISITING THE SITE
The Company shall carefully examine the site and existing building and services affecting the proper execution
of the work, and obtain a clear and comprehensive knowledge of the existing conditions. No claim for extra
' payment will be allowed for work or difficulties encountered due to conditions of the site which were visible or
reasonably inferable, prior to the date of submission of Tenders. Bidders shall accept sole responsibility for
any error or neglect on their part in this respect.
26. SAFETY
The Company shall obey all Federal,Provincial and Municipal Laws,Act,Ordinances,Regulations,Orders-in-
Council and By-laws,which could in any way pertain to the work outlined in the Contract or to the Employees
of the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company shall satisfy all statutory
requirements imposed by the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations made thereunder, on a
contractor,a Constructor and/or Employer with respect to or arising out of the performance of the Company's
obligations under this Contract.
The Company shall be aware of and conform to all governing regulations including those established by the
' Municipality relating to employee health and safety. The Company shall keep employees and subcontractors
informed of such regulations.
The Company shall provide Material Safety Data Sheets(MSDS)to the Municipality for any supplied Hazardous
' Materials.
27. UNPAID ACCOUNTS
' The company shall indemnify the Municipality from all claims arising out of unpaid accounts relating to the work.
The Municipality shall have the right at any time to require satisfactory evidence that the work in respect of
which any payment has been made or is to be made by the Municipality is free and clear of liens,attachments,
' claims,demands,charges or other encumbrances.
28. SUSPENSION OF WORK
' The Municipality may,without invalidating the contract,suspend performance by the company from time to time
of any part or all of the work for such reasonable period of time as the Municipality may determine.
' The resumption and completion of work after the suspension shall be governed by the schedule established
by the Municipality.
' 29. CHANGES IN THE WORK
The Municipality may, without invalidating the contract, direct the Company to make changes to the work.
' When a change causes an increase or decrease in the work,the contract price shall be increased or decreased
by the application of unit prices to the quantum of such increase or decrease,or in the absence of applicable
unit prices, by an amount to be agreed upon between the Municipality and the Company. All such changes
shall be in writing and approved by the Municipality.
' 30. CONFLICT OF INTEREST
' No employee or member of Council of the Municipality shall sell goods or services to the Municipality or have
a direct or indirect interest in a Company or own a Company which sells goods or services to the Municipality.
00099-Appendix A.wpd Page 7 of 7
1
' DIVISION 0
SECTION 00200
' TENDER FORM Page 1
' The Office of the Clerk
The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington
40 Temperance Street
' Bowmanville, Ontario L1 C 3E6
Re: New Elevator Installation
Clarington Beech Centre
26 Beech Avenue, Bowmanville, Ontario
Tender No. CL 2000-25
Sir:
1.0 We agree for the
' (Company Name)
Stipulated Price stated below to supply all necessary labour, materials, plant, equipment,
services and overtime work as may be required for the execution and completion of all work
' in connection with the above referenced project for the Corporation of the Municipality of
Clarington, in accordance with Instructions to Bidders, The Municipality of Clarington's
Standard Terms and Conditions, the General Conditions, Supplementary General
' Conditions, Specifications and Drawings, prepared for that purpose by Barry • Bryan
Associates(1991)Limited,Whitby, Ontario and to the entire satisfaction of the Corporation
of the Municipality of Clarington:
' STIPULATED PRICE (exclusive of GST)
' Dollars ($ )
2.0 Further, to assist you with the necessary information for tax purposes, etc., the stipulated
' price includes the following:
Provincial Sales Tax $
3.0 Goods and Services Tax (GST) at 7% to be added to the Stipulated Price $
' 4.0 The Stipulated Price includes CASH ALLOWANCES in the amount of $3,000 (Three
Thousand Dollars) as listed in the Instructions to Bidders.
' 5.0 We agree the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject prices bid for the work or for any
portion of the work.
' 6.0 We agree that the Owner reserves the right to take any financial benefit, from alternates
submitted, into consideration in the evaluation of all tenders and the subsequent award of
the Contract.
' 7.0 We agree to complete all work including necessary overtime work pursuant to this Contract
in the period required to meet the scheduled completion dates as specified.
' 00099-00200.wpd
' DIVISION 0
SECTION 00200
' TENDER FORM Page 2
' 8.0 We have received and included for Addenda No. to in the Stipulated Price.
9.0 In the event that work extra to that included in the Contract is required, and is authorized
' in writing by the Owner, the Contractor will add the following percentages to the cost of the
work.
Overhead Profit
General Contractor's Work
Subcontractor's Work
10.0 We submit the names of subcontractors upon whose tender the stipulated price was based:
TRADE FIRM ADDRESS
Demolition
' Masonry
Structural Steel
Steel Roof Deck
' Rough Carpentry
E.P.D.M.Sheet Roofing
' Metal Siding,Flashing and Trim
Hollow Metal Doors&Frames
' Resilient Flooring
Drywall and Acoustics
' Painting
Hydraulic Elevator
HVAC
Amount Included in Tender Price
' Electrical
Amount Included in Tender Price
1
00099-00200.wpd
' DIVISION 0
SECTION 00200
TENDER FORM Page 3
' 11.0 We agree that, when requested by the Consultant, additional work will be performed at
following unit prices exclusive of Overhead and Profit which shall cover all charges for
labour and materials, supervision, plant and tools. Deletions will be deducted from
' additions before these unit prices are applied. Credits will be deducted from extras before
charges for overhead and profit are added. All work will be performed in accordance with
the Contract Documents. Provincial Sales Tax is included in these unit prices. Goods and
Services Tax is not included in these unit prices. Breakdown of all taxes will be submitted
later.
Unit Prices for Additions and Deletions
Nature of Work Additions d s Deletions
' Reinforcing Steel, supply and place, per
metric tonne.
' 12.0 We have carefully examined all the Tender Documents, have visited the Site, and have a
clear and comprehensive knowledge of the Work required under this Contract and of all the
working conditions and schedule requirements.
' 13.0 We the undersigned agree that this Tender is valid and irrevocable and subject to
acceptance by the Owner without notice to us for a period of Sixty (60) days from date of
receipt of Tender, and that if notified of award of Contract, we will within ten (10) days of
receipt of notification of Acceptance of Tender:
a) Furnish to the Owner, in care of the Consultant, copies of insurance policies as
required by the Conditions of the Contract.
b) Furnish to the Owner a breakdown of the Stipulated Price in such form and detail
' as required by the Owner for progress payments, taxation and internal accounting
purposes.
c) Furnish to the Owner, a Performance Bond and a Labour and Material Payment
Bond, issued by a Surety acceptable to the Owner, each for an amount equalling
100% of the Tender Price to ensure the full and proper completion of the Contract.
' d) Commence the work forthwith after the receipt of a letter of intent, contract or
Purchase Order or when notified to do so by the Consultant and/or Owner and to
' execute the-work continuously to completion. Time shall be the essence of the
Contract and the work shall be completed in accordance with the schedule outlined
in the Instructions to Bidders.
' e) Furnish to the Owner a Clearance Certificate of the Workplace Safety and
Insurance Board.
' f) Submit within three (3) days of award of the contract a detailed construction
schedule to the Owner for approval.
00099-00200.wpd
DIVISION 0
SECTION 00200
TENDER FORM Page 4
g) Furnish to the Owner a copy of our Corporate Safety Policy.
14.0 Wherever the plural is used herein,the same shall be read and construed as if the singular
' had been used where the facts and context so requires and as if all necessary grammatical
changes had been made.
1 15.0 Tender Deposit:
Attached to this tender is a Tender Deposit in the amount of$ as required by the
Instructions to Bidders and made payable to the Municipality of Clarington (based on the
Stipulated Price). The proceeds of this Tender Deposit shall, upon acceptance of this
Tender,constitute a deposit which shall be forfeited to the Municipality if the Contractor fails
to file with the Municipality the Contract Bond for Performance and Maintenance required
by the Instructions to Bidders and an executed form of agreement for the performance of
this work in accordance with this Tender and the Provisions, Plans, Specifications and
Conditions referred to in the said Schedule, within ten (10) days from the date of
Acceptance of Tender.
16.0 Bonds:
' Attached to this Tender Form is an agreement to bond in the amount of 100% for
Performance, and 100% for Materials and Labour Payment.
17.0 Safety Form:
' Attached to this Tender is a completed copy of the Municipality of Clarington Health and
Safety Practice Form (Appendix B).
00099-00200.wpd
' DIVISION 0
SECTION 00200
TENDER FORM Page 5
' 18.0 Signature and Seal of Bidder:
Street Address Name of Company
' City or Town Signature of Company Official
Postal Code Name and Title
Telephone No. Signature of Company Official
Date Name and Title
SEAL
Facsimile No.
rTenderer's G.S.T. Registration No.
If the bidding firm is a limited company,the company seal must appear on this Bid Form with
the signature(s) of the proper signing official(s).
' 00099-00200.wpd
t
THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
CONTRACT CL 2000-25
NEW ELEVATOR INSTALLATION
' CLARINGTON BEECH CENTRE
26 BEECH AVENUE, BOWMANVILLE
' APPENDIX 'A' - BIDDERS EXPERIENCE FORM
Bidders shall complete this form and attach to the Tender Form. Include experience on projects
similar in size and scope to this project.
' YEAR
DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACT
NAME OF ORGANIZATION
CONTACT PERSON&TELEPHONE NO.
ARCHITECT&TELEPHONE NO.
' VALUE OF CONTRACT
YEAR
DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACT
rNAME OF ORGANIZATION
CONTACT PERSON&TELEPHONE NO.
tARCHITECT&TELEPHONE NUMBER
VALUE OF CONTRACT
YEAR
' DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACT
' NAME OF ORGANIZATION
CONTACT PERSON&TELEPHONE NO.
' ARCHITECT&TELEPHONE NO.
VALUE OF CONTRACT
Company Name
P Y
rAPPENDIX `B'
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
' 1.1 POLICY AND PROCEDURE
POLICY:
' Contractors and Sub-contractors are responsible to ensure that their personnel are updated
on all safety concerns of the workplace and are aware of the safety requirements as
required by the Contractor under the Occupational Health and Safety Act. Safety
performance will be a consideration in the awarding of contract. Under the Occupational
Health and Safety Act (Section 23 (1), (2)), it is the constructor's responsibility to ensure
' that:
• the measures and procedures prescribed by the Occupational Health and Safety
Act and the Regulations are carried out on the roiect;
' • eve ry employer and eve ry worker performing work on th e Q ro'ect complies with the
' Occupational Health and Safety Act and the Regulations (under the Act); and
• the health and safety of workers on the rp oiect is protected.
• Where so prescribed, a constructor shall, before commencing any work on a
project,give to a Director notice in writing of the project containing such information
as may be prescribed.
DEFINITIONS:
' Contractor-any individual or firm engaged by the Municipality to do work on behalf of the
Municipality.
' Project- means a construction project, whether public or private, including:
• the construction of a building, bridge, structure, industrial establishment, mining
plant, shaft tunnel, caisson, trench, excavation, highway, railway, street, runway,
' parking lot, cofferdam, conduit, sewer, watermain, service connection, telegraph,
telephone or electrical cable, pipe line, duct or well, or any combination thereof,
• the moving of a building or structure, and
• any work or undertaking, or lands or appurtenances used in connection with
' construction.
' 00099-Appendix B.wpd 1
APPENDIX `B' r
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
Construction - includes erection, alteration, repair, dismantling, demolition, structural
maintenance,painting,land clearing,earth moving,grading,excavating,trenching,digging, ,
boring, drilling, blasting, or concreting, the installation of any machinery or plant, and any
work or undertaking in connection with a project.
Constructor- means a person who undertakes a project for an owner and includes an
owner who undertakes all or part of a project by himself or by more than one employer.
Project Manager-means the municipal management representative who has responsibility ,
for a contract.
PROCEDURE: '
The following items are required before any Contractors are hired by the Municipality: '
a) Before beginning a project, the project manager or delegate must determine
whether any designated substances/hazardous materials are(or will be)present at
the site and prepare a list of all these substances.
b) The project manager or delegate must include, as part of the request for '
tender/quotations, a copy of the above mentioned list. The list of designated
substances/hazardous materials must be provided to all prospective constructors
and/or contractors. '
C) The request for tender/quotations will require prospective contractors to include a
list of the designated substances/hazardous materials that will be brought onto the
work site and material safety data sheets. ,
d) Before awarding a contract, contractor(s)will be required to complete and sign the
Health and Safety Practice Form (Schedule "A"). The Purchasing Office will ,
maintain all contractors safety performance records.
e) As part of the tender/quotation conditions,before award of a contract,the contractor '
will be required to provide proof that all workers involved with the project have the
proper WHMIS training, as required by the Occupational Health and Safety Act.
f) As part of the tender/quotation conditions,before award of a contract,the contractor ,
must provide details of their Health and Safety program.
00099-Appendix B.wpd 2 '
rAPPENDIX `B'
' CONTRACTOR SAFETY
' POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
g) The project manager or delegate must provide the successful contractor with a
workplace orientation which will include,but not limited to identifying known potential
hazards,hazardous material inventory and material safety data sheets for the sites.
A workplace orientation/Job Safety Instruction Checklist to be completed.
' h) Before the start of the assignment, the following documentation will be provided to
the successful contractor, by the project manager or delegate:
' i) Copies of the Municipal Corporate Health and Safety Program
ii) Departmental health and safety policies
iii) Workplace procedures regarding health and safety practices.
i) The contractor has the responsibility to provide any and all prescribed personal
' protective equipment for their own workers, to include as a minimum but not limited
to hard hats and safety boots. If a worker(s) fails to comply with any program,
policy, rule or request regarding health and safety, that person(s) is not allowed on
the site until the person(s) complies.
j) The Municipality will retain the right to document contractors for all health and safety
warnings and/or to stop any contractors' work if any of the previously mentioned
' items are not in compliance. Similarly, the Municipality will have the right to issue
warnings and/or to stop work if there are any violations by the contractor of the
Occupational Health and Safety Act, Municipal Health and Safety programs,
' policies, rules,and/or warnings and/or stop work orders can be given to contractors
using Contractor Health and Safety Warnings/Stop Work Order Form (Schedule
KBn
' k) Where applicable,the Municipality will retain the right to allow municipal employees
to refuse to work in accordance with the established policy and the Occupational
Health and Safety Act, in any unsafe conditions.
1) The Purchasing Department will maintain current certificates of clearance until all
monies owing have been paid to the contractor.
m) Responsibility for ensuring contractor compliance to this policy falls upon the project
manager or designate. This will include identification, evaluation and control
practices and procedures for hazards and follow-up and issuing of Contractor
Health and Safety Warning/Stop Work Orders.
OW99-ApWdix s.vMa 3
APPENDIX `B' r
CONTRACTOR SAFETY '
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
HEALTH AND SAFETY PRACTICE FORM
To Contractor(s):
The Municipality of Clarington is committed to a healthy and safe working environment for
all workers. To ensure the Municipal workplace is a healthy and safe working environment,
contractors, constructors, and subcontractors must have knowledge of and operate in
compliance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act and any other legislation pertaining '
to employee health and safety.
In order to evaluate your company's health and safety experience, please provide the
accident/incident and/or Workers' Compensation (WCB) information noted below, where '
applicable.
• The New Experimental Experience Rating (NEER) '
-The WCB experience rating system for non-construction rate groups
---------------------------------------------------------------
• The Council Amended Draft#7 (CAD-7) Rating
- The WCB experience rating system for construction rate groups
---------------------------------------------------------------
• Injury frequency performance for the last two years
-This may be available from the contractor's trade association
---------------------------------------------------------------
• Has the contractor receive any Ministry of Labour warnings or orders in the last two
years? (If the answer is yes, please include the infraction).
• Confirmation of Independent Operator Status
-The WCB independent operator number assigned: '
(Bidders to include the letter confirming this status and number from WCB with their
bid submission) '
00099-Appendix B.wpd 4
' APPENDIX `B'
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY
' As a contractor working for the Municipality of Clarin ton, I/we will comply with all
9 PY
procedures and requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Municipal safety
' policies, department and site specific policies and procedures and other applicable
legislation or regulations. I/we will work safely with skill and care so as to prevent an
accidental injury to ourselves, fellow employees and members of the public.
' 1. The contractor/successful tenderer certifies that it,its employees,its subcontractors
and their employees,
' a) are aware of their respective duties and obligations under the Occupational
Health and Safety Act, as amended form time to time, and all Regulations
' thereunder (the "Act'); and
b) have sufficient knowledge and training to perform all matters required
pursuant to this contract/tender safely and in compliance with the Act.
2. In the performance of all matters required pursuant to this contract/tender, the
contractor/successful tenderer shall,
' a) act safely and comply in all respects to the Act, and
' b) ensure that its employees,its subcontractors and their employees act safely
an complying all respects with the Act.
' 3. The contractor/successful tenderer shall rectify any unsafe act or practice and any
non-compliance with the Act at its expense immediately upon being notified by any
person of the existence of such act, practice or non-compliance.
4. The contractor/successful tenderer shall permit representatives of the Municipality
and the Health and Safety Committee on site at any time or times for the purpose
of inspection to determine compliance with this contactor/tender.
1 5. No act or omission by any representative of the Municipality shall be deemed to be
an assumption of any of the duties or obligations of the contractor/successful
tenderer or any of its subcontractors under the Act.
00099-Appendix B.wpd 5
APPENDIX `B' ,
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
6. The contractor/successful tenderer shall indemnify and save harmless the
Municipality,
a) from any loss , inconvenience, damage or cost to the Municipality which
may result from the contractor/successful tenderer or any of its employees, '
its subcontractors or their employees failing to act safely or to comply in all
respects with the Act in the performance of any matters required pursuant
to this contract/tender; '
b) against any action or claim, and costs related thereto, brought against the
Municipality by any person arising out of any unsafe act or practice or any
non-compliance with the Act by the contractor/successful tenderer or any of '
its employees, its subcontractors or their employees in the performance of
any matter required pursuant to this contract/tender; and
C) from any and all charges, fines, penalties, and costs that may be incurred '
or paid by the Municipality (or any of its council members or employees)
shall be made a party to any charge under the Act in relation to any violation
of the Act arising out of this contract/tender.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contractor Name of Person Signing for Contractor
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature of Contractor Date
00099-Appendix B.wpd 6
i
' APPENDIX `B'
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
' POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
Schedule "B"
' CONTRACTOR HEALTH AND SAFETY WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER
' The purpose of this form is to: (Issuer to check one of the following)
Provide warning to the contractor to immediately discontinue the unsafe work
tpractice described below.
Direct the contractor to immediately cease all work being performed under this
1 contract due to the unsafe work practice described below.
FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER SHALL CONSTITUTE A BREACH OF CONTRACT.
' PART"A"-DETAILS OF CONTRACT
CONTRACT/P.O.#
DESCRIPTION:
' NAME OF FIRM:
00099-Appendix B.wpd 7
APPENDIX `B' i
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... i
PART"B"-DETAILS OF INFRACTION O BE COMPLETED BY ISSUER
DATE&TIME OF INFRACTION: i
DESCRIPTION OF INFRACTION INCLUDING LOCATION:
ORDER GIVEN BY MUNICIPALITY:
i
DID THE CONTRACTOR COMPLY WITH THIS ORDER?
1
DATE&TIME OF COMPLIANCE:
ISSUED TO: '
CONTRACTOR'S EMPLOYEE TITLE
ISSUED BY:
MUNICIPAL EMPLOYEE DEPARTMENT TITLE
PART"C"-ADDITIONAL COMMENTS
THIS SECTION IS TO BE USED INTERNALLYTO RECORD ADDITIONAL COMMENTS SUBSEQUENTTO ISSUINGTHE ,
WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER,I.E.DATE AND TIME WORK RESUMED,FURTHER ACTION TAKEN,ETC.
1
00099-Appendix B.wpd $
1
1
DIVISION 0
SECTION 00300
' GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 1
1.0 GENERAL
.1 The Agreement, Definition and General Conditions of this Contract shall be the
Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC-2, 1994, Stipulated Price Contract,
except as amended by the Supplementary General Conditions, Section 00400.
' 00099-00300.wpd
DIVISION 0
SECTION 00400
' SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 1
' 1. GENERAL
.1 The Definitions and General Conditions of the Canadian Standard Construction
' Document CCDC-2, 1994, Stipulated Price Contract are amended as follows:
.2 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Standard Terms and Conditions
appended to Instructions to Bidders shall be read in conjunction with,and form part
of, the Contract document. Wherever the contents of this document exceed the
requirements of the General Conditions, provide such additional requirements.
2. DEFINITIONS
' The definitions set out on page 7 of the standard construction document are hereby
amended by adding the following sentences to the appropriate paragraphs:
' .3 The term'Owner'shall be understood to mean The Corporation of the Municipality
of Clarington, Bowmanville, Ontario, or their authorized representatives.
' .7 The term 'Consultant', 'Architect' or 'Engineer', refers to Barry - Bryan Associates
(1991) Limited, or their authorized representatives, in conjunction with the Owner.
' 3. GC 1.1 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
.1 Delete from article 1.1.10 "sufficient copies of...... work" and add:
"10 sets of the drawings and specifications upon which the Contract is based.
' Additional copies of drawings and specifications will be issued to the Contractor at
the Contractor's expense."
' 4. GC 2.3 - REVIEW AND INSPECTION OF THE WORK
.1 Add the following to GC 2.3.2:
The Contractor shall give the Consultant and the Testing Agency at least
three working days notice of the date and time fixed for all required tests
' and shall supply all labour, materials and fuel, etc. as necessary.
1 00099-00400.wpd
DIVISION 0
SECTION 00400
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 2 '
5. GC 3.2 - CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS '
.1 Add new article as follows:
3.2.6 The Contractor shall afford all other Contractors reasonable opportunity for
the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their
work.
6. GC 3.7 - SUPERVISOR
.1 Add new article as follows:
3.7.3 The Contractor's Supervisor shall be satisfactory to the Consultant and must ,
be maintained on the job full time until all deficiencies have been corrected
and the completion of the Contract has been reached. Applications to
replace the Supervisor during or prior to this period will not be considered. '
7. GC 3.9 - LABOUR AND PRODUCTS
.1 Add new article as follows:
3.9.4 Manufactured materials and equipment which are specified by their '
proprietary names or by part of catalogue numbers must be provided.
Where a number of proprietary materials are specified for one use the
Contractor may select any of the materials specified. No substitute for the
materials specified will be allowed unless written approval of alternate
material equipment is authorized by the Consultant prior to signing of the
Contract. '
.2 Add new article as follows:
3.9.5 The Contractor shall use all proprietary materials and equipment in strict ,
accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions.
8. GC 3.11 - SHOP DRAWINGS '
.1 Add new article as follows:
3.11.7 The Contractor shall arrange for the preparation of clearly identified shop ,
drawings and submission of 1 sepia and 4 copies of such shop drawings,
erection and setting drawings or diagrams including electrical wiring ,
schematics. The Consultant will return 1 sepia and 1 copy to the Contractor.
0009"0400.wpd
1 DIVISION 0
SECTION 00400
' SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 3
' 8. GC 3.11 - SHOP DRAWINGS (Cont'd)
.2 Add new article as follows:
' 3.11.8 The term Shop Drawings shall include erection and setting drawings, data
sheets and electrical wiring schematics.
.3 Add new article as follows:
3.11.9 The Shop Drawing Review Stamp shall be as herein shown:
"This review by Barry - Bryan Associates (1991) Limited is for the sole
purpose of ascertaining conformance with the general design concept. This
' review shall not mean that Barry - Bryan Associates (1991) Limited
approves the detail design inherent in the shop drawings, responsibility for
which shall remain with the Contractor submitting same, and such review
' shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for errors or omissions
in the shop drawings or of his responsibility for meeting all requirements of
the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for dimensions to
' be confirmed and correlated at the job site for information that pertains
solely to fabrication processes or to techniques of construction and
installation and for co-ordination of the work of all sub-trades".
tREVIEWED ( )
REVIEWED AS MODIFIED ( )
' NOT REVIEWED ( )
' BARRY - BRYAN ASSOCIATES (1991) LIMITED
BY:
DATE:
.4 Add new article as follows:
3.11.10 Samples:
Reviewed samples will be returned to the Contractor or his
Superintendent on the site. Materials ordered and/or received must
match reviewed samples. Any materials, whether incorporated in
the building project or not, which do not match reviewed samples,
shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
' 00099-00400.wpd
DIVISION 0
SECTION 00400
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 4 '
9. GC 3.12 - USE OF THE WORK
.1 Add new article as follows:
3.12.3 The Owner shall have the right to enter and occupy the building in whole,or ,
in part, for the purpose of placing fittings and equipment or for other uses
before completion of the contract. Such entry and occupation shall not be
considered as acceptance of the work or in any way relieve the Contractor
from his responsibility to complete the contract.
10. GC 3.14 - CLEAN-UP
.1 Add new article as follows:
3.14.4 Clean concrete floor slabs free of all rubbish, waste, mortar droppings, oil,
grease, foreign matter, laitencies, and paint. '
.2 Add new article as follows:
3.14.5 As soon as sections or areas of the work are completed and ready for ,
painting, the Contractor shall remove all rubbish and waste, replace all
broken glass and leave the areas clean suitable for painting to the Painter's
approval. On completion of the work the Contractor shall remove the dust
by washing and vacuuming with industrial quality vacuum from walls,ceiling,
sills, ledges, etc., thoroughly wash, wax and polish all floors and bases,
clean and polish all mirrors and glass (both inside and outside) and leave '
the work in a condition satisfactory to the Consultant. Remove all plant and
equipment, sheds, offices, barricades, hoarding, temporary roads, walks,
and temporary services, surplus materials, and leave the work site in a '
condition satisfactory to the Consultant.
.3 Add new article as follows:
3.14.6 The Owner shall have the right to back charge cleaning to the Contractor if
not done by the Contractor within 24 hours of notice to clean.
.4 Add new article as follows: ,
3.14.7 The Owner shall have the right to back charge cost of damage to the site '
caused by contractor transportation in and out of the site if not repaired
before final payment.
00099-00400.wpd '
DIVISION 0
SECTION 00400
' SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 5
11. GC 4.1 - CASH ALLOWANCES
.1 Delete article 4.1.4 and insert the following:
' 4.1.4 In the event that the cost of the work covered by Cash Allowances should
exceed the cash allowance, while the contract sum will be adjusted in
conformity therewith,there shall be no adjustment to the Contractor's fee or
other expenses such as overhead or profit, it being understood and agreed
that the contract sum includes the Contractor's expenses and profit for all
Cash Allowances whether or not they are exceeded. Work and material
covered by Cash Allowance will be tendered later. The General Contractor
shall sign the successful bidders as normal subcontractors and assume full
responsibility for supervision, scheduling, guarantees and payment for this
' work.
12. GC 5.1 - FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER
.1 Delete entirely, Articles 5.1.1 and 5.1.2.
13. GC 5.3 - PROGRESS PAYMENT
.1 Refer to Article 5.3.2 - Change "(5)" to "(30)".
.2 Add new paragraph:
5.3.3 The Consultant shall deduct, on each Certificate of Payment, after the 10%
lien holdback has been deducted, a further 1%, to be set aside and held as
a Contract Completion Security Account. The accumulated amount in this
account shall be released to the Contractor upon Total Performance of the
Work. Partial releases will not be made.
' If,within fifteen(15)days of written notification by Owner at any time
after Substantial Performance, the Contractor does not reach Total
Performance, by failing to completely finish outstanding work, the
Owner shall have the right to complete such work and deduct the
cost for such work together with an appropriate administration fee
from the Contract Completion Security Account.
14. GC 5.5 - PAYMENT OF HOLDBACK UPON SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE
' WORK
1 Delete Article 5.5.3 entirely.
' 00099-00400.wpd
DIVISION 0
SECTION 00400
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 6 '
15. GC 5.6 - PROGRESSIVE RELEASE OF HOLDBACK
.1 Refer to Article 5.6.1 - Delete and replace with the following:
"Holdback monies will not be released until 46 days after substantial performance ,
of the Contract."
16. GC 5.7 - FINAL PAYMENT
.1 Refer to Article 5.7.4 - Change "(5)"to"(30)". '
17. GC 10.1 -TAXES & DUTIES ,
.1 Add the following to GC 10.1.2:
.1 The Contractor must provide a detailed breakdown of additional taxes if
requested by the Owner in a form satisfactory to the Owner.
.2 Profit and overhead shall not be included in the increase or decrease in
costs incurred by the Contractor due to changes in the aforementioned
taxes and duties.
18. GC 10.2- LAWS, NOTICES, PERMITS AND FEES
.1 Add new articles as follows:
10.2.6 It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to apply and pay for any Permits,
including all Regional Municipality of Durham appropriate fees, the cost of ,
which shall be included in the Stipulated Price except for the Municipality of
Clarington Building Permit which will be obtained and paid for by the Owner.
10.2.7 The Contractor will file a Notice of Project with the Ministry and will pay any ,
associated fees. The Contractor will be the `Constructor'as defined by the
Construction Health and Safety Act.
19. GC 11.1 - INSURANCE ,
.1 Add new paragraph:
11.1.1(6) The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington, the Clarington
Older Adults Association, and Barry - Bryan Associates (1991) ,
Limited are to be included in the list of insured.
00099-00400.wpd ,
' DIVISION 0
SECTION 00400
' SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 7
20. GC 11.2 - BONDS
.1 Add new article as follows:
' 11.2.3 The bonds shall cover payment of all obligations occurred in the event of the
Contractor's default, including the following:
1 Payment of all legal, architectural, mechanical, electrical and structural
engineering expenses incurred by the Owner in determining the extent of
work executed and work still to be executed and any additional work
' required as a result of the interruption of the work.
Payment of additional expenses to the Owner in the form of Watchmen's
services, light, heat, power, etc., payable over the period between the
default of the original contract and commencement of the new contract.
21. GC 12.1 - INDEMNIFICATION
' 1 Add new article as follows:
12.1.5 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the
Consultant(s) for and against any and all costs and expenses (including
legal and arch itect/engineering services and court costs)arising out of or a
consequence of any default of the Contractor under the Contract.
22. GC 12.3 -WARRANTY
' 1 Add the following to GC 12.3.3:
The term"defect"shall not be construed as embracing such imperfections as would
' naturally follow misuse,failure to perform recommended maintenance,accident,or
the wear and tear of normal use.
Generally, any manufactured item or material, which when used as directed, must
be capable of such use for the duration of the specified warranty period. Failure to
comply with this requirement shall be considered as being a "defect".
The costs of investigations,tests, repairs and/or replacement and the making good
of any resulting damage shall be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be
responsible to see that all required work is performed without undue delay.
1
1 00099-00400.wpd
DIVISION 0 i
SECTION 00400
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 8
22. GC 12.3 - WARRANTY(Cont'd)
The carrying out of the replacement work and making good of defects shall be
executed at such times as convenient with the Owner, which may entail overtime
work on the part of the Contractor. The Owner shall give notice of observed defects
promptly. Additional charges for overtime work in this regard must be bome by the
Contractor. Prior to the expiry of the Warranty Period the Owner reserves the right
to carry out a detailed and exhaustive inspection of the building with regard to all
work carried out under the terms of this contract and the Contractor shall be
required to make good the defective or unsatisfactory materials and/or workmanship
observed.
.2 Add new article as follows:
12.3.7 If extended warranties in excess of one year are required elsewhere in the
Contract Documents, the provision of this article shall also apply for such
extended periods.
.3 Add new article as follows:
12.3.8 Any material or equipment requiring excessive servicing during the warranty
period (or free maintenance period if applicable) shall be considered
defective and the warranty(or free maintenance period)shall be deemed to
take effect from the time that the defect has been corrected so as to cause
excessive servicing to terminate.
.4 Add new article as follows: '
12.3.9 The Contractor shall make good in a permanent manner,satisfactory to the
Owner, any and all damage to the work both during construction and during
the period of warranty as aforesaid. The Contractor shall commence repairs ,
on any work identified as defective within 48 hours or receipt of notice from
the Owner or the Consultant.
.5 Add new article as follows:
12.3.10 The decision of the Owner and Consultant shall be final as to the
necessity for repairs or for work to be done under this Section.
000994)04 o.wpd ,
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01005
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
Table of Contents
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
' 1.02 SPECIFICATION FORMAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.03 CO-OPERATION 2
1.04 MATERIAL STORAGE AND HANDLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.05 EXAMINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.06 CONCEALMENT OF PIPES DUCTS TUBING AND WIRING 3
1.07 SCAFFOLDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.08 PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.09 LINES, LEVELS AND DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.10 FASTENINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.11 STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 4
' 1.12 CUTTING AND PATCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.13 CO-ORDINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.14 COLD WEATHER WORKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.15 SCHEDULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.16 TEMPORARY FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
.1 Heat. Heating Equipment and Shelter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
.2 Weather Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
.3 Dust Screens and Hoardings 7
.4 Hoisting Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
.8 Field Offices and S rage Sheds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Toilets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
. to 8
.9 Temporary Light and Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
' 10 Barricades: Safety Fencing and Traffic Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.17 OVERLOADING 9
1.18 FINAL CLEANING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
' 1.19 ACCESS TO SITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
. . . . . . .
1.20 MAINTENANCE MANUALS 10
1.21 EXISTING SERVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.22 RECORD DRAWINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.23 CLOSING OFF AREAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.24 TAKE-OVER PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.25 FIRE PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.26 VERIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.27 PROGRESS REPORTS AND PROJECT MEETINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.28 OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
r1.29 UTILITIES 13
1.30 SAFETY PROGRAM AND SECURITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.31 DUST CONTROL ON DRIVEWAYS AND IN WORK AREAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.32 DAILY REPORTS AND OVERTIME WORK 17
1.33 TAX ASSISTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.34 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.35 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT 1991 - DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES . . . . . . . . . . 19
1.36 SECURITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
' 00099-01005.wpd
1
' DIVISION 1
SECTION 01005
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
Table of Contents
1.37 SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
1.38 CASH ALLOWANCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
1.39 QUALITY CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
1.40 SPILLS REPORTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.41 FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1
r
1
1
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
00099-01005.wpd
1 DIVISION 1
SECTION 01005
' GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 1
PART 1: GENERAL
' 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
' A. Unless specified otherwise, the provisions of this Section shall apply to all Sections
of the specifications.
B. Conform to the General Conditions of the Canadian Standard Construction
Document CCDC 21994 Stipulated Price Contract as amended by Section 00400,
The Supplementary General Conditions, and the Instructions to Bidders (including
the Standard Terms and Conditions).
' C. Study all Contract Documents to determine additional work required by your Section
on which the work of other Sections depend.
' D. Workmanship shall be of highest quality in accordance with best standard practice
for this type of work, except where specified more precisely.
' F. All materials shall be exactly as specified or approved alternate. See Section
00100, Instructions to Bidders.
G. It is a requirement of all Sections of the Work to review all the Documents in this
Contract, and to make allowances for any and all items of the work of their
respective Section regardless of which part of the Drawings and Specifications
contain such requirements. The General Contractor is responsible to provide all of
the work shown and specified.
1.02 SPECIFICATION FORMAT
A. These specifications are not intended as a detailed description of installation
methods but serve to indicate particular requirements in the completed work.
B. Conform to The Building Code Act, Ontario Reg.413/90 together with all its related
supplements, hereinafter referred to as the"code"or"Code". Where Drawings and
Specifications exceed Code requirements provide such additional requirements.
( C. Where a material is designated on Drawings or in the Specifications for a certain
application, unless otherwise specified, that material shall conform to standards
' designated in the Code. Similarly, unless otherwise specified,installation methods
and standards of workmanship shall also conform to standards invoked by the
aforementioned Code. Where no particular material is specified for a certain use,
the Contractor shall select from the choice offered in the Code in each case.
D. Where the aforementioned Code or this specification does not provide all
information necessary for complete installation of an item, then the manufacturer's
' instructions for first quality workmanship shall be strictly complied with.
' 00099-01005.wpd
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01005
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 2
1.03 CO-OPERATION
A. Cooperate with and coordinate with other trades as required for the satisfactory and '
expeditious completion of the work. Take field dimensions relative to this work.
Fabricate and erect work to suit field dimensions and field conditions. Provide all '
forms, templates,anchors, sleeves, inserts and accessories required to be fixed to
or inserted in the work and set in place or instruct the related trades as to their
location. Pay the cost of extra work caused by and make up time lost as the result
of failure to provide the necessary cooperation, information or items to be fixed to ,
or built in, in adequate time.
1.04 MATERIAL STORAGE AND HANDLING '
A. Store packaged materials in original, undamaged condition with manufacturers'
labels and seals intact. Handle and store materials in accordance with
manufacturers'and suppliers'recommendations and in manner to prevent damage
to materials during storage and handling. Replace damaged materials. Material ,
storage within the Owner's buildings shall be approved by the Owner.
1.05 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the work upon which your work depends. Report to Consultant in writing
defects in such work. The commencement of your work or any part of it, shall be
deemed acceptance of the work upon which your work or that part of it which has
been applied depends.
B. Drawings are, in part, diagrammatic and are intended to convey scope of work and
indicate general and approximate location, arrangement and sizes of fixtures and
equipment. Obtain more accurate information about locations, arrangement and
sizes from study and coordination of shop drawings, including architectural,
structural, mechanical, sanitary and electrical drawings and become familiar with
conditions and spaces affecting these matters before proceeding with work. Where
job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangements,
make changes at no additional cost to Owner. Similarly,where existing conditions
interfere with new installation and require relocation, include such relocation in the
work of this Contract. Install and arrange fixtures and equipment in such a way as ,
to conserve as much headroom and space as possible.
00099-01005.wpd
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01005
' GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 3
1.06 CONCEALMENT OF PIPES DUCTS TUBING AND WIRING
tA. Pipes, ducts, tubing and wiring shall be concealed in the floor, wail and ceiling
construction of finished areas wherever possible except where specified more
precisely. If any doubt arises as to the means of concealment,the Contractor shall
request clarification from the Consultant before proceeding with the portion of the
work in question.
B. Mechanical and Electrical work shall be inspected and tested before being
concealed.
1 1.07 SCAFFOLDING
A. Erect scaffolding independent of walls. Use it in such a manner as to interfere as
little as possible with other trades. When not in use,move it as necessary to permit
installation of other work. Construct and maintain scaffolding in a rigid, secure and
' safe manner. Remove it promptly when no longer required.
B. Design and construct scaffolding in accordance with CSA S269.2-M.
1.08 PROTECTION
' A. Conform to the Ontario Ministry of Labour requirements and all applicable safety
standards.
B. Adequately protect trowelled concrete sub-floors and finished flooring from damage.
Take special measures when moving heavy loads or equipment on finish floor slabs
or flooring.
C. Keep floors free of oils, grease or other materials likely to discolour them or affect
bond of applied surfaces.
D. Damaged work shall be made good by appropriate trades but at the expense of
those causing damage.
E. Protect existing Buildings, surfaces, equipment and work. Repair or replace any
damage at no extra expense to the Owner, until final acceptance.
F. Special care is to be taken to protect the existing heritage building and finishes from
damage. Provide all necessary protection and restrict traffic in areas as designated
by the Consultant. Refer also to Section 01100.
' 0009MI005.wpd
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01005
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 4 ,
1.09 LINES, LEVELS AND DIMENSIONS
A. Lay out work in accordance with lines and levels shown on Drawings and existing '
conditions.
B. Verify lines, levels and dimensions and report errors or inconsistencies in the
Drawings to Consultant before commencing shop drawing or the work.
C. Levels and dimensions necessary to relate the work of one Section to another '
Section are the responsibility of the General Contractor.
1.10 FASTENINGS
A. Supply all fastenings, anchors and accessories and adhesives required for
fabrication and erection of the work.
B. Exposed metal fastenings and accessories shall be of same texture, colour and
finish as base metal on which they occur.
C. Metal fastenings shall be of the same material as the metal component they are
anchoring or of a metal which will not result in an electrolytic action which would '
cause damage to the fastening or metal component under moist or acidic
conditions.
D. Anchoring and fastening devices or adhesive shall be of appropriate type and shall ,
be used in sufficient quantity in such a manner as to provide positive permanent
anchorage of the unit to be anchored in position. Install anchors at spacing to ,
provide for required load carrying capacity.
E. Keep exposed fastenings to a minimum, evenly spaced and neatly laid out. '
F. Supply adequate instructions and templates and,if necessary,supervise installation
where fastenings or accessories are required to be built into work of other trades.
G. Fastenings which cause spalling or cracking of material to which anchorage is being
made are not permitted. '
H. Powder actuated fastening devices will not be permitted on this project.
1.11 STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS
A. Where a reference is made to specification standards produced by various
organizations, conform to latest edition of standards, as amended and revised to
date of Contract.
00089-01005.wpd ,
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01005
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 5
1.11 STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS (Cont'd)
B. Have a copy of each specified standard which relates to your work available on the
site to be produced immediately on Consultant's request.
rC. Where a standard designates authorities such as the"Engineer",the"Owner"(when
used in a sense other than that defined in the General Conditions) the"Purchaser"
or some other such designation, these designations shall be taken to mean the
Consultant.
D. Whereverthe words"acceptable","approved","satisfactory","selected","directed",
1 "submit", or similar words or phrases are used in standards or elsewhere in the
Contract Documents, it shall be understood that they mean, unless the context
provides otherwise, "acceptable to the Consultant", "approved by the Consultant",
"satisfactory to the Consultant", "selected by the Consultant", "directed by the
Consultant","inspected by the Consultant","instructed by the Consultant","required
by the Consultant" and "submit to the Consultants".
1.12 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cut, patch and make good to leave work in a finished condition where new work
connects with existing and where existing work is altered.
' B. Do cutting and patching in the following manner:
.1 Regardless of which Subcontractor or Section of the specifications is
responsible for any portion of cutting and patching work, in each case
tradesmen qualified in the work being cut and patched shall be employed to
ensure that it is correctly done.
.2 Do not cut, drill or sleeve load-bearing members without first obtaining
Consultant's written authority for each condition.
' .3 Drill work carefully, leaving clean hole not larger than required. This applies
to both new and existing work.
.4 Cut holes after they are located by trades requiring them.
.5 Make cuts with clean, true, smooth edges. Fit units to tolerances
established by existing work and in conformance with best standard practice
for applicable class of work. Make patches invisible in finished work.
' 00099-01005.wpd
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01005
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 6 '
1.12 CUTTING AND PATCHING (Cont'd)
.6 Wherever it becomes necessary to cut or interfere in any manner with '
existing services and apparatus, do so at such times as approved by the
Consultant. Give minimum advance notice of ten (10) days of such
requirements.
.7 Co-ordinate work of your Section with work of other Sections, taking into
account existing installations to assure best arrangement of components in '
available space. For critical locations review with Consultant before
commencing work.
.8 Cutting and patching of any finishes in the original historical structure will be '
completed only with the prior permission of the Consultant, and will be
undertaken by craftsmen with proven experience in the restoration of the
affected materials.
1.13 CO-ORDINATION i
A. The Contractor shall co-ordinate all sections of the work. The responsibility as to
which subcontractor, or supplier provides labour, material, equipment or services
rests solely with the Contractor. The Consultant will not be required to settle
disputes between the Contractor and subcontractors or suppliers.
1.14 COLD WEATHER WORKING
A. Particular attention is drawn to the requirement that the Contractor shall commence r
work immediately upon Contract award and shall continue full scale operations until
the work is completed and accepted by the Consultant.
B. It is understood that the STIPULATED PRICE includes all costs for the provision of
temporary heating, temporary shelters and all other necessary cold weather '
measures to enable all trades including any assigned sub-trades to proceed without
delay regardless of weather, to complete the entire building.
1.15 SCHEDULES
A Immediately after award of the Contract submit, in a form approved by the ,
Consultant, a progress schedule for the work of the entire Contract.
B. Include with the schedule if requested by the Consultant a cash flow chart ,
calendarized on a monthly basis in an approved manner. The cash flow chart shall
indicate anticipated Contractor's monthly progress billings from commencement of
the work to completion. '
00099-0 1 005.wpd '
' DIVISION 1
SECTION 01005
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 7
1.15 SCHEDULES (Cont'd)
' C. Completely update the progress schedule and cash flow chart whenever changes
occur to the scheduling and in a manner and at times satisfactory to the Consultant.
D. The Contractor shall provide all premium time required to meet the Owner's
scheduled start dates for installation of his equipment and for start of tryout period.
E. Submit a shop drawing schedule to the consultant prior to commencement of the
work.
' 1.16 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. Provide,install,maintain and locate where directed the following temporary facilities
for the work and for all trades except where specified otherwise and remove them
upon completion of the work:
1 Heat, Heating Equipment and Shelter
' The Contractor must keep that work which requires protection from cold
adequately warm and sheltered from elements so that it may be done safely
and with good workmanship meeting all code requirements. Provide
minimum required temperatures and do everything necessary to produce a
suitable environment for work to proceed without delay at all times of the
year. The Owners electricity may not be used at any time for winter heat.
.2 Weather Protection
Provide adequate weather protection around and over all openings during
' the progress of the work to prevent damage to the existing building and
completed work. Insulate openings or provide temporary heat to maintain
comfort conditions in the area during construction.
.3 Dust Screens and Hoardings
Maintain adequate dust screens around demolition areas to protect
buildings, equipment and staff.
Install hoarding where necessary to protect existing building during
' construction. Hoarding shall be full height, insulated, wood partitions as
described in Division 6.
00099.01005.wpd
DIVISION 1 '
SECTION 01005
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 8 '
1.16 TEMPORARY FACILITIES (Cont'd)
.4 Hoisting Equipment
Hoisting equipment shall be provided and operated by a fully qualified hoist
operator,all trades making their own financial arrangements with Contractor
for use thereof. ,
.5 Toilets
Provide toilet facilities for all personnel on the work. Toilets shall be in '
accordance with the Ministry of Labour requirements and shall include
running, potable water. Keep facilities clean and sanitary and provided with
supplies at all times. Remove wastes from the site.
.6 Ventilation
Provide minimum 1 air change per hour for enclosed structures receiving
architectural finishes.
Prior to commencement of work where hazardous or volatile adhesives,
coatings, or substances are used, install adequate mechanical ventilation.
Do not allow excessive build-up of moisture inside building.
.7 Water
Water is available at the site for the contractors normal use. Excessive use
of water will not be permitted, and the contractor will be required to supply
water when the Owner determines that excessive use has or will occur.
Conveniently locate water supply for use by all Sections of Work. Protect ,
water lines against freezing.
Water shall be potable and meet requirements specified under technical
sections of specifications. '
.8 Field Offices and Storage Sheds
A. Space and locations for field offices and storage sheds for the ,
contractors own use shall be assigned by the Owner.
.9 Temporary Light and Power ,
A. Power is available at the site for the Contractor's use.
B. The Contractor shall provide all temporary electrical lighting and
power systems for use by all trades.
00099-01005.wpd '
' DIVISION 1
SECTION 01005
' GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 9
1.16 TEMPORARY FACILITIES (Cont'd)
' C. Where power requirements exceed available service,the Contractor
shall arrange, obtain and pay for service of sufficient size to allow
' use of required tools and equipment and adequate lighting levels for
the proper execution of the work.
The Contractor will be responsible for the supply, installation,
maintenance and removal of the following:
1) Distribution transformers.
' 2) Distribution panel boards.
3) Branch wiring.
4) Grounding.
' 5) Lighting Fixtures.
6) Power Centres/Outlets.
' All equipment used shall be CSA approved.
Wiring and method of installation shall conform to Ontario Hydro
requirements and shall be reviewed by the Owner and the
Consultant prior to installation.
D. Temporary lighting as necessary will be provided by the General
Contractor.
.10 Barricades. Safety Fencing and Traffic Control
A. Provide all necessary barricades, fencing, hoarding and railings to
protect the work areas and prevent access by unauthorized
personnel from entering the site. Provide all necessary safety
screens and hoarding including overhead protection to protect
pedestrians and vehicles passing through the work area when
' necessary.
B. Provide all required flagmen and watchmen to safely direct traffic
around the work areas.
1.17 OVERLOADING
A. Load no part of structure during construction with loads 9 reater than calculated to
be supported safely when completed. Make every temporary support as strong as
' permanent support. Place no load on concrete slabs until they have achieved
sufficient strength to safely carry such load.
00099-01005.wpd
t
DIVISION 1 ,
SECTION 01005
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 10 '
1.18 FINAL CLEANING
A. Keep building and site free from accumulation of dirt, debris and excess materials. '
Remove oily rags and waste from premises at close of each day, or more often if
required.
B. Vacuum clean all areas prior to painting. Take care to settle and minimize dust
before painting begins. Use commercial type vacuum cleaners.
C. Close rooms and areas finished by painter and decorators to all but authorized '
persons.
D. On completion of work remove stains and smudges from paint work, hardware,
aluminum and other finished surfaces and wash and polish glass.
E. Replace all broken, damaged or scratched glass other than those which have been '
broken or damaged by those installing them which shall be replaced by the
installers.
F. Use appropriate apparatus and cleaning materials. Clean manufactured articles in
strict accordance with the manufacturer's directions in each case.
G. Upon completion of final cleaning,remove cleaning equipment,materials and debris
from the Building and Site.
H. Trademarks and labels will not be visible in the finished work. Where necessary,
remove all trademarks and labels to the entire satisfaction of the owner.
r
1.19 ACCESS TO SITE
A. Height, width and weight restrictions must be verified by the Contractor prior to
bringing equipment into the work area.
B. Comply with all local and regional requirements for restricted vehicle loads during ,
half load season.
1.20 MAINTENANCE MANUALS '
A. Prior to issuance of the final certificate, assemble all warranties and guarantees
submitted by manufacturers and called for throughout the specifications and printed '
or type-written copies of recommended maintenance procedures from those doing
the work of each Section whose materials require regular maintenance on the part
of the Owner. ,
Assemble this information in triplicate in matching 3-ring binders and deliver to the
Consultant. Each binder shall contain a complete list of contents. Manuals shall be '
submitted and approved prior to final inspection.
00099.01005.wpd '
' DIVISION 1
SECTION 01005
' GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 11
1.21 EXISTING SERVICES
' A. Carry out the breaking into or connecting to existing services at such hours and
times as recommended by the governing authorities and approved by the
' Consultant, and with no disturbance to the existing Complex.
' 1.22 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Obtain sepia of floor plan and record any revisions to the work as detailed and
shown on the Drawings. Provide Consultant with this sepia at completion of work.
' Recording of the 'as-built' changes shall be performed on a day-to-day basis.
' 1.23 CLOSING OFF AREAS
' A. Close off access routes by placing barricades or to prevent unauthorized personnel
from having access to areas of the work. Unauthorized personnel shall mean the
Owner's employees and anyone not directly concerned with the execution,
supervision or inspection of the work. Obtain prior written approval from the Owner
at least 10 working days in advance of any required closings .
' 1.24 TAKE-OVER PROCEDURE
A. Take-over procedures will be as defined in the OAA/OGCA Document 100 dated
' November 1983 "Recommended procedures concerning substantial performance
of construction contracts and completion take-over of projects."
' 1.25 FIRE PROTECTION
' A. The Contractor shall provide temporary fire protection throughout the course of
construction. Particular attention shall be paid to the elimination of fire hazards.
1.26 VERIFICATION
' A. The Contractor and all subcontractors shall carefully check the drawings and
specifications and shall draw to the attention of the Consultant any apparent
discrepancies or dimensional errors before proceeding with the work. Any job
deviation from the specifications and drawings shall be drawn to the attention of the
' Consultant for decision before proceeding with the work. The Contractor and all
sub-contractors shall check and verify all dimensions at the job wherever referring
to the work. All dimensions when pertaining to the work of other trades shall be
' verified with the Contractor concerned prior to start of the work.
' 00099-01005.wpd
DIVISION 1 ,
SECTION 01005
—_ GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 12 '
1.27 PROGRESS REPORTS AND PROJECT MEETINGS
A. The Contractor shall keep a permanent written record on the site of the progress of
the work. This record shall be open to the inspection of the Consultant at all
reasonable times and a copy shall be furnished to the Consultant upon request.
B. The record shall show the dates of commencement and completion of the different '
trades and parts of the work coming under the Contract and shall include particulars
regarding daily weather conditions,demolition work,erection work,etc.,and number
of employees of the various trades engaged on the work.
C. After the award of the Contract and in consultation with the Consultant, the ,
Contractor shall arrange regular weekly (or as otherwise required by the Owner)
project meetings. The Contractor and the Owner shall be represented at these
meetings, as well as any sub-contractor or supplier as may be invited to specific
meetings. Minutes of such meetings shall be recorded by the Contractor,who shall ,
forward a copy to all parties in attendance within three (3) days of the meeting.
D. Prior to the regular project meetings with the Owner and Consultant the Contractor '
shall hold meetings with his workers and/or his sub-contractors and/or suppliers.
Minutes of such meetings shall be submitted to the Consultant and Owner.
E. During the course of the work on the site,the Contractor shall hold safety meetings '
at least weekly with his subtrades. The Contractor shall minute such meetings and
submit same to the Consultant and all present. This does not relieve the Contractor '
of his responsibility to inform the Consultant and the Owner immediately of any
accident or unsafe conditions.
1.28 OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS
A. All work or material delivered on the site or premises to form part of the works,shall '
be considered the property of the Contractor until installed and shall not be removed
without the consent of the Owner, but the Contractor shall have the right to and
shall remove the surplus material after he has completed the work. if so directed ,
by the Consultant, such surplus material shall be removed at any time prior to the
completion of the work.
B. The General Contractors shall note that all demolition materials, concrete, steel, '
etc., shall be removed from the Owner's property, and disposed of at a location
arranged for by the Contractor,and at the Contractor's expense, unless specifically
noted otherwise.
C. All material and equipment indicated on the Drawings to be removed and handed '
to the Owner shall be carefully removed and delivered to an area on the property
as directed by the Consultant. Any damage to the removed materials that are to
remain the property of the Owner shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense to '
the complete satisfaction of the Consultant.
00099-01005.wpd '
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01005
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 13
1.29 UTILITIES
' A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all utilities where required.
However, no claims will be considered which are based on delays or inconvenience
resulting from relocation due to the Contractor failing to provide adequate
protection.
B. The location and depth of any underground utilities shown on the Contract Drawings
are based on the investigations made by the Owner. It is,however,the Contractor's
responsibility to contact the Owner for further information in regard to the exact
location of all utilities to exercise the necessary care in construction operations and
1 to take such other precautions as are necessary to safeguard the utilities from
damage.
1.30 SAFETY PROGRAM AND SECURITY
' A. The attention of the Contractor and all sub-contractors is drawn to the fact that a
total safety program is in effect on the Owner's property and shall be strictly
adhered to. The Contractor will obtain a copy of the Municipality's "Corporate
Safety and Health/Loss Control Plan", and shall adhere to the policies of this plan
including the dress code for on the job safety.
B. Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
The Contractor shall obey all Federal, Provincial, and Municipal Laws, Acts,
Ordinances, Regulations, Orders-in-Council and By-laws, which could in any way
pertain to the work outlined in the Contract or to the Employees of the Contractor.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Contractor shall satisfy all
statutory requirements imposed by the Occupational Health and Safety Act and
' Regulations made thereunder,on a Contractor,a Constructor and/or Employer with
respect to or arising out of the performance of the Contractor's obligations under
this Contract.
C. Confined Space
' If applicable to this project,the Contractor shall provide the Municipality with a copy
of its Confined Space Entry Procedures and, in the event that the Contractor does
not have defined procedures, the said Contractor shall abide by the Occupational
' Health and Safety Act and regulations made thereunder and any procedures of the
Municipality of Clarington.
The Contractor shall be aware of and confirm to all governing regulations, including
' those established by the Municipality, related to employee health and safety. The
Contractor shall keep employees and Sub-Contractors informed of such regulations.
' 00099-01005.wpd
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01005
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 14
1.30 SAFETY PROGRAM AND SECURITY (Cont'd)
D. The Owner subscribes to the principle that the safety of all persons, whether they ,
be invitees or licensees, be maintained to all practicable extent, during all periods
of time such persons remain on the Owner's property.
E. The supervisor of the project, representing the Contractor, will be responsible for
his employees and subcontractors/suppliers maintaining standard safety practices,
as well as the specific safety rules listed below. 1
F. The following Acts and the regulations made thereunder(latest revisions),shall not
be contravened:
i) The Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations for Industrial
Establishments '
ii) The Power Commission Act
iii) The Boiler and Pressure Vessels Act
iv) The Elevators and Lifts Act
V) The Operating Engineer's Act
vi) The Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1991 and Regulations for
Construction Projects
vii) The Building Code i
viii) The Municipality of Clarington Corporate Safety Plan.
ix) The Ministry of Labour
X) The Fire Marshals Act '
A) Any other act or regulation of any authority having jurisdiction.
G. The Owner reserves the right to order individuals to leave the site if the individual
is in violation of any safety requirement or any Act, any expense incurred will be the
responsibility of the Contractor.
H. Without restricting the generality of the foregoing clauses, the following specific t
safety rules have been written:
1 Hard Hats - Hard Hats must be worn in construction area. The Contractor
shall provide CSA approved hard hats for use by all visitors.
.2 Safety Harness-A safety harness with a life line attached shall be worn by '
employees working in tanks or bins or in any area where there is a danger
of anyone being overcome by fumes,or where it would be difficult to remove
a man in case of emergency. An attendant must be stationed outside to
render aid in case of trouble.
OOM-01005.wpd ,
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01005
' GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 15
1.30 SAFETY PROGRAM AND SECURITY (Cont'd)
.3 Padlocks and Danger Tags-Where there is a danger of equipment being
energized, the motor switch on all individual motor drives shall be locked in
1 the open position. The Contractor shall affix his own lock (I man = I lock)
and in addition, a danger tag shall also be applied to the switch handle
bearing a brief description of the work being done. The tag and lock shall
remain in place until the work has been completed. In the case where air,
steam or liquid is the motivating power the valves shall be locked in the
closed position and blanked.
.4 Electrical-Only three-wire grounded equipment shall be used for a 110 volt
power supply. Plugs and cords shall be in good repair.
' Under no circumstances shall a connection be made to such an outlet
except through an approved three-wire plug. Insertion of bare wires in a
female outlet is strictly prohibited.
' .5 Fire Protection -The use of extension lights, electric drills, emery grinding
wheels or any spark emitting device shall not be permitted in any area
where flammable liquids are stored or used.
No flammable liquids may be brought onto the site unless they are stored
in approved safety cans.
.6 Oxygen - Acetylene and Arc Welding: If a gasoline powered generator is
used, adequate ventilation must be provided.
All electrical supply lines for arc welding must be kept in good repair.
.7 Compressed Gas Cylinders-The following rules shall apply to compressed
gas cylinders on Owner's property:
' i) Storage - All compressed gas cylinders must be stored in a
ventilated area which is located away from traffic and free from
falling material. Full cylinders must be stored in a separate area
from empty cylinders. In all cases cylinders must be fastened
securely in an upright position, the valves closed and safety caps in
place, hand tight.
ii) Transportation - All cylinders being transported must be fastened
securely in an upright position with the safety caps in place. No
cylinder full or empty shall be transported lying across the forks of lift
' trucks, shop trucks, etc.
1 00099-01005.wpd
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01005
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 16 '
1.30 SAFETY PROGRAM AND SECURITY (Cont'd)
iii) Usage - During use, cylinders must be fastened securely in an
upright position in an approved cart. In no case shall cylinders be
used in a lying down position on shop trucks, stock baskets, etc.
They shall never be used as rollers or for any purpose other than to
carry gas. Cylinders must be kept away from sparks, slag or
excessive heat. Oil or grease should never come in contact with the
bottles, lines or gauges.
iv) Disposition of Empty Cylinders-When cylinders are empty,they are
to be taken to the empty storage area immediately. In no case are ,
the empty cylinders to be left standing in the work area or left lying
on the floor, on scrap heaps, shop trucks or left in the yard. When
the Contract is complete, the Contractor will be responsible for '
removing all cylinders under their jurisdiction from the Owner's
property.
.8 Equipment- General '
All straight ladders must be free of damage; i.e. cracks or broken rungs,and
must have adequate safety feet. They must not be placed on boxes, etc.or
placed in a doorway unless someone is stationed at the bottom. All ladders
must be tied-off.
Scaffolds must be in good condition and if equipped with wheels,the wheels '
must be locked when in use.
Planking on scaffold must meet the requirements of the Occupational Health
and Safety Act and Regulations for Construction Projects.
Suspended loads must not be left unattended and must not be moved over
the heads of anyone.
When overhead work is in progress, the floor area should be roped off to '
prevent possible injury to anyone working or passing below.
No one is to work over hot or corrosive materials without proper planking in
addition to a safety belt and life line.
Lift trucks must be equipped with an overhead screen guard and the forks '
must be straight and properly positioned. In addition, the vehicle should be
large enough for the work involved.
All welders and gasoline powered equipment to be vented to exterior. ,
00099-01005.wpd
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01005
' GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 17
1.30 SAFETY PROGRAM AND SECURITY (Cont'd)
.9 Housekeeping
Scrap and refuse should be removed from the work area daily.
Oily and waste solvent rags are a fire hazard and should be deposited in
approved containers.
Conduit, pipe or structural steel must not be left in such a way that it
constitutes a hazard.
All openings in the roof or floor must be guarded to prevent anyone from
falling through or to prevent stock or scrap from dropping down.
Outside holes or pits must be guarded and provided with warning lights.
Loose equipment, tools, etc., must be cleaned off overhead areas before
' leaving each day.
Boards with protruding nails must not be left on the floor. In addition, bolts,
etc., must be cut off at floor level to eliminate a possible tripping hazard.
Access routes to and from the work area from exterior shall be kept free
from the accumulation of waste products and dirt.
1.31 DUST CONTROL ON DRIVEWAYS AND IN WORK AREAS
A. The Contractor will be solely responsible for controlling dust nuisances resulting
from his operations, both within the work limits and elsewhere. Quantities of water
and calcium chloride shall be supplied and applied by the Contractor to those areas
as being necessary and unavoidable for the prevention of dust nuisance or hazard
to the area, as directed by the Consultant at no additional cost.
' B. Care shall be taken to control dust within the building. The Contractor shall provide
adequate protections and dust screens to the complete satisfaction of the
Consultant and as indicated on the drawings.
1.32 DAILY REPORTS AND OVERTIME WORK
A. Sunday and Statutory Holiday Work
.1 Work may be permitted on Sundays, only with written permission from the
Municipality , and only to such extent as he may judge to be necessary.
' 00099-01005.wpd
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01005
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 18 '
1.32 DAILY REPORTS AND OVERTIME WORK (Cont'd)
.2 Under special circumstances, approval may be given for work on Statutory
Holidays, at the discretion of the Municipality of Clarington. The Contractor
must submit written notification at least four (4) days in advance of the
Statutory Holiday on which he desires to work, indicating the location and '
nature of the work to be performed. The Contractor must obtain written
permission from the Municipality of Clarington authorizing work on a specific
Statutory Holiday.
1.33 TAX ASSISTANCE
The Contractor shall provide to the Owner the following or other necessary information for
tax purposes in respect to the Contract if so requested: '
a) Material Cost
b) Field Labour Cost
C) Freight Charges
d) Custom Duties and Excise Taxes
e) Goods and Services Tax
f) Provincial Retail Sales Tax
1.34 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ,
A. Workplace Hazardous Material Information System (WHMIS)
Prior to the commencement of work the Contractor shall provide,to the Consultant,
a list of those products controlled under WHMIS which he expects to use on this
Contract. Related Material Safety Data Sheets shall accompany the submission. '
All containers used in the application of products controlled under WHMIS shall be
labelled.
The Contractor shall notify the Consultant of changes to the list in writing and
provide the relevant Material Safety Data Sheets.
B. "Hazardous Materials"will not be introduced for experimental or any other use prior
to being evaluated for hazards.
C. Many common construction materials such as asbestos pipe and various insulations
are hazardous materials or contain hazardous materials and may not be used under
any circumstances.
D. When any material, which constitutes a hazard, is to be used, the Owners and
Consultant should be consulted prior to bid submission to ensure adequate
allowances have been made for the proper procedures to be followed at all times.
00099-01005.wpd '
1 DIVISION 1
SECTION 01005
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 19
1.35 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT 1991 - DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES
A. In accordance with the requirements of Section 18a(1) of the Occupational Health
and Safety Act, the Authority has determined that the following designated
1 substances are present on the site and within the limits of this Contract:
1. Asbestos
B. The Owner will make separate arrangements for the removal of all identified
asbestos materials by others, prior to the commencement of the work. It is possible
that asbestos may be present elsewhere in the building and the contractor is
1 advised to immediately notify the Consultant whenever asbestos is found or
suspected.
C. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all Sub-Contractors
performing work under this Contract have received a copy of this specification,
where Designated Substances are identified as being present at the site of the
work.
D. The Contractor shall comply with the governing Ministry of Labour Regulations
respecting protection of workers, removal, handling and disposition of the
Designated Substances encountered on this Contract.
E. Prior to the commencement of this work, the Contractor shall provide written
1 notification to the Ministry of the Environment at 7 Overlea Boulevard, Toronto,
Ontario, M4H 1A8, of the location(s) proposed for disposal of Designated
Substances. A copy of the notification shall be provided to the Contract
Administrator a minimum of two (2)weeks in advance of work starting.
F. In the event that the Ministry of the Environment has concerns with any proposed
disposal location, further notification shall be provided until the Ministry of the
Environment's concerns have been addressed.
' G. All costs associated with the removal and disposition of Designated Substances
herein identified, shall be deemed to be included in the appropriate tender items.
H. Should a Designated Substance not herein identified be encountered in the work,
then management of such substance shall be treated as Extra Work.
I1.36 SECURITY
A. Be responsible for security of all areas affected by work of this Contract, until taken
over by Owner.
B. Take steps to prevent entry to the work by unauthorized persons and guard against
theft, fire and damage by any cause.
0009M1005.wpd
DIVISION 1 ,
SECTION 01005
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 20
1.37 SIGNS
A. With the exception of project sign, safety signs or notices do not erect any signs ,
unless approved by the Consultant.
B. Erect signs related to safety on the work, or mandatory regulation notices.
C. Prior to commencement of work wherein hazardous or volatile cements, coatings,
or substances are used, barricade entire area and post adequate number of"NO
SMOKING" signs.
1.38 CASH ALLOWANCES
A. Comply with requirements specified herein and with applicable requirements of the
General Conditions of the Contract. ,
B. Unless otherwise specified, cash allowances shall cover the cost of the materials
and equipment delivered F.O.B.job site, and all applicable taxes. The Contractor's
handling costs on the site, labour, installation costs, overhead and profit and other
expenses shall be included separately in the Contract Sum and not in the Cash
Allowance.
C. Where it is specified that a cash allowance is to include both supply and installation
costs, such allowances shall cover the cost of the materials and equipment
delivered and unloaded at the site, all applicable taxes, and the Contractor's
handling costs on the site,labour and installation costs,and other expenses,except
overhead and profit which shall be included separately in Contract Sum.
D. Cash allowance for independent inspection and testing shall cover the cost of such ,
services as provided by independent testing agency only. The Contractor's cost for
labour, overhead and other expenses shall be included separately in the Contract
Sum and not in the allowance.
E. If the cost of the Work covered by allowances, when determined, is more or less
than the allowance, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change 1
Order.
F. The Contractor shall cause the work covered by allowances to be performed for
such amounts and by such persons as the Architect may select and direct.
G. Expenditures from cash allowances shall be authorized in writing by the Consultant.
Trade Discounts and refunds shall be credited to the owner; only cash discounts (if
any)on accounts paid by the Contractor before net due date being retained by the
Contractor.
H. Refer to Section 00100 Instructions to Bidders, for list of Cash Allowances.
00099-01005.wpd
' DIVISION 1
SECTION 01005
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 21
1.39 QUALITY CONTROL
' A. Requirements specified herein apply to independent inspection and testing specified
under technical Specification Sections.
B. Requirements specified herein do not apply to the following:
.1 Inspection and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and
orders by public authorities.
.2 Testing,adjustment and balancing of mechanical and electrical systems and
equipment.
.3 Inspection and testing performed exclusively for Contractor's convenience.
C. Refer to technical specification sections for specific inspection and testing
requirements.
D. Testing agency shall do the following:
r1 Act on a professional and unprejudiced basis and carry out inspection and
testing functions to establish compliance with requirements of Contract
Documents.
.2 Check work as it progresses. Failure to detect defective work or materials
shall not in any way present later rejection when such defect is discovered,
nor shall it obligate Consultant for final acceptance.
' .3 Prepare reports stating results of tests and conditions of work and state in
each report whether specimens tested conform to requirements of Contract
Documents, specifically noting deviations.
' .4 Distribute reports as follows:
a) Consultant-4 copies
b) Contractor-2 copies
' Testing agency is not authorized to amend or release any requirements of Contract
Documents, nor to approve or reject any portion of work.
E. Contractor shall do the following:
1 Notify testing agency 24 hours in advance of operations to allow for
assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests.
.2 Provide testing agency with access to work at all times.
.3 Supply material samples for testing.
' .4 Supply casual labour and other incidental services required by testing
agency.
.5 Provide facilities for site storage of samples.
F. When initial inspection and testing indicates noncompliance with Contract
Documents, any subsequent reinspection and retesting occasioned by
1 noncompliance shall be performed by same testing agency and cost thereof borne
by Contractor.
00099-01005.wpd
DIVISION 1 ,
SECTION 01005
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 22
1.39 QUALITY CONTROL (Cont'd)
G. Employment of independent testing agency shall in no way relieve Contractor of his
obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements. Performance or non-
performance of the Inspection and Testing Company shall not limit, reduce, or
relieve the contractor of his responsibilities in complying with the requirements of
the Documents.
1.40 SPILLS REPORTING
A. Spills or discharges of pollutants or contaminants under the control of the
Contractor, and spills or discharges of pollutants or contaminants that are a result
of the Contractor's operations that cause or are likely to cause adverse effects shall
forthwith be reported to the Consultant. Such spills or discharges and their adverse
effects shall be as defined in the Environmental Protection Act R.S.O. 1980.
B. All spills or discharges of liquid,other than accumulated rain water,from luminaries,
internally illuminated signs, lamps,and liquid type transformers under the control of
the Contractor, and all spills or discharges from this equipment that are a result of
the Contractor's operations shall, unless otherwise indicated in the Contract, be
assumed to contain PCB's and shall forthwith be reported to the Consultant. 1
C. This reporting will not relieve the Contractor of his legislated responsibilities
regarding such spills or discharges.
1.41 FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS '
A. Provide fire protection to the finished project as indicated on the drawings and in the
Technical Sections of the Specifications. ,
B. Test methods used to determine fire hazard classifications and fire performance
ratings of assemblies and materials shall be as required by the Ontario Building
Code.
C. When requested, furnish the consultant with evidence of compliance with the fire
protection requirements.
D. Materials and components used to construct fire rated assemblies and materials
requiring fire hazard classification shall be listed and labelled or otherwise approved ,
by the appropriate authority. Labelled materials and their packaging shall bear fire
rating authorities label showing product classification.
E. Fire rated door assemblies shall include doors, frames, anchors and hardware and t
shall bear label of fire rating authority showing opening classification and rating.
i
00099-01006.wpd '
' DIVISION 1
SECTION 01005
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 23
1.41 FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS (Cont'd)
' F. Materials having a fire hazard classification shall be installed in accordance with the
fire rating authorities printed instructions.
G. Fire rated assemblies and all components shall be in accordance with the
referenced design criteria. Deviations from the requirements of the referenced
authority will not be permitted.
H. Construct all fire rated assemblies as continuous, uninterrupted elements, except
for permitted openings. Extend rated walls or partitions from the floor to the
underside of the structure above.
I. Fill and patch voids and gaps around openings and penetrations and at the
perimeter of the assembly to maintain continuity and to produce a fire resistant
smoke tight seal.
r
0009"1005.wpd
MDIVISION 0
SECTION 01100
1 SPECIAL PROJECT REQUIREMENTS Page 1
' PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND LIMITATIONS
A. Work of this project is required to be constructed while the building is occupied,and
Contractor's use of the site and premises may be limited to permit Owner to occupy
and use facilities in accordance with scheduling requirements and commitments and
with the least amount of inconvenience and disturbance possible.
B. At all times restrict construction personnel, operations and procedures to locations
designated by the Owner and do not deviate from required procedures without prior
approval by Owner.
C. The building is a historically significant structure and contains numerous features
which are not in any way to be damaged or altered without permission of the
Owner. The contractor will provide all necessary protection and will restrict
' construction activities and traffic in areas where directed by the consultant. Prior
to commencement of the work, record all existing conditions by videotape. Submit
one copy of the videotape to the owner for record purposes.
D. Periodically review proposed construction operations with Owner and Consultant
and co-operate as required to ensure that Owner's interests and requirements are
not unduly compromised.
E. Take over and assume responsibility for the area encompassed in this contract until
Substantial Performance except as otherwise indicated.
F. Provide and maintain access for Owner's staff and the public to occupied areas.
Carry out work at times and in manner preventing unreasonable interference with
Owner's existing operations and use of facilities. Maintain access to the building
and egress from occupied areas of the building to the requirements of the Ontario
Building Code at all times.
G. Erect dustproof,fire resistant screens to separate work areas from areas occupied
by Owner. Control spread of dust and noxious fumes to occupied areas. Prevent
disruption of life safety systems to occupied areas. Maintain required exits.
H. Provide temporary weatherproof,insulated closures to protect and secure openings
made in exterior walls and roofs.
I. Owner intends to store materials and equipment in designated areas within existing
building. Be responsible for and protect such materials and equipment until
Substantial Performance. Storage areas will be off limits to construction personnel
except when permitted by the owner. The contractor will give a minimum of 48
hours notice of required access to these areas.
0009"1100.wpd
DIVISION 0
SECTION 01100
SPECIAL PROJECT REQUIREMENTS Page 2
1.01 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND LIMITATIONS (Cont'd)
J. Disruptions of existing services including temporary removal and reinstallation of
existing duct work, piping, equipment, and fittings as necessary to complete the '
work, is the responsibility of the Contractor. All removed items shall be
disconnected in accordance with the Owner's schedule,reinstalled,and made good.
K. Test, balance and adjust all existing systems affected by temporary removals. ,
1.02 SCHEDULING REQUIREMENTS
A. There may be periods during construction where no excessive noise can occur and
these operations would have to be scheduled at an approved time. Allowances
must be made for this special scheduling and hardship or delay claims will not be
considered.
The following scheduling requirements shall apply: '
.1 Commence construction immediately upon award of contract.
.2 Access and disruption of the existing ground floor and second floor corridor
areas shall be restricted to such times as directed by the Owner and may
include weekend and evening work.
.3 The project will be substantially complete by January 14, 2001.
B. The Contractor must prepare and submit for approval, a schedule and a work
program based on the above general sequence taking into account key dates and '
scheduling requirements.
C. Comply with local by-laws for noise levels with respect to hours of operation.
Restrict all construction traffic and operations accordingly.
00099-01100.wpd '
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02050
DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS Page 1
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
' A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1.
B. Submit detailed written schedule and a proposal for demolition procedures to
Consultant for review prior to commencement of demolition.
C. Obtain and pay for all permits, and comply with all laws, rules, ordinances, and
regulations relating to Building Demolition, disposal and preservation of public
safety.
1 D. Refer to requirements regarding hazardous substances in General Instructions,
Section 01005.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. General Instructions Section 01005
B. Structural Steel Section 05120
C. Miscellaneous Metals Section 05500
D. Rough Carpentry Section 06100
E. Roofing Section 07530
F. Mechanical Division 15
G. Electrical Division 16
1.03 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
' A. The Building Code, Ontario Regulation 413/95.
B. The Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1991 and Regulations for Construction
Projects.
C. Laws, rules and regulations of other authorities having jurisdiction.
D. The Ontario Fire Code, a regulation of the Fire Marshals Act.
PART CTS 2.• PRODUCTS
O U
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Materials from demolition shall become the property of the Contractor unless
specified otherwise and shall be removed from the Site the same or next day after
demolition.
' 0009M205o.wpd
r
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02050
DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS Page 2
2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) '
B. All equipment and materials to be handed over to the Owner as indicated on the
drawings shall be delivered and unloaded on the Owners property as directed by '
the Consultant.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01 DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL
A. The Contractor shall note that the removal of certain Mechanical and Electrical r
equipment and structural steel, is shown on the Mechanical, Electrical and
Structural drawings. The Contractor shall fully review these drawings prior to
commencement of demolition.
B. Before commencing demolition, the Contractor shall verify that existing sprinkler, ,
water, gas, electrical and other services in areas being demolished are cut off,
capped diverted or removed as required. Active services to the existing building
shall be protected and maintained without interruption, unless otherwise approved '
by the Owner. Post warning signs on electrical lines and equipment which must
remain energized to serve adjacent areas during period of demolition.
C. Before work is commenced in any section of the existing building, the Owner will
remove all movable materials and equipment,etc.,that do not require disconnecting
from services. Material and equipment that cannot be moved shall be protected
from damage by the Contractor. ,
D. During the execution of the work keep the spread of dust to other building areas to
an absolute minimum. Demolition of or alterations to any portion of the existing
building shall be commenced only after approval of the Consultant has been
obtained, and after weather-tight and dust-proof screens have been erected to
provide thorough protection to the adjoining areas. All areas within the existing
building which are to be altered or are affected by the work of the new addition
including areas adjacent thereto shall be thoroughly cleaned by the Contractor's
forces daily.
E. Maintain the work areas and storage areas clean and orderly at all times and free
of rubbish and debris.
F. Provide safe access and egress from working areas using entrances, hallways, ,
stairways or ladder runs, protected to safeguard the personnel using them from
failing debris. ,
G. Glass occurring in windows to be removed shall be removed before removal of the
window frames is commenced.
00099-02050."d ,
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02050
DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS Page 3
3.01 DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL (Cont'd)
H. When permission has been granted to proceed with demolition in the various
' phasing of the work, it shall be carried forth expeditiously and continuously to
completion.
I. Particular attention shall be paid to prevention of fire and elimination of fire hazards
which would endanger new work or existing premises.
' J. Ensure that all work in the existing building, such as floors, finishes, trim, etc., is
protected completely. Cut, patch and make good all existing roofs,walls,floors and
other finishes where damaged or affected by the alterations.
' K. All roof decks over which steel,concrete or mechanical equipment are to be hoisted
or transported over shall be planked with 2" thick minimum planking as a safety
precaution. Planking to be of thickness required to prevent the loads being
transported from penetrating through the roof decks in the case of the material
being accidentally dropped. Planking shall be reviewed by the Owner.
L. Execute all cutting and removal of existing building walls, floor slabs, structural
steel, roof deck, roofing and other removals as indicated on the drawings and as
required. Neatly cut existing metal siding and remove block walls to accommodate
' connections for new structural steel framing. Removing existing sections of walls
as indicated.
' M. All existing concrete to be removed shall be saw cut to a minimum depth of 25 mm
before breaking out concrete.
N. The Contractor shall be held responsible for maintaining the existing building in a
weather and watertight condition at all times until the completion and acceptance
of the work. All damage caused to the building interior/exterior and/or equipment,
etc. of the existing buildings by the neglect of the Contractor or any of his forces
shall be made good at the expense of the Contractor including all costs and charges
which may be claimed by the Owner for damages or loss of production suffered.
O. The following methods of demolition will not be permitted in the work of this
Contract:
1. Use of explosives.
2. Mechanical method of demolition whereby wrecking is accomplished by
smashing the walls or floors with a heavy weight suspended by a cable from
a boom or hoist or where masonry walls are collapsed using a power shovel,
tractor or other mechanical means.
P. At end of each day's work, leave work in safe condition so that no part is in danger
' of toppling or failing. (Protect interiors of building parts not to be demolished from
exterior elements at all times.)
00099.02050.wpd
r
DIVISION 2 r
SECTION 02050
DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS Page 4
3.01 DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL (Cont'd)
Q. Demolish in a manner to minimize dusting. Keep dusty materials wetted.
R. Demolish masonry and concrete walls in small sections. Carefully remove and ,
lower structural framing and other heavy or large objects.
S. Selling or burning materials on site is not permitted.
T. Remove contaminated or dangerous materials from site and dispose of in safe
manner to minimize danger at site or at any time during disposal.
U. Where required by authorities having jurisdiction, submit for approval drawings,
diagrams or details clearly showing sequence of disassembly work or supporting ,
structures and underpinning.
V. Drawings for structural elements of the demolition process shall bear signature and
stamp of qualified professional engineer registered in the Province of Ontario.
W. Inspect site and verify with Consultant items designated for removal and items to
be preserved prior to starting demolition.
X. Upon completion of work, remove debris, trim surfaces and leave work site clean.
Y. Reinstate areas and existing works outside areas of demolition to conditions that
existed prior to commencement of work.
Z. At all times protect the structure from overloading. '
AA. Prevent movement,settlement or damage of adjacent structures,services,adjacent
grades, and existing building to remain. Make good damage and be liable for injury
caused by demolition.
BB. This Contractor shall provide all shoring and bracing required for the execution of
the work.
1
3.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE HANDED OVER TO OWNER
A. Carefully remove and hand over to the Owner all items as indicated on the '
drawings.
r
1
00099-02050.wpd '
DIVISION 3
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT Page 1
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1.
1.02 WORK INCLUDED
A. Reinforcing steel bars, and welded steel wire fabric for cast in place concrete
' complete with support chairs, bolsters, bar supports and spacers for reinforcing.
' 1.03 RELATED WORK
A. Concrete Section 03300
' B. Concrete Formwork Section 03100
' 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform concrete reinforcing work in accordance with CAN/CSA A23.1-94 and
CAN/CSA A23.2-94.
1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit bar lists and placing drawings for review in accordance with General
Instructions.
B. Clearly indicate bar sizes,spacing,laps,locations and quantities of reinforcing steel
and wire fabric,bending and cutting schedules and supporting and spacing devices.
P • PRODUCTS
ART 2. ROD TS C
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Concrete Reinforcement:
.1 Reinforcing steel, deformed billet steel bar conforming to CSA Standards
G30.18 Grade 400R.
.2 Wire reinforcement: Welded wire fabric, to CSA G30.5 and in flat sheets,
not rolls.
' B. Chairs: Plastic, plastic tipped, or precast concrete.
' 0009"3200.wpd
DIVISION 3 '
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT Page 2
2.02 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate reinforcing teel in accordance with CAN/ S A23.1-94
g C A and with the
drawings.
B. Locate reinforcing splices, not indicated on drawings at points of minimum stress.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Before starting this work, examine work done by others which effects this work.
B. Notify the Consultant of any conditions which would prejudice proper completion of ,
this work.
C. Commencement of work implies acceptance of existing conditions.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Place reinforcing steel in accordance with reviewed placing drawings and CSA CAN
3-A23.1-94.
B. Adequately support reinforcing and secure against displacement within tolerances ,
permitted.
C. Place reinforcing steel to provide concrete cover as follows:
Item Coverage
Formed Surfaces and Slabs 2" (50 mm)
3.03 CLEANING
A. Ensure concrete reinforcing is clean and free from oil and deleterious matter.
B. Remove all loose scale and rust and any other deleterious matter from surfaces of
reinforcing in a manner acceptable to Consultant.
00099-03200.wpd
DIVISION 3
SECTION 03300
CONCRETE Pagel
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
' A. Demolition and Removal Section 02050
B. Concrete Reinforcement Section 03200
C. Masonry Section 04200
D. Miscellaneous Metals Section 05500
1.03 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. The latest issues of the following Codes and Standards shall govern the work of this
Section:
' 1 CSA Standard, CAN3-A23.1-94, Concrete Materials and Methods of
Concrete Construction.
.2 CSA Standard, CAN3-A23.2-94, Methods of Test for Concrete.
' 1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. Inspection and testing of concrete will be performed in accordance with CSA
Standard CAN3-A23.2-94.
1 B. Submit proposed mix design to Consultant and inspection and testing firm for review
prior to commencement of work.
C. Three(minimum)concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 100 cu.yds. or less
of concrete placed.
' D. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather concreting and be
cured on job site under same condition as the concrete it represents.
E. Test results will be issued to Contractor, Engineer and Owner.
00099-03300.wpd
DIVISION 3
SECTION 03300
CONCRETE Page 2
1.05 TOLERANCES
A. Allowable tolerances for finished horizontal surfaces:
1 For slabs and other horizontal surfaces with no applied finish:within 1/8"of
a 10'-0 long straightedge at any location and within 1/8" of indicated
elevation in any 20'-0" square area.
1.06 PROJECT RECORDS
A. Maintain record of all concrete pour related to time,date,delivery slip serial number
and location of pour and test cylinders related to the pours.
1.07 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Protect floor slabs, and concrete surfaces exposed to view or on which finishes are
to be applied,from grease,oil,and other soil which will affect the appearance of the
concrete, or impair the bond of finish material. '
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. To meet specified requirements of CAN3-A23.1-94.
B. Cement: Type 10, Normal Portland Cement unless noted.
C. Aggregates:3/4". Aggregate for slab shall have fineness modulus of fine aggregate
between 2.7 and 3.1.
D. Admixtures:
1 Water-Reducing Admixture: Conforming to CSA CAN 3-A266.1-M78. '
Pozzolith by The Master Builders Company Limited.
W.R.D.A. by W. R. Grace Company of Canada Limited.
Porzite by Sternson Limited. '
.2 Air-Entraining Agent: Conforming to CSA CAN 3-A266.1-M78.
M.S.V.R. by The Master Builders Company Limited.
Darex A.E.A. by W. R. Grace Company of Canada Limited. ,
N-V.R. by Sternson Limited.
Air Content 7% Maximum, 5% Minimum.
00099-03300.wpd
DIVISION 3
SECTION 03300
CONCRETE Page 3
2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd)
E. Mechanical Anchors: 'Kwik' Bolts, 'Cinch'Anchors or Parabolts.
F. Adhesive Anchors: Hilti HVA Adhesive Anchors.
2.02 CONCRETE MIXES
' A. Ready Mix, with 28 day compressive strength as indicated on Drawings, except
where the cement content required for floor finishing as specified in CAN3-A23.1.14
exceeds the cement content for strength.
' B. Design the concrete mix in conformance to Alternative Number 1, CAN3-A23.1
Clause 16, and Table 11, and Clause 15, Table 7, 8, and 9, Class N for interior
concrete.
C. Design the concrete mix with the minimum slump necessary for good placing and
finishing. In no case, provide concrete with a slump exceeding 3".
' D. Submit evidence, and material samples, if requested, acceptable to the Inspection
and Testing Company,to verify that the proposed concrete mix design will produce
' specified quality of concrete.
E. List all proposed admixtures in mix design submission. Do not change or add
admixtures to approved design mixes without Consultants approval.
F. Concrete Weight:
' Air dry unit weight: minimum 145 Ibs.lcu.ft.adjusted proportionally for maximum air
content listed in CAN3-A23.1, clause 15, table 9.
G. Water cement ratio shall not exceed 0.50.
' 2.03 GROUT
A. Grout shall be V3 by W.R. Meadows, M-Bed by Sternson or approved equal.
' B. Sand-Cement Mix Grout: (for filling sawcuts;cracks and stair treads): 1 part cement
to 2 parts fine concrete sand wetted with additional water solution to manufacturer's
direction to provide suitable mix. Colour, texture and strength to match adjacent
surface.
00099-03300.wpd
DIVISION 3
SECTION 03300
CONCRETE Page 4
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Before starting this work, examine work done by others which effects this work.
B. Notify Consultant of any condition which would prejudice proper completion of this
work.
C. Commencement of work implies acceptance of existing conditions.
D. Ensure that surfaces on which concrete is to be placed are free of frost and water
before placing.
E. Ensure that reinforcement, control joints, inserts and all other built-in work are in
place and secured.
3.02 TREATMENT OF FORMED SURFACES
A. Conform to the requirements of CAN/CSA-A23.1-94. '
B. Treat concrete surfaces which will be exposed or painted in the completed building
to provide a "Smooth Rubbed Finish" uniform in colour and texture. '
C. Obtain Engineer's approval of finished exposed concrete and grind or otherwise
correct to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
3.03 PLACING CONCRETE ,
A. Place concrete in accordance with requirements CAN/CSA-A23.1-94.
B. Notify Engineer and inspection and testing firm at least 24 hours prior to
commencement of concrete placing operation.
C. Do not place concrete in water or open frozen surfaces. '
D. Remove contaminants which lessen concrete bond to reinforcement before
concrete is placed. '
E. Maintain accurate records of cast-in-place concrete items. Record date, location
of pour, quantity, air temperature and test samples taken.
F. Ensure that reinforcement, inserts, embedded items, formed expansion joints and
the like, are not disturbed during concrete placement '
00099-03300.wpd
1 DIVISION 3
SECTION 03300
CONCRETE Page 5
3.03 PLACING CONCRETE (Cont'd)
G. Provide construction joint as indicated on the drawings. Ensure dowels are
adequately anchored and placed at right angles to the joint before placing concrete.
H. Place floor slabs to depth indicated on the drawings with 25 MPA minimum concrete
unless otherwise noted on drawings but consistent with minimum cement content
specified for exposed floors in this specification.
I. Hot and Cold Weather Concreting:
1 Conform CAN3-A23.1-94 and ensure that procedures used are approved by
Consultant.
3.04 FINISHING CONCRETE
' A. Floor finishing shall be carried out by a company having a proven record of
satisfactory workmanship for a period of at least five years prior to this contract.
B. Refer to the drawings and/or the finish schedule for floor finishes and coverings.
C. Screed the top of rough floor slabs to an even level or sloping surface at the proper
elevation to receive the finish specified on the drawings and in finish schedule.
D. Provide a smooth steel trowel finish on all areas.
i
3.05 CURING AND SEALING
' A. Cure finished concrete surface with an approved curing and sealing compound
which will leave the surface with a uniform appearance and with a minimum of
discolouration after drying. Ensure that the curing compound will be compatible with
the architectural finishes or adhesives for architectural finishes to be applied later.
Apply the compound in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
B. Protect surface which will be exposed to direct sunlight during the curing period,
with a light coloured, laminated waterproof paper immediately after the curing and
' sealing compound has hardened sufficiently for the paper to be placed without
damage to the sealed surface. Lap the paper a minimum of four inches and seal
the laps. Leave the paper in place for at least seven days.
00099.03300.wpd
i
DIVISION 3 ,
SECTION 03300
CONCRETE Page 6 '
3.06 GROUTING OF STEEL MEMBERS
A. Provide and place nonshrink grout for setting beam bearin g p lates. Co-operate with
those performing the work of other Sections who supply and set plates. Install grout
in a manner that will ensure positive bearing on the full area of the steel plate on top
of the supporting surface.
3.07 JOINT SEALANT '
A. Provide sealant on top of joint filler with a polyethylene bond breaker between joint '
filler and joint sealant applied in accordance with manufacturer's direction. Sealant
shall be light grey colour.
3.08 DEFECTIVE WORK ,
A. Replace or modify concrete that is out of place or does not conform to lines, detail ,
or grade as directed by the Engineer.
B. Replace or repair defectively placed or finished concrete as directed by the
Engineer.
C. Testing and Replacement of Deficient Concrete in Place:
1 The Contractor shall pay for additional testing and related expenses if the
concrete has proven to be deficient. ,
.2 The Contractor shall replace or strengthen deficient concrete work as
directed by the Engineer, and pay for all testing and related expenses for
replaced work until approved by the Engineer.
3.09 CLEANING UP
A. Clear away from the building site excess and waste materials and debris resulting
from Work of this Section. Leave the premises in a condition acceptable to the
Engineer before completion of the work.
0009"3300.wpd ,
' DIVISION 4
SECTION 04200
' MASONRY Pagel
' PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
' A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1.
' 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Concrete Section 03300
B. Miscellaneous Metals Section 05500
C. Hollow Metal Door Frames and Screens Section 08100
' 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
' A. Do masonry work in accordance with CAN3-S304.1-94 except where specified
otherwise.
B. Masonry connectors shall comply with CAN3-A370-M94.
C. Masonry construction shall conform to CSA A371-94.
' D. Mortar and grout shall conform to CSA A179-94.
E. Conform to Ontario Building Code, Ontario Regulation 403/97 and local building
bylaws.
1.04 QUALIFICATIONS
iA. The masonry subcontractor shall have a minimum of five (5) years continuous
Canadian experience in work of the type and quality shown and specified. Proof of
' experience shall be submitted with the Tender and shall be subject to the approval
of the Consultant.
1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Materials shall be kept clean and dry.
' B. Deliver cement, lime and mortar ingredients with manufacturer's seal and labels
intact.
' C. Cementitious material and aggregates shall be stored in accordance with the
requirements of CAN A23.1-94.
D. Exposed units which become stained or chipped,surface marked or scratched,and
materials which are affected by inadequate protection shall be replaced, at no
' additional expense to the Owner.
00099-04200.Wpd
DIVISION 4 '
SECTION 04200
MASONRY Page 2 '
1.06 EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Examine work of other trades for defects or discrepancies and report same in ,
writing to Consultant.
B. Installation of any part of this work shall constitute acceptance of such surfaces as
being satisfactory.
1.07 COLD WEATHER REQUIREMENTS
A. When air temperature is below 5 degrees C:
Maintain temperatures of freshly placed masonry at not less than 5 degrees C for
24 hours by means of covers, enclosures and supplementary heat. '
B. When air temperature is below 5 degrees C:
Carry out masonry work within enclosures and with auxiliary heat provided to
maintain a minimum air temperature within enclosure of 5 degrees C. Method of
auxiliary heating shall not be detrimental to the work. Store masonry units within '
enclosure before use. Minimum temperature of masonry units when laid shall be
not less than 5 degrees C.
C. When air temperature is below 5 degrees C take following precautions in preparing
and using mortar:
- Heat sand slowly and evenly. Do not use scorched sand, having a reddish i
cast, in mortar.
- Heat water to 70 degrees C maximum, 20 degrees C minimum. '
- After combining heated ingredients maintain temperature of mortar between
5 degrees C and 50 degrees C until used. '
- Protect mortar from rain and snow.
D. Maintain dry beds for masonry and use dry masonry units only. Do not wet
masonry units in winter.
E. Maintain at work area, thermometers to monitor and verify material and air
temperatures
00099-04200.Wpd i
' DIVISION 4
SECTION 04200
MASONRY Page 3
' 1.08 HOT WEATHER REQUIREMENTS
A. Protect freshly laid masonry from drying too rapidly by means of waterproof,
' non-staining coverings.
1.09 PROTECTION
' A. Keep masonry dry using secure waterproof,non-staining coverings that extend over
walls and down sides sufficient to protect walls from snow, rain and dirt, until
' masonry work is completed and protected by flashings or other permanent
construction.
' B. Protect masonry and other work from marking and other damage. Protect
completed work from mortar droppings. Use non-staining coverings.
' C. Provide temporary bracing of masonry work during and after erection until mortar
has cured and permanent lateral support is in place.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. General: Use materials specified herein.
' B. Concrete Masonry Units:
Concrete Block: Modular, conforming to CSA A165 Series-94, Concrete Masonry
' Units.
1. H/15/A/M concrete,masonry units,autoclaved. At all locations unless noted
' otherwise.
2. Special Units- Bullnose and corner blocks, base blocks, fillers, bond beam
and lintel blocks, and the like as may be required. Provide Bullnose units
' for all exposed corners.
3. Exposed block shall all be made by one manufacturer and shall be uniform
in colour, shade and texture.
' C. Pre-manufactured Masonry Control Joint:
The use of control joints in lieu of the specified Built-up type of joint is at the option
' of the Contractor. Control joints as manufactured by the following are approved:
Blok-Tite by Blok-Lok Limited
Rapid Control Joint-Wide Flange - by Dur-O-Wall Limited
Safety Control Joint by Structural Specialties of Canada Limited.
00099-04200.wpd
DIVISION 4 '
SECTION 04200
MASONRY Page 4
2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) '
D. Masonry Reinforcement:
1. Masonry Joint Reinforcement: 9 gauge wire, deformed, bright finish for '
interior wall locations, sized 1-5/8" to 2" narrower than wall or partition, as
manufactured by the following are approved:
Block-Lok or Block-Truss by Blok-Lok Limited '
Dur-O-Wall Truss or Ladder by Dur-O-Wall Limited
Extra Heavy Duty Truss or Ladder Type by Debro Products Limited
2. Lintel Reinforcement: Reinforcing steel 60 k.s.i.yield grade,deformed billet '
steel bar, conforming to the requirements of CSA Standard G30.18.
E. Control Joint Filler-As manufactured by the following are approved: ,
Unifoam R1009 - Flexible by Goodco Limited
Rescor Type S by W. R. Meadows Canada Limited '
F. Mortar Materials - Conforming to CSA A179-94.
1. Aggregate: CSA a179, except that the maximum allowable percentage '
passing No.30 sieve shall be 80%and maximum passing No. 50 sieve shall
be 50%.
2. Cement: normal Portland to CAN3-A5-93 or Masonry Cement to
CAN3-A8-93.
3. Water shall be clean, potable and free of deleterious amounts of acid, '
alkalies, or organic materials.
4. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207.
5. Type 'S' mortar shall be used for all masonry. '
6. Proprietary Mortar Mixes (in lieu of 2 and 4 above) Domtar Construction
Materials Limited, St. Lawrence Cement Company, Canada Cement, St.
Mary Cement or Lake Ontario Portland Cement Company. Mortar mixes '
shall conform to mix requirements specified.
7. Mortar colour for concrete block masonry work shall be grey. ,
G. Grout: to CSA A179.
H. Concrete Fill: 3,500 psi compressive strength concrete conforming to CAN3-A23-1 '
and consisting of a mixture of Type 10 Portland Cement, sand and course
aggregate, maximum 3/8" in size. '
00099-04200.wpd '
DIVISION 4
SECTION 04200
' MASONRY Page 5
' 2.02 MIXES
A. Mixing: Prepare and mix mortar materials under strict supervision, and in small
' batches only for immediate use. Mix proprietary mortars in strict accordance with
manufacturer's instructions to produce the specified mortar types in accordance with
CSA A179-94. Do not use retempered mortars.
' B. For bedding steel bearing plates, lintels, for laying bearing courses under
concentrated loads: Use Type 'M' cement mortar, having a compressive strength
of 17 MPA (minimum) composed of.
1 part grey Portland cement
1/4 part hydrated lime-or 1 part Proprietary Masonry cement or approved
equal plasticizer.
3 parts aggregate.
' 2.03 DAMP COURSE AND FLASHINGS
' A. Peel and stick modified SBS bitumen membrane fully compatible with spray applied
polyurethane insulation:
Vedagard Non-slip by Bakor Inc.
' Bituthene 5000 by W.R. Grace & Co.
Mel-Dek by W.R. Meadows
2.04 FABRICATION
A. Lintels in non-load bearing walls shall be constructed with special bond or lintel
block units unless shown otherwise on plans. Lintels shall bear 6" minimum and
bearing shall be isolated with two layers of heavy asphalt coated paper.
' B. Reinforcing steel in lintels shall be 2 x 10 M bars or as noted on drawings.
' C. Concrete fill for lintels shall be 25 MPA or as noted on the drawings.
PART 3: EXECUTION
' 3.01 GENERAL
A. General lines and levels are provided under Division 1. Maintain dimensions, lines
and levels.
B. A competent masonry foreman shall supervise and direct the work and only skilled
' masons shall execute the work of this Section. The workmanship in construction
of exposed masonry walls shall be of highest calibre and first class in all respects.
00099-04200.wpd
DIVISION 4 ,
SECTION 04200
MASONRY Page 6 '
3.01 GENERAL (Cont'd) '
C. Chipped, cracked or stained, and unsatisfactory material or workmanship of all
masonry work shall be replaced at no additional expense to the Owner.
D. Co-ordinate work of this Section with others such as, field welding of anchors to '
steel work, insulation application, and the like. Prepare all items to built-in as the
work proceeds, either supplied and installed by other trades or installed under this
Section.
E. Walls shall be constructed as true planes and when tested with a 10 ft. straight '
edge placed anywhere on the wall in any direction shall be true within 1/8".
F. Variation in the Sizes of Wall Openings: '
A 1/4 inch maximum variation is allowed from the actual designated size of wall
openings.
G. Horizontal and vertical joints in alternating courses in line,and all horizontal courses '
carried at a uniform height around the room.
H. Buttering corners of units,throwing mortar droppings into joints, deep or excessive ,
furrowing of bed joints, will not be permitted. Do not shift or tap units after mortar
has taken initial set. Where adjustment must be made after mortar has started to
set, remove mortar and replace with fresh supply. Bed and vertical joints shall be '
evenly and solidly filled with mortar.
I. All mortar shall be used and placed in final position within 2-1/2 hours of mixing. '
Mortar not used within this time limit shall be discarded.
J. Lay all joints 3/8" thick (uniform) unless otherwise specified or otherwise indicated '
on drawings or instructed by the Consultant. All joints shall be full of mortar except
where specifically designated to be left open.
K. All joints shall be slightly concave. Use sufficient force to press mortar tight against ,
masonry units on both sides of joints. Remove excess material or burrs left after
jointing by means of a trowel or rubbing with burlap bag.
L. Cut exposed masonry with power driven abrasive cutting disc or diamond cutting '
wheel for flush mounted electrical outlets, grilles, pipes, conduits, leaving 1/8"
maximum clearance. '
M. Notwithstanding current trade practices in this regard fill all vertical and bed joints,
including plain end faces, through the entire wall thickness solidly with mortar. '
00099-04200.wpd ,
' DIVISION 4
SECTION 04200
MASONRY Page 7
' 3.02 BLOCKWORK
A. Provide special shapes and sizes as required such a halves,jambs, lintels, solids,
' corners, semi-solids, ashlar, etc.
B. Lay block with webs to align plumb over each other with thick ends of webs up. The
' top course of all partitions which do not pass through a ceiling or up to the
underside of a roof deck shall have the open cells filled solid.
C. Do not wet concrete masonry before or during laying in wall.
' D. Bond intersecting block walls in alternate courses.
E. Do not break bond of exposed walls where partitions intersect and if bond would
show through on exposed face of walls. Bond these partitions to walls they
intersect with prefabricated intersection masonry reinforcement in each course.
3.03 REINFORCEMENT
' A. Unless otherwise noted on plans, all masonry walls shall be reinforced with joint
reinforcement.
Reinforcement shall be installed in the first and second bed joints, 8" apart
immediately above lintels and below sill at openings, and in bed joints at 16"
vertical intervals elsewhere. Reinforcement in the second bed joint above or below
openings shall extend two feet beyond the jambs. All other reinforcement shall be
continuous except that it shall not pass through vertical masonry control joints. Side
rods shall be lapped at least 6" at splices.
Use prefabricated corner and tee sections for continuous reinforcement at corners
and intersecting walls.
3.04 BUILT-INS
A. Build in items provided by other Sections, including bearing plates, door frames,
anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts and loose steel lintels. Build in items to present a
' neat, rigid, true and plumb installation. Leave wall openings required for ducts,
grilles, pipes and other items.
B. Fill voids between masonry and metal frames with masonry mortar or insulation,as
' shown or as required to provide a neat finished appearance.
C. Set wall plates on masonry in non-shrink grout in accordance with manufacturer's
' instructions.
' 00099-04200.wpd
DIVISION 4
SECTION 04200
MASONRY Page 8 '
3.04 BUILT-INS (Cont'd) '
D. Do all cutting,fitting, drilling, patching and making good for other trades in masonry
work. '
E. Consultant's approval shall be obtained before cutting.
3.06 REPOINTING OR TUCK-POINTING '
A. Repoint defective joints as follows: '
(a) Cut back joints 1/2 taking care not to damage units. Remove dust and
loose materials by brushing or by water jet. If water jet is used,allow excess '
water to drain before repointing.
(b) Repoint with original mix.
(c) Pack mortar tightly in thin layers, and tool to required joint finish.
3.07 CLEANING '
A. Obtain and follow manufacturer's written instructions for Cleaning. Test sample '
area, 10'-0" x 10'-0", to judge effectiveness of cleaning procedures and secure
Consultant's approval.
B. Keep wall clean and free of mortar stains during laying. Allow mortar droppings
which adhere to wall to dry out but not set. Then rub with small piece of masonry
followed by brushing to remove all traces. On completion of masonry, after mortar
is thoroughly set and cured, clean masonry thoroughly.
C. Protect windows, trim and metal from cleaning agents. '
D. Remove mortar with wood paddles and scrapers before wetting. Saturate masonry
with clean water and flush off loose mortar and dirt. Clean block work using water,
scrubbing brushes and wood paddles only.
1
00099-04200.wpd '
' DIVISION 5
SECTION 05310
STEEL ROOF DECK Page 1
PART 1: GENERAL
' 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to the requirements of the General Conditions and Division 1, General
' Requirements.
1.02 WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
' A. Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03301
B. Unit Masonry Section 04200
' C. Structural Steel Section 05120
D. Steel Floor Deck Section 05320
E. Lightweight Steel Framing Section 07410
' F. Painting Section 09900
' 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications
' 1. Design of steel roof deck shall be by a Professional Engineer licensed in the
Province of Ontario, experienced in steel deck design.
2. Consultant will review general arrangement to verify general conformance
with overall design concept of structure.
' 3. Steel deck design engineer shall be insured against professional liability in
accordance with Section 74 subsection(1)of Regulation 941 of the Ontario
Professional Engineers Act. The alternative of compliance with subsection
' (2) is not acceptable.
4. Undertake welding and/or welding inspection only by personnel fully
approved to one or more of the following Codes and reference standards
' where applicable:
CSA W59, Welded Steel Construction (Metal-Arc Welding).
CSA W178.1, Qualification Code for Welding Inspection Organizations.
CSA W178.2, Certification of Welding Inspectors.
' B. Reference Standards
Perform work of this Section in conformance with the specified requirements of:
1. CAN3-S136-94, Cold Formed Steel Structural Members.
2. CSSBI Articles referred to in this Section that are contained in"Standard for
Steel Roof Deck", published by Canadian Sheet Steel Building Institute.
3. All standards referenced are latest editions.
00099-05310.wpd
DIVISION 5 '
SECTION 05310
STEEL ROOF DECK Page 2 '
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE (Cont'd) '
C. Design Criteria
Design roof deck in conformance with CSSBI 10M Article 8.6: to ensure that the
roof deck is capable of supporting the dead plus live loads shown on the drawings;
and, concentrated loads stipulated in NBC Table 4.1.6.6 to provide anchorage of '
roof deck to supporting framework;to resist the following minimum gross unfactored
uplifts. The dead load of the roof deck construction may be deducted from these
uplifts. '
1. 1.25 kPa for the parallel to the edge strips and 2.38 kPa for the corner areas
denoted as S and C respectively in the Supplement to the National Building '
Code of Canada 1990, Commentary B, figure B-9.
2. 1.0 kPa for all other roof areas.
3. Design roof deck and fastening, including side lap flashing, for diaphragm
action and to resist diaphragm shears shown on Drawings.
D. Reouirements of Regulatory Agencies '
Fabricate and install roof deck which forms a part of a required fire rated system
exactly as specified in Underwriters' Laboratories test design specification that
validates required rating. '
E. Tolerances
Comply with requirements of CSSBI 10M, Clause 5.2.
Lay and position roof deck within a tolerance of 6 mm in 12 m for unit alignment. '
F. Source Qualijy Control
1. Inspection and testing of materials and fabrication of work of this Section, ,
and for field quality control specified elsewhere in this Section, will be
performed by an Inspection and Testing Company appointed by the
Consultant.
2. Review provided by Inspection and Testing company does not relieve
Contractor of his sole responsibility for quality control over Work. '
Performance or non-performance of Inspection and Testing company shall
not limit, reduce, or relieve Contractor of his responsibilities in complying
with the requirements of the Specification. ,
3. The Inspection and Testing Company, and welding inspectors and
supervisors shall meet qualification requirements of CSA W178, and shall
be certified by the Canadian Welding Bureau in Category (a), Buildings.
00099-0531 O.wpd '
' DIVISION 5
SECTION 05310
STEEL ROOF DECK Page 3
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE (Cont'd)
4. Payment for specified work performed by the Inspection and Testing
Company will be made from a cash allowance specified in Section 01005.
5. Provide free access for inspectors to all places work is being performed.
6. Shop Inspection
' Inspection shall ensure that materials, thickness of sheet steel, profile,
welding and protective coating conform to the requirements of this
specification.
' Mill test reports, properly correlated to the materials,will be accepted in lieu
of physical tests.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
' A. Professional Liabilily Insurance
' 1. Submit proof of design engineers professional liability insurance coverage
specified in paragraph 1.03, A, 3.
' B. Shop Drawings
1. Submit shop and erection drawings in accordance with the General
Conditions.
' 2. Each shop drawing shall bear the signature and seal of the Professional
Engineer responsible for deck design.
3. Indicate design loading, thicknesses of material, material grade and zinc
coating designation, layout of units, framing and supports, bearings,
anchorages, openings and reinforcement, accessories and details of
construction.
' 4. Prior to submission to the Consultant the Contractor shall review all shop
drawings. By this review,the Contractor represents that he has determined
and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials,
' catalogue number and similar data or will do so and that he has checked
and co-ordinated each shop drawing with the requirements of the work and
of the Contract Documents. The Contractor's review of each shop drawings
shall be indicated by stamp, date and signature of a responsible person.
00099-05310.wpd
DIVISION 5 '
SECTION 05310
STEEL ROOF DECK Page 4 '
1.04 SUBMITTALS (Cont'd) '
5. At time of submission, the Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing '
of any deviations in the shop drawings from the requirements of the
Contract documents.
6. The Consultant will review and return shop drawings in accordance with any '
schedule agreed upon, or otherwise with reasonable promptness so as to
cause no delay. The Consultant's review will be for conformity to the design
concept and for general arrangement only and such review shall not relieve ,
the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings
or of responsibility for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents
unless a deviation on the shop drawings has been approved in writing by the '
Consultant.
7. The Consultant shall make any changes in shop drawings which the ,
Engineer may require consistent with the Contract Documents and resubmit
unless otherwise directed by the Consultant. When resubmitting, the
Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing of any revisions other than '
those requested by the Consultant.
B. Inspection Reports
1. Distribute inspection reports as follows: '
To Consultant: 2 copies.
To Roofing Subcontractor: 1 copy.
To Contractor: 1 copy.
2. Submit reports at least weekly when shop and site work of this Section is in
progress.
3. Sign report by the inspector who performs the inspection, and describe
progress of work, the deficiencies found and the actions taken to correct '
them.
G. Submit evidence that deck design and all materials meet or exceed the
requirements of Factory Mutual. ,
1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING '
A. Ship, store and install roof deck to prevent damage to the finish, denting,
deformation and rusting by both careful handling and physical protection. Remove '
and replace deck that has suffered damage.
00099-05310.wpd '
DIVISION 5
SECTION 05310
STEEL ROOF DECK Page 5
! 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING (Cont'd)
B. Stack deck tilted for drainage. Raise off ground and provide spacers between each
panel, with wood blocking.
! C. Cover stored deck and other components with waterproof material and provide air
circulation.
D. Tightly band bundles of deck when hoisting at site.
' E. During erection, secure deck units to supports with temporary fastening until they
are permanently welded in place, to ensure no displacement from any cause.
! F. Secure loose bundles of deck in place at end of working day.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
' 2.01 UNIT PRICES
A. Provide unit prices as requested on the Tender Form. All work shall be "work
' completed".
B. Unit prices requested as a part of the Tender shall include work erected in place,
and preparation and submittal of necessary shop drawings.
! C. Unit prices shall serve as a basis for computing the value of additional or deleted
work, performed as changes to the work.
2.02 MATERIALS
! A. Sheet Steel
! To meet specified requirements of CSSBI 101 M.
Grade 'A', minimum.
' Minimum Core thickness: Nominal 0.76 mm.
Coating: Zinc coating designation of ZF75.
B. Zinc Rich Paint: To meet specified requirements of CGSB Specification 1-181,
' coating, zinc rich, organic, ready mixed.
!
! 00099-05310.wpd
DIVISION 5 '
SECTION 05310
STEEL ROOF DECK Page 6
2.03 FABRICATION '
A. Fabricate roof deck to meet specified requirements of CSSBI 10M, Clause 5 of '
depth (and profile if noted) and to support dead and live loads, as indicated on
drawings, and in accordance with Factory Mutual Data Sheet 1-28.
B. Form deck units in lengths to span continuously over at least three supports ,
wherever possible.
C. Work shall include sheet steel angles, curbs, cover plates: sell closures; fasteners; '
stiffeners; and accessories as required.
D. Holes in Deck ,
Provide holes in deck as indicated on drawings and for required services. Ensure
that information on size and location of holes is obtained before fabrication '
commences.
1. Separate framing will be supplied under work of Section 05120 for holes '
with dimensions across flutes greater than 450 mm.
2. Do not reinforce openings of less than 150 mm.
3. Reinforce openings from 150 mm to 450 mm across flutes in accordance
with CSSBI 10M, Clause 8.7.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION r
A. Verify and approve alignment and levels of supporting members before laying roof ,
deck. Do not proceed with erection until conditions are made satisfactory.
3.02 ERECTION '
A. Erect roof deck by its fabricator or experienced contractor.
B. Placing Roof Deck Units ,
1. Place units aligned end to end and to provide a minimum bearing on '
structural steel members of 45 mm. Install necessary steel packing to level
units.
2. Do not force units into place causing them to warp or deflect. '
3. Lap ends of panels no less than 50 mm.
00099-05310.wpd '
' DIVISION 5
SECTION 05310
_ STEEL ROOF DECK Page 7
' 3.02 ERECTION (Cont'd)
' C. Fastening Roof Deck Units
1. Weld flutes to steel supports with 20 mm diameter arc welds unless
' otherwise indicated on drawings.
2. Provide welds at end laps, and at intermediate supports, at maximum
spacing of 400 mm o.c.
3. Secure panels to each other by clinching side laps at 600 mm o.c., or by 25
mm welds at 600 mm o.c., or by self-tapping screws at 600 mm o.c.
D. Cutting and Fitting
' 1. Cut and fit deck and accessories around projections through roof,
E. Reinforcement
' 1. Reinforce all elements at top and bottom by a continuous web of sheet
metal the same gauge as deck where they are cut longitudinally 50 mm or
more from a vertical web.
2. Reinforce holes cut in floor deck in the field as specified under Article 2.03,
Fabrication.
' F. Cover Plates
' 1. install sheet steel cover plates as may be required to support cants,
insulation and similar roofing components.
' 2. Secure cover plates by either sheet metal screws or welding.
G. Closures
t1. Install sheet metal closures in flutes where indicated on drawings and where
required to close openings as at junction of walls and partitions with deck.
2. Secure closures by either sheet metal screws or welding.
' 00099-05310.wpd
DIVISION 5 '
SECTION 05310
STEEL ROOF DECK Page 8
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL '
A. Perform field inspection by Inspection and Testing Company to meet requirements
specified under Source Quality Control of this Section, and to include:
1. Erection and fastening.
2. General inspection of coating touch-up. '
3.04 COATING TOUCH-UP AND REPLACEMENT OF DEFECTIVE WORK
A. After erection,wire brush, clean and paint welded areas, rush spots,and scratched ,
or otherwise damaged areas of zinc coating on deck and shop-applied prime paint
on structural members.
B. Apply two coats of zinc rich paint to zinc coated areas specified above. ,
C. Apply one coat of prime paint to prime painted areas specified above. Ensure that
touch-up paint is the same type as shop coat.
D. Replace dented, punctured or weld-perforated deck where exposed to view.
0009"5310.wpd
' DIVISION 5
SECTION 05320
' STEEL FLOOR DECK Page 1
' PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
' A. Conform to the requirements of the General Conditions and Division 1, General
Requirements.
1.02 WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
' A. Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03301
B. Unit Masonry Section 04200
C. Structural Steel Section 05120
' D. Steel Roof Deck Section 05310
E. Miscellaneous Metals Section 05500
F. Painting Section 09900
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
' A. Qualifications
Undertake welding and/or welding inspection only by personnel fully approved to
one or more of the following Codes and reference standards where applicable:
CSA W59, Welded Steel Construction (Metal-Arc Welding).
' CSA W178.1, Qualification Code for Welding Inspection Organizations.
CSA W178.2, Certification of Welding Inspectors.
B. Reference Standards
Perform work of this Section in conformance with the specified requirements of:
' 1. CAN3-S136-M94, Cold Formed Steel Structural Members.
2. CSA C22.2 No. 79, Cellular Metal and Cellular Concrete Floor Raceways
and Fittings.
' 3. CSSBI Articles referred to in this Section that are contained in"Standard for
Steel Floor Deck", published by Canadian Sheet Steel Building Institute.
C. All standards referenced are latest editions.
0009"5320.wpd
DIVISION 5
SECTION 05320
STEEL FLOOR DECK Page 2 '
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE (Cont'd) '
D. Design Criteria
1. Design floor deck in conformance with CSSBI Article 8.6: '
- To ensure that the floor deck is capable of supporting the dead plus
live loads, including concentrated loads in accordance with NBC
1995, without exceeding the allowable stresses.
- To ensure that floor deck is capable of supporting the dead load of
wet concrete plus construction loads without exceeding the specified '
maximum allowable steel stress.
- To ensure that maximum allowable deflection of 1/240 of the span
under total dead and live loads, including construction loads is not '
exceeded.
- Design composite deck sections in accordance with the National
Building Code of Canada, 1995, for concrete strength indicated on
drawings.
E. Reauirements of Regulato[y Agencies
Fabricate and install deck which forms a part of a required fire rated system exactly
as specified in Underwriters' Laboratories test design specification that validates
required rating. '
F. Tolerances
Lay and position floor deck within a tolerance of to centre line of columns, and
with units parallel to column centre lines, and with cellular units aligned within a
tolerance of 1/16" ,
G. Source Quality Control
1. Inspection and testing of materials and fabrication of work of this Section, '
and for field quality control specified elsewhere in this Section, will be
performed by an Inspection and Testing Company appointed by the
Consultant.
2. The Inspection and Testing Company, and welding inspectors and
supervisors shall meet qualification requirements of CSA W178-173, and
shall be certified by the Canadian Welding Bureau in Category (a), '
Buildings.
3. Payment for specified work performed by the Inspection and Testing
Company will be made from a cash allowance specified in Section 01005.
4. Provide free access for inspectors to all places work is being performed.
00098-05320.wpd '
' DIVISION 5
SECTION 05320
STEEL FLOOR DECK Page 3
' 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE (Cont'd)
H. Shop Inspection
' 1. Inspection shall ensure that materials, thickness of sheet steel, profile,
welding and protective coating conform to the requirements of this
specification.
2. Mill test reports, properly correlated to the materials,will be accepted in lieu
of physical tests.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
' A. Shop Drawings
1. Submit shop and erection drawings in accordance with Section 00300 and
' 00400.
2. Indicate thicknesses of material, layout of units, framing and supports,
bearings,anchorages,openings and reinforcement,accessories and details
of construction.
3. Prior to submission to the Consultant the Contractor shall review all shop
drawings. By this review,the Contractor represents that he has determined
' and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials,
catalogue number and similar data or will do so and that he has checked
and co-ordinated each shop drawing with the requirements of the work and
of the Contract Documents. The Contractor's review of each shop drawings
shall be indicated by stamp, date and signature of a responsible person.
4. At time of submission, the Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing
of any deviations in the shop drawings from the requirements of the
Contract documents.
5. The Consultant will review and return shop drawings in accordance with any
schedule agreed upon, or otherwise with reasonable promptness so as to
cause no delay. The Consultant's review will be for conformity to the design
concept and for general arrangement only and such review shall not relieve
the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings
' or of responsibility for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents
unless a deviation on the shop drawings has been approved in writing by the
Consultant.
' 6. The Contractor shall make any changes in shop drawings which the
Consultant may require consistent with the Contract Documents and
resubmit unless otherwise directed by the Consultant. When resubmitting,
' the Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing of any revisions other
than those requested by the Consultant.
' 00099-05320.wpd
DIVISION 5
SECTION 05320
STEEL FLOOR DECK Page 4 ,
1.04 SUBMITTALS (Cont'd) '
B. Inspection Reports
1. Distribute inspection reports as follows: ,
To Consultant: 2 copies.
To Consulting Structural Engineer: 1 copy.
To Contractor: 1 copy.
2. Submit reports at least weekly when shop and site work of this Section is in
progress.
3. Sign report by the inspector who performs the inspection, and describe 1
progress of work, the deficiencies found and the actions taken to correct
them.
1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Label each floor deck unit to indicate Underwriters'Laboratory approved,fire rating i
and test design specification number.
B. Ship, store and install roof deck to prevent damage to the finish, denting,
deformation and rusting by both careful handling and physical protection. Remove
and replace deck that has suffered damage.
C. Co-ordinate work of this Section with work specified in other sections for structural '
bearing members, and arrange to deliver and install deck in accordance with
erection schedule of bearing members. Install steel deck at the proper times to
serve as safety planking during steel erection.
D. Stack deck tilted for drainage. Raise off ground and provide spacers between each '
panel, with wood blocking.
E. Cover stored deck and other components with waterproof material and provide air
circulation.
F. Tightly band bundles of deck when hoisting at site.
G. During erection, secure deck units to supports with temporary fastening until they
are permanently welded in place, to ensure no displacement from any cause.
H. Secure loose bundles of deck in place at end of working day.
00099-05320.wpd
' DIVISION 5
SECTION 05320
' STEEL FLOOR DECK Page 5
' PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Sheet Steel
To meet specified requirements of ASTM A446M, Specification for Steel Sheet,
Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Structural Physical) Quality.
- Grade 'A', minimum.
' - Minimum Core thickness: Nominal 0.030"for single element cellular steel floor.
- Coating: Zinc coating designation of Wiped Coat with total weight on both sides
of 91 g/m2 with a minimum of 76 g/m2 when subjected to triple spot test in
' accordance with ASTM A90, Tests for Weight of Coating on Zinc-Coated
(Galvanized) Iron or Steel Articles.
' B. Zinc Rich Paint: To meet specified requirements of CGSB Specification
1-GP-181 M, coating, zinc rich, organic, ready mixed.
2.02 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate floor deck to meet specified requirements of CSSBI 12M, Clause 5.
B. Form deck units in lengths to span continuously over at least three supports
wherever possible.
C. Work shall include sheet steel angles, curbs, cover plates: flashings at junction of
columns, openings and walls with concrete slabs, and similar locations to prevent
leakage of concrete topping;cell closures;fasteners;stiffeners;and accessories as
required.
' D. Form deck units to prevent male and female side lap joints.
E. Holes in Deck
Provide holes in deck as indicated on drawings and for required services. Ensure
that information on size and location of holes is obtained before fabrication
commences.
1. Separate framing will be supplied under work of Section 05120 for holes
with dimensions across flutes greater than 12".
' 2. Do not reinforce openings of less than 6".
3. Reinforce openings from 6" to 12" across flutes with 2'/4" x 2'/4' x '/"
structural steel angles. Provide reinforcing across flutes at both ends of
each opening with members extending 18" at each side of opening. Weld
angles to deck with 1" long tack weld on each side at 6" o.c.
00099-05320.wpd
DIVISION 5
SECTION 05320
STEEL FLOOR DECK Page 6 '
2.02 FABRICATION (Cont'd)
F. Cover Plates
Form cover plates of steel sheet with minimum core thickness of 0.04"and shaped
to match contour of floor deck units at gaps between units that exceed '/s".
G. Closure strips
Form closure strips of steel sheet with minimum core thickness of 0.04"and shaped
to provide tight-fitting closures at open ends of cells or flutes and sides of floor deck. '
H. Composite Non-Cellular Floor Deck
Provide bond between deck and concrete by deformations rolled into the vertical '
webs and/or tops of flutes.
Profile: Vic West Steel Inc. HI-Bond HB938 INV, 1%Z' deep. '
End Joints - swagged for 2" overlap and to provide faces of deck in same
plant.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify and approve alignment and levels of supporting members before laying roof '
deck. Do not proceed with erection until conditions are made satisfactory.
3.02 ERECTION '
A. Comply with the requirements of CSSBI 12M Clauses 6 & 7.8. '
B. Placing Floor Deck Units
1. Place units with cells aligned end to end and to provide a minimum bearing ,
on structural steel members of 1W. Install necessary steel packing to level
units.
2. Do not force units into place causing them to warp or deflect. '
3. Lap ends of panels no less than 2".
4. Ensure that ends of panels are free from distortion and rough ends,and butt
them. Align units with hardwood blocks. Do not install with gap greater than '
3/8" between ends of cells at joints.
00099-05320.wpd '
' DIVISION 5
SECTION 05320
STEEL FLOOR DECK Page 7
3.02 ERECTION (Cont'd)
C. Fastening Floor Deck Units
' 1. Weld flutes to steel supports with %" diameter arc welds unless otherwise
indicated on drawings.
2. Provide welds at ends of units and at end laps, and at intermediate
supports, at maximum spacing of 16" o.c.
3. Where two units abut, each unit shall be separately fastened to supports.
4. Tack weld end closures at 48" o.c.
' 5. Tack weld side closures at 36" o.c.
6. Secure panels to each other by clinching side laps at 24"o.c.,or by 1"welds
at 24" o.c.
D. Cutting and Fitting
' 1. Cut and fit floor deck and accessories around projections through floor.
2. Make cuts square with neatly trimmed edges.
E. Reinforcement
1. Reinforce all elements at top and bottom by a continuous web of sheet
metal the same gauge as deck where they are cut longitudinally 2"or more
from a vertical web.
2. Reinforce holes cut in floor deck in the field as specified under Article 2.03,
Fabrication.
' F. Cover Plates
1. Install sheet steel cover plates over all gaps wider than 3 mm between units,
at expansion joints, and at intersections of units that span in different
directions. Cover plates shall prevent leakage of wet concrete.
2. Secure cover plates by either sheet metal screws or welding.
G. Closures and Flashing
' 1. Install sheet metal flashing to contain concrete at columns, openings and
similar locations where other construction does not perform this function.
2. Secure closures and flashings by either sheet metal screws or welding.
3. Install flashing for side and end concrete forms at holes through floor and at
perimeter of building, where indicated on drawings.
00099-05320.wpd
DIVISION 5
SECTION 05320
STEEL FLOOR DECK Page 8 '
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform field inspection by Inspection and Testing Company to meet requirements
specified under Source Quality Control of this Section, and to include:
1. Erection and fastening.
2. General inspection of coating touch-up.
1
3.04 COATING TOUCH-UP AND REPLACEMENT OF DEFECTIVE WORK
A. After erection,wire brush,clean and paint welded areas, rush spots, and scratched
or otherwise damaged areas of zinc coating on deck and shop-applied prime paint
on structural members.
B. Apply two coats of zinc rich paint to zinc coated areas specified above.
C. Apply one coat of prime paint to prime painted areas specified above. Ensure that ,
touch-up paint is the same type as shop coat.
00099-05320.wpd '
' DIVISION 5
SECTION 05500
MISCELLANEOUS METALS Page 1
' PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1.
' 1.02 WORK INCLUDED
A. Refer to Item 3.03 Schedule.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
' A. Poured in place concrete Section 03300
B. Steel Deck Section 05320
C. Carpentry Section 06100
D. Painting Section 09900
l1.04 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. The latest issue of the following Codes and Standards shall govern the work of this
Section.
1. CAN3-S136-94 Cold Formed Steel Structural Members.
' 2. CAN3-G40.21-92 Structural Quality Steel.
3. CSA W59-89 General Specifications for Welded Steel Construction.
4. CSSB1 12M-84 Standard for Composite Steel Deck.
' 5. CAN/CSA S16.1-94 Limit States Design of Steel Structures.
6. Design guardrails and handrails in accordance with sub-section 4.1.10 of the
Ontario Building Code with respect to horizontal and vertical design loads.
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Work of this Section shall be executed by a firm thoroughly conversant with laws,
bylaws and regulations which govern and capable of workmanship of best grade of
modern shop and field practice known to recognized manufacturers specializing in
this work. Use workmen skilled in work of this Section.
B. Design of all connections shall be by a Professional Engineer in the Province of
' Ontario who shall sign and seal all shop drawings prior to submission.
00099-05500.wpd
DIVISION 5
SECTION 05500
MISCELLANEOUS METALS Page 2 '
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING '
A. Label, tag or otherwise make work supplied for installation by other sections to
indicate its function, location and shop drawing description. '
B. Protect work from damage and deliver to a location at the site in order to meet the
scheduling requirements.
1.07 SUBMITTALS
A. Shoo Drawings ,
1. Submit Shop and Erection Drawings in accordance with General Conditions ,
to the Consultant for review before fabricating miscellaneous metal work.
2. Verify site dimensions before proceeding with shop fabrication and to suit
field conditions and field openings.
3. Show and describe in detail all the work of this Section including large scale
detail of members and materials, of connection and jointing details, and of
anchorage devices, dimensions, gauges, thicknesses, description of
materials, metal finishing,as well as all other pertinent data and information,
including type, size and description of all fasteners and anchors.
4. Shop drawings for framing, stairs, handrails, guards, landings, ladders, and
pit covers shall bear the stamp of a Professional Engineer registered in the
Province of Ontario.
PART 2: PRODUCTS '
2.01 MATERIALS '
A. General: Use materials specified herein.
B. Structural Steel Sections and Steel Plate: CAN3-G40.21, Grade 300W. ,
C. Hollow Structural Steel Sections: CAN G40.21 Grade 350W.
D. Architectural and Miscellaneous Mild Steel: CAN3-G40.21, Grade 300W.
E. Machine Bolts and Nuts: ASTM Standard A307 low carbon steel externally and ,
internally threaded standard fasteners. Dimensions,sizes,thread,strength,quality
and type of items shall be designed for the work intended.
F. Sheet Steel: (Structural Quality)ASTM-A570. '
G. Sheet Steel: (Commercial Quality)ASTM-A366,stretcher levelled or temper rolled. '
00099-05500.wpd
DIVISION 5
SECTION 05500
MISCELLANEOUS METALS Page 3
' 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd)
H. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Hot dipped galvanizing with minimum zinc coating of 600
' g/sq. metre to CSA G164-1972.
I. Pre-Paint Finish: For galvanized surfaces to be exposed and finish painted-ASTM
D2092.
J. Galvanizing: All steel specified to be galvanized except above, ASTM A123, zinc
(Hot-Galvanized) coatings on products fabricated from rolled, pressed and forged
' steel shapes, plates, bars and strips. Galvanized after all welding complete. No
welding of galvanized products allowed.
K. Welding Materials: CSA W59.M-1989 and CSA W48 series.
L. Metal Filler: Epoxy, Hysol 6C epoxy adhesive kit(or 4297 in bulk)manufactured by
' Hysol (Canada) Limited, or approved equal.
M. Primer: CGSB 1-GP-40M, colour to be grey to match structural steel.
' N. Checkerplate shall be 3/16" steel plate to CAN 3-G40.21, Grade 400 W, raised
checkerboard pattern.
' O. Non-shrink grout: Por Rok by Hallemite Products Ltd. or SET 15 Minute anchoring
cement by SET Products Ltd.
PART 3: EXECUTION
' 3.01 FABRICATION
A. General
1. Fabricate to reviewed shop drawings and in general to details, sizes and
materials indicated on drawings and specified herein.
' 2. Fabricate work complete with all components required for anchoring;bolting
or welding to structural frame; standing free or resting in frames or sockets;
in a safe and sure manner.
3. Where possible fit and shop assemble various sections of the work and
' deliver to site in largest practicable sections. Where shop fabricating is not
possible make trial assembly in shop.
4. Grind and fill all welds after inspection and acceptance and leave ready for
' prime painting.
5. Fill all open joints, depressions, seams with metallic paste filler or by
continuous brazing or welding and grind smooth to true sharp arises and
profiles.
00099-05500.Wpd
DIVISION 5 ,
SECTION 05500
MISCELLANEOUS METALS Page 4 '
3.01 FABRICATION (Cont'd) '
6. Fit joints and intersecting members accurately. Make work in true planes
with adequate fastenings.
7. Supply all fastenings, anchors, accessories required for fabrication and ,
erection of work of this Section. Such items occurring on or in an exterior
wall or slab shall be hot dip galvanized. Make thread dimensions such that
nuts and bolts will fit without re-threading or chasing threads.
8. Make exposed metal fastenings and accessories of same material,texture,
colour and finish as base metal on which they occur unless otherwise shown
or specified. Keep exposed fastenings to an absolute minimum evenly '
spaced and neatly laid out. Make fastenings of permanent type unless
otherwise indicated.
9. At no time during or after fabrication of structural components, allow the
cutting, notching, or drilling of such components by other trades.
B. Shop Painting
1. Clean ferrous metals to remove rust, mill scale, oil dirt, and other foreign
'
9
matter before commencing shop painting, in accordance with CGSB
31-GP-404a.
2. Clean welds by wire brushing and wash down with clean water, to remove
the chemical residues left by the electrodes, prior to painting.
3. The following surfaces shall not be painted:
a) Surfaces and edges to be field welded. If painted, remove paint for
field welding for a distance of at least two inches on all sides of the
joint, to ensure proper fusion of the metal.
b) The contact surfaces of friction type connections assembled by high
strength bolts.
C) Portions of steel members which are to be encased in or in contact '
with concrete.
4. All other ferrous metal work shall be given one prime paint coat type CGSB
1-GP-40M. Work paint into all corners and all joints. Metal parts in contact
shall be primed before shop assembly. Priming damaged during erection ,
or through lack of protection shall be cleaned and touched up.
5. Metals in contactwith otherdissimilar metals,concrete or masonry materials
shall be insulated or separated from one another to prevent corrosion, '
staining or electrolysis by use of bituminous paint, butyl tape, building paper
or other approved methods and materials.
00099-05500.wpd '
DIVISION 5
SECTION 05500
MISCELLANEOUS METALS Page 5
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Work shall be fabricated and erected square, plumb and true, straight, level and
9
accurately fitted to size detailed on reviewed Shop Drawings. All joints shall be
welded unless otherwise specified or shown on Drawings. Exposed welds shall be
ground smooth and/or flush. Rivetted parts shall be made with countersunk heads
or blind rivets. Exposed work shall be finished smooth and even, close joints and
' neat connections. Exposed welds continuous for full length of joints.
B. Where anchors or fastenings, sleeves, have to be built in by other trades,supply all
necessary templates,instructions and supervision to ensure satisfactory installation.
C. Do all drilling, cutting and fitting necessary to attach this work to adjoining work and
' make it complete.
D. Grind all field welds smooth, touch up shop coat of prime paint where damaged by
field erection.
3.03 SCHEDULE
A. General
1. Supply and install all miscellaneous metal work and structural steel indicated
on Drawings and not included in the work of other Sections in addition to
items listed below. Where items are required to be built into masonry,
concrete or other work supply such items to respective Sections with all
anchors and accessories for building in.
2. All items shall be of sizes and as detailed on drawings.
' B. Itemized List
1. Miscellaneous steel angles, plates and channels as indicated on the
' Drawings.
2. Other metal fabrications shown on the Drawings.
i
1
r
1 00099-05500.wpd
DIVISION 6
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY Page 1
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
' A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1.
' 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A. Demolition and Removals Section 02050
B. Formwork Section 03100
C. Miscellaneous Metals Section 05500
D. Roofing Section 07530
E. Hollow Metal Door Frames and Screens Section 08100
1.03 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Structural members shall conform to CAN3-086.1-94,'Engineering Design in Wood'.
' B. Sawn lumber shall be identified by the grade stamp of an association or
independent grading agency approved to grade lumber.
' C. Plywood identification shall be by grade mark in accordance with applicable CSA
Standards.
' D. Pressure treated materials shall conform to CSA 080.1.
E. Hoardings shall be designed by a Professional Engineer to withstand all applicable
loads including wind loads.
1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Materials shall not be delivered before they are required for proper conduct of the
work.
B. Protect materials, under cover, both in transit and on the site.
C. Store materials to prevent deterioration or the loss or impairment of their structural
and other essential properties. Do not store materials in areas subject to high
humidity and areas where masonry and concrete work are not completely dried out.
D. Protect work from damage during storage, handling, installation and until the
building is turned over to the Owner. Make good damage and loss without
additional expense to the Owner.
' 0009M6100.wpd
DIVISION 6
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY Page 2
1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE (Cont'd)
E. Store sheathing materials level and flat, in a dry location. Protect panel edges from
moisture at all times. ,
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings for hoardings. ,
B. Shop drawings shall bear the stamp and signature of a Professional Engineer
registered in the Province of Ontario.
PART 2: PRODUCTS '
2.01 MATERIALS
A. General: Use materials specified herein.
r
B. Timber Material shall be 'Grade Stamped'.
C. Construction Lumber: Grading shall conform to the CSA 0141-1970 "Softwood
Lumber" graded to NLGA Standard for Grading Rules for Canadian .Lumber, '
published by the National Lumber Grades Authority. All lumber shall bear grade
stamps. Moisture content of softwood lumber not to exceed 19% at time of
installation. ,
1. Framing lumber, plates, furring, blocking, No. 1 SPF.
2. All wood curbs, blocking and cant strips on roof shall be No. 2 Pine or better
pressure treated as herein specified.
3. Nailing strips, furring and strapping: No. 4 Common Pine.
4. Fitment framing: No. 1 Common Pine.
D. Panel Materials: Type, grade and thickness as specified in accordance with the
following standards:
1. Douglas Fir Plywood. To CSA 0121-M1978, standard construction, good
one side, thickness as shown on the drawings.
2. Waferboard: To CAN3-0437.0-M85, good one side, square edge 12 mm 1
thick.
E. Rough Hardware: Nails,screws,anchors and special fastening devices required for ,
the erection of framing and hoarding. Items for rough carpentry shall be galvanized
and conform to CSA Standards 13111-1974, B34-1967 (R1972).
F. Sealant: 'Mono' as manufactured by Tremco Manufacturing Ltd. r
00099-06100.wpd '
' DIVISION 6
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY Page 3
' 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd)
G. Wood Preservative:
t1. Pressure treated: CCA-Wolmanized Koppers Company Inc.
2. Surface-Applied: Pentox (Green) Osmose Pentox Inc.
H. Building Paper: To CAN2-51.32M77, 15#asphalt impregnated paper.
' PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
' A. Workmanship
1. Execute work using skilled mechanics according to best practice, as
specified herein and indicated on drawings.
2. Lay out work carefully and to accommodate work of other trades.Accurately
cut and fit; erect in proper position true to dimensions; align, level, square,
plumb, adequately brace, and secure permanently in place. Join work only
over solid backing.
' B. Rough Hardware
1. Work shall include rough hardware such as nails, bolts, nuts, washers,
screws, clips, hangers, connectors, strap iron, and operating hardware for
temporary enclosures.
2. Fasten rough hardware; to hollow masonry units with adequate size toggle
' bolts; to solid masonry or concrete surfaces with expansion shields and lag
screws. Where screws are required, use lead or inorganic fibre plugs.
Wood or organic plugs are not permitted. Do not ramset fastenings into
' concrete floor or concrete block or structural steel sections.
C. Cant Strips, Roof Blocking and Sleepers
' 1. Provide and install framing, blocking and sleepers as indicated on the
drawings. Anchor blocking securely in permanent manner as indicated on
the drawings.
D. Installation of Door Frames
1. Set frames plumb, square and level, maintaining door width and height.
2. Brace frames securely in position while being built-in. Install temporary
wood spreader at mid height of frame until adjacent masonry work is
' complete.
0009M6100.wpd
DIVISION 6 ,
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY Page 4
3.01 INSTALLATION (Cont'd)
E. Surface Armlied Wood Preservative:
1. Treat surfaces of material with wood preservative before installation. Apply
preservative after materials have been cut and fit to size. To cut end two
coats of preservative shall be applied.
2. Apply preservative by dipping, or by brush or spray to completely saturate ,
and maintain wet film on surface for minimum 3 minute soak on lumber and
one minute soak on plywood.
3. Retreat surfaces exposed by cutting, trimming, or boring with 2 coats of ,
brush application of preservative before installation.
4. All wood in contact with masonry or concrete shall be dipped in a tank of
preservative for two minutes after fabrication. ,
G. Hoarding:
1. Erect hoarding as necessary to complete the work. r
2. Provide additional hoarding and blank off openings in building wails to
secure and protect the structure.
i
1
00099-06100.wpd
' DIVISION 7
SECTION 07195
AIR BARRIER Page 1
' PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
' A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1.
' 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Masonry Section 04200
B. Building Insulation Section 07200
D. Preformed Metal Siding Section 07411
' 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
' A. The latest issues of the following codes and standards shall govern the work of this
Section:
' 1. The Ontario Building Code
2. CAN2 51.33.M86
3. ASTM D-624
4. ASTM T-412
5. CGSB 57GP52M
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator Qualifications: Approved by membrane material manufacturer.
B. Workmanship Standards:
' 1. Prepare and apply materials in accordance with membrane material
manufacturer's specifications.
2. Keep copy of manufacturer's specifications on site for duration of work.
' C. Ensure that membrane manufacturer's field representative is present at site to
observe installation of air barrier system and that he, upon completion of work,
confirms in writing that work is installed as specified.
' 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Deliver material to the site in the original unbroken packages bearing the name of
manufacturer.
' B. Store materials in an approved manner at the site preceding application and protect
from damage at all times.
' 00099-07195.wpd
DIVISION 7 ,
SECTION 07195
AIR BARRIER Page 2
1.06 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Apply membrane only when air temperature is within limits specified by material '
manufacturer.
B. Protect surrounding building surfaces from damage. '
C. During cold weather, store materials at minimum 40 deg. F until immediately prior '
to application.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. At no cost to Owner, remedy any defects in work, including work of this and other ,
Sections, due to faults in materials or workmanship provided under this Section of
Specifications appearing within a period of two (2) years from date of substantial
performance of entire work of the contract as certified by Architect. Provide Owner
with a written warranty to this effect. '
1.08 SUBMITTALS '
A. Submit three copies of manufacturers product data and installation instructions.
B. Submit two 12" square samples of membrane. '
C. Submit MSDS data sheets for all products and materials prior to delivery to the site. '
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. General: Use materials specified. '
B. Air barrier membrane shall be an SBS modified bitumen peel and stick membrane,
in roll widths of 914 mm, with the following minimum physical properties:
Thickness 1.45 mm
Permeability (ASTM E96) 0.05 perms
Tensile Strength 8.8 N/mm
C. Flexible air barrier shall be comprised of a high strength fibreglass centre scrim with
S.B.S. modified bitumen both sides and covered face and back with polypropylene.
The modified bitumen shall consist of at least 80% of the overall thickness of the
sheet. Material must be compatible with spray applied polyurethane insulation
specified in Section 07218. '
00099-07195.wpd '
i
DIVISION 7
SECTION 07195
iAIR BARRIER Page 3
' 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd)
D. Acceptable Products:
iBlueskin SA by Monsey-Bakor Inc.
Bituthene 5000 by W.R. Grace & Co.
Mel-Dek by W.R. Meadows
' E. Primers, adhesives and mastics shall be as recommended by the air barrier
membrane manufacturer.
i
PART 3: EXECUTION
' 3.01 INSPECTION
i A. Examine all surfaces to ensure conformance to the manufacturer's recommended
surface conditions.
' B. Do not proceed with air barrier application until all substrate defects are repaired in
accordance with the directions in 3.02 "Preparation".
' 3.02 PREPARATION
A. All surfaces which are to receive flexible air barrier must be smooth, clean, dry,
frost-free and in sound condition. All moisture, frost, grease, oils, or other foreign
materials which may impede the adhesion of the air barrier must be removed.
' B. Concrete must be cured 28 days and dry before air barrier membrane is applied.
Use form release agents which will not transfer to the concrete or adversely effect
the adhesion of the membrane to the ultimate cured concrete. If concrete is cured
' with curing compounds, the compounds must not contain any oil, wax or other
compounds which may impede or effect the adhesion of the membrane to the
surface. Remove any and all sharp protrusions and repair any defects such as
ispalled or loose aggregate areas.
3.03 INSTALLATION
iA. Apply membrane in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed directions.
i B. Apply membrane at locations shown on drawings,to bridge all gaps in the masonry
wall including control joints. Minimum width each side of joint shall be 150 mm.
i C. Apply membrane by heating the surface in contact with the substrate with a
trigger-activated propane torch, type as recommended by the manufacturer.
' 00099-07195.Wpd
DIVISION 7 ,
SECTION 07195
AIR BARRIER Page 4
3.03 INSTALLATION (Cont'd)
D. All side and end laps shall be overlapped a minimum of 50 mm and fused to the '
adjacent sheet.
E. At all window, wall and door openings, return the air barrier and terminate it in the '
rough opening.
F. Co-ordinate the construction of the roof/wall junction with the roofing contractor,the
metal siding contractor so as to maintain continuity of the air barrier from the wall
to the roof. '
3.04 INSPECTION AND REPAIR
A. Inspect membrane thoroughly before covering and make any corrections to
punctures, tears, voids and other obvious defects which would impede the
membrane from performing as intended.
B. Restrict construction traffic and equipment movement near the completed air barrier
to only essentially related trades. For any other trades continuing to work near the '
completed air barrier, appropriate protection shall be provided.
3.05 SCHEDULE '
A. Install air barrier membrane where required to provide a completely sealed building '
envelope at the following locations:
1. At junction between masonry walls and metal siding. '
2. At all penetrations through masonry walls.
3. At exterior walls to provide air/vapour seal at junction between wall and roof
assemblies.
4. At all exterior door openings. '
5. At all other locations shown on the drawings.
00099-07195.wpd ,
DIVISION 7
SECTION 07200
' BUILDING INSULATION Page 1
' PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
' A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1.
' 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
' A. Masonry Section 04200
B. Rough Carpentry Section 06100
C. Air Barrier Section 07195
D. Roof Insulation Section 07500
' E. Gypsum Wallboard Section 09250
1.03 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Deliver material to the site in the original unbroken packages bearing the name of
' manufacturer.
B. Store materials in an approved manner at the site preceding application and protect
' from damage at all times.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
' 2.01 MATERIALS
' A. General: Use materials specified.
B. Wind Barrier Membrane: Spun bonded olefin fibres, interwoven in sheet form, in
' roll widths of 9'-0", TYVEK Housewrap as manufactured by E. 1. duPont de
Nemours & Co. Inc.
' C. Rigid Insulation:
1 Rigid insulation shall be extruded expanded polystyrene to CAN/CGSB-
' 51.20-M, Type 2 Styrofoam SM insulation as manufactured by Dow
Chemical Canada Inc. Thickness as detailed.
.2 Adhesive shall be trowel consistency solvent type, synthetic rubber based
insulation adhesive, Air Blok 21' as manufactured by Monsey Bakor.
D. Batt Insulation: Fibreglass unfaced friction fit batts to CSAA101-M1983,Type 1 for
wall and ceiling application,width and thickness as shown on details,Fibreglas Pink
as manufactured by Fibreglas Canada Inc.
00099-07200.wpd
DIVISION 7
SECTION 07200
BUILDING INSULATION Page 2 '
2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) '
E. Insulating Sheathing: 1"thick, Glasclad rigid insulation board with Tyvek facing as
manufactured by Fibreglas Canada Inc.
F. BuildingP_a e—r: To CAN 2-51.32 M77,15#asphalt impregnated paper. '
G. Rough Hardware: Nails and staples as required for installation of insulation and '
membrane materials, galvanized to CSA B111-1974 and B34-1967.
H. Sheathing Tape: Pressure sensitive self-adhesive biaxially oriented polypropylene
film, minimum 2%2" wide, Y-8086 Contractors Sheathing Tape by 3M Canada Inc.
PART 3: EXECUTION ,
3.01 INSTALLATION '
A. Batt Insulation and Loose Insulation
1 Install friction fit batt insulation in walls and ceilings, fit tight to framing. ,
Ensure complete coverage and fill all voids in framing. Leave eave vents at
roof edge unobstructed. Do not compress insulation. Fit insulation tight to
all penetrations. '
.2 Pack loose fibreglass insulation in crevices between exterior concrete and
door frames and about lintels, frames, beams around ducts at holes and
other places where shown or required to eliminate air infiltration. '
.3 Pack loose fibreglass into voids around mechanical and electrical pipes and
ducts where they pass through walls and slabs.
.4 Install friction fit insulation in spaces as shown on drawings. '
C. Rigid Insulation
.1 Install rigid insulation in full coating of air barrier adhesive and in strict ,
accordance with material manufacturer's instructions.
.2 Tightly butt all joints. ,
F. Wind Barrier
.1 Install wind barrier membrane on exterior walls, over entire surface of wall ,
sheathing prior to installation of siding in strict accordance with
manufacturers direction. Tape to sheathing.
.2 Lap all joints minimum 12" and tape.
.3 Pull fabric snug. Sags or wrinkles will not be permitted.
.4 At door and window openings, cut fabric diagonally from corner to corner,
pull loose material inside opening and fasten to studs. Tape or seal all joints '
between windows and air barrier.
00099-07200.wpd
1
' DIVISION 7
SECTION 07200
' BUILDING INSULATION Page 3
' 3.01 INSTALLATION (Cont'd)
.5 Tape all joints using self adhesive sheathing tape, 66 mm wide. Tape
' membrane to foundation wall at bottom, and at all other wail penetrations.
.6 Seal wind barrier at perimeter in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
.7 Coordinate with installation of air barrier membrane as specified in Section
07195 at roof/wall junctions.
00099-07200.wpd
jDIVISION 7
SECTION 07411
' PREFORMED METAL SIDING Page 1
' PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with the requirements of Division I.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Masonry Section 04200
1 B. Rough Carpentry Section 06100
C. Metal Flashing and Trim Section 07620
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
' A. Do preformed metal siding work to CGSB 93-GP-2M and CGSB 93-GP-5M,except
where specified otherwise.
1.04 SAMPLES
A. Submit duplicate 24"long samples of siding material, of colour and profile specified
in accordance with Division 1.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
' 2.01 MATERIALS
' A. Siding,Soffits and Fascias: To CGSB 93-GP-2M,minimum 0.6 mm base thickness,
prepainted aluminum panels. Colour to be selected by the Architect.
' B. Siding: Board and Batten profile for vertical application, smooth finish, with
preformed male and female lip joints, prepunched nailing strip to match existing
siding profile and colour.
C. Soffit: Of exterior flat sheet, "V"crimped for stiffness. Ventilated with prepunched
holes and elongated slits. Provide insect screens at vents.
' D. Fascias: Of exterior flat sheet with preformed drip edge at bottom, horizontal "V"
crimp for stiffness.
' E. Accessories: Exposed trim, closures, cap pieces etc. preformed, of same material
and colour as siding.
' F. Fasteners: To CSA B111-1974, hot dipped galvanized coated steel. All fasteners
shall be concealed.
' 00099-07411.wpd
f
DIVISION 7
SECTION 07411
PREFORMED METAL SIDING Page 2 !
PART 3: EXECUTION !
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install starter strips,inside corners,continuous outside corners,edgings,soffits and !
drip, cap and sill flashings.
B. Install siding and attachments sequentially from starter strips up,to manufacturer's 1
instructions.
C. Install facing on soffit and fascia where indicated. 1
D. Install exterior corners,fillers and closure strips with individually formed and profiled
work using concealed fasteners. !
E. Maintain joints in exterior sheets, true to line, tight fitting.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
00099-07411.wpd 1
DIVISION 7
SECTION 07530
' ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING Page 1
' PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
' A. Comply with the requirements of Division I.
1.02 WORK INCLUDED
This Section of the contract includes all single ply E.P.D.M. roofing called for or implied by
' the drawings and specifications, together with all necessary incidentals whether referred
to or not, as will be required to complete the work to the full intent and meaning of the
drawings and specifications. The work includes but is not limited to the following:
A. Vapour barrier
B. Roof insulation, mechanical fasteners, tapered insulation
C. E.P.D.M. roof membrane and flashing, gravel surface
D. Flexible flashings and bituminous flashings
E. Control joints and expansion joints
' F. Caulking
G. Make good existing roofing and sheet metal work where affected by demolition and
where new work connects to existing.
H. Removal and disposal of existing roofing, curbs, flashing, parapets and blocking
down to existing deck to the schedule as specified.
I. All cutting in and flashing at temporary curbs and waterproofing, including column
work pockets temporary patches where roof mounted equipment has been removed
' or modified to provide a watertight roof at all times.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Metal Roof Deck Section 05310
' B. Wood Blocking (Rough Carpentry) Section 06100
C. Air Barrier Section 07195
D. Mechanical Equipment Division 15, Mechanical
1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. The roofing contractor shall have adequate facilities or access to facilities to take
receipt of and store roofing materials so that the materials are ready to be built in.
' B. Deliver and store materials undamaged in original unopened containers with
manufacturer's label and seals intact. Containers shall be stored upright and
roofing membrane shall be stored on end to prevent flattening. All materials shall
be protected from moisture at all times. No material shall be placed in direct contact
with the earth.
00099-07530.wpd
DIVISION 7
SECTION 07530
ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING Page 2 ,
1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE (Cont'd) ,
C. All materials, except membrane, must be stored between 5° C and 27° C. If
exposed to lower temperature, restore materials to 5° C minimum temperature
before using.
D. All materials, except membrane, must be stored in a dry area and protected from
water and direct sunlight. Damaged materials shall be replaced at roofing '
Contractor's expense.
E. Storage of insulation and roofing materials, etc. on the roof is prohibited. ,
1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ,
A. Apply roofing in periods only approved by the roofing inspector.
B. The roofing contractor must receive written authorization from the roofing inspector
to proceed.
C. Do not work during periods of rain, fog, sleet, snow or cold temperatures (below- ,
15° C)
1.06 PROTECTION '
A. Provide adequate protection of materials and work of this trade from damage by '
weather, traffic and other causes. Schedule roofing installations in such a manner
that traffic over the completed portions of roofing will be avoided. At the end of
each day's work seal exposed edges of roofing membrane. Protect work of other '
trades from damage resulting from the work of this trade. Make good such damage
at no additional expense to the Owner and to the satisfaction of the Consultant.
1.07 GUARANTEE t
A. The Contractor represents that he has the special qualifications for doing the work
and that the plans and specifications are, in his opinion, appropriate and adequate i
for the construction and/or renovations set out therein.
B. The roofing Contractor hereby warrants the work of this Section, including vapour '
retardant, insulation and sheet metal work against defects of workmanship and
material, and against any actual leakage for a period of five years from the date of
Substantial Performance and agree to make good promptly any defects which occur '
or become apparent within the warranty period, such defects to include but not be
restricted to leaking, failure to stay in place, undue expansion, lifting, deformation,
loosening and splitting of seams,joint deformation,failure to adhere, deterioration, '
blisters, etc.
00099-07530.wpd '
rDIVISION 7
SECTION 07530
ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING Page 3
' 1.07 GUARANTEE (Cont'd)
C. The Contractor shall furnish the Guarantee Warranty in writing,on forms issued and
' approved by the Canadian Roofing Contractors Association, signed by the roofing
Contractor.
r1.08 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit to the Consultant, samples and manufacturer's literature for all materials.
rB. Submit shop drawings of all components and accessories and including layout
drawings and details for the tapered insulation system.
C. Submit shop drawings detailing roof size,membrane sheet placement, location and
type of penetrations, type of vapour retarder, insulation and insulation fasteners.
tD. Submit WHMIS Data Sheets for all products to be used on this project.
1.09 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The roofing and sheet metal Contractor shall be of recognized standing with a
proven record of satisfactory installations, and shall be a member in good standing
of the Canadian Roofing Contractors Association.
B. All membrane work shall be carried out by applicators fully experienced in this type
of work, and approved by the system manufacturer.
C. Roofing and sheet metal work shall be executed under the full time supervision of
a competent foreman.
D. A membrane manufacturer's representative shall be available to review installation
procedure and to impact the completed installation to verify compliance with all
specifications and details.
' E. The Owner will appoint and pay for an Independent Inspection Company to provide
roofing inspection. The contractor shall provide full co-operation to the roofing
' inspector.
1.10 REFERENCE STANDARDS
' A. Canadian Roofing Contractor's Association (CRCA) Metric Specification Manual,
1979, except as specified herein.
1 00099.07530.wpd
DIVISION 7
SECTION 07530
ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING Page 4
1.10 REFERENCE STANDARDS (Cont'd) '
B. Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation (FM): "Loss Prevention Data, Insulated
Steel Deck 1-28", FM "Approval Guide" including Revisions to date.
C. Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada (ULC) "List of Equipment and Materials '
Volume II Building Construction" including supplements to date.
D. Provide membrane roofing systems including insulation and all related materials to
conform to "ULC Class A" and "FM Class I" design criteria, as shown and as
specified herein. '
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The roofing system shall be a loose laid, ballasted roofing system, Design 'B' Lexcan or '
approved equal, and including the following components:
1. Vapour retarder.
2. Rigid roof insulation including tapered insulation.
3. EPDM roofing membrane.
4. Ballast.
5. All accessories, hardware and material required for a complete installation as
described on the drawings and as recommended by the manufacturer of the roof
membrane. ,
2.02 MATERIALS ,
A. General
1. Use materials as specified herein only, or approved equal. r
2. Compatibility between roofing system components is essential. All materials
used on the roof shall be endorsed for compatibility by the applicator and the
materials manufacturer.
3. All packed materials shall bear the manufacturer's name brand,weight and
applicable specification number and printed instructions for storage,
application, etc. Materials not identified shall be removed off the site. '
4. Materials shall conform to the CSA or CGSB specification numbers named
including all revisions to date or shall be the product named.
B. Vapour Retardant - Lexsuco Permate (Ultra) vapour retarder and Permate '
adhesive.
00099-07530.wpd
1
rDIVISION 7
SECTION 07530
' ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING Page 5
r2.02 MATERIALS (Cont'd)
C. Roofing membrane shall be 1.1 mm Lexcan E.P.D.M. (Ethylene Propylene Diene
' Monomer)Elastomer,supplied in factory fabricated sheets up to 12.2 m x 30 m and
meeting the physical characteristics shown in the following table:
' PROPERTY A.S.T.M. TYPICAL
TEST METHOD TEST VALUES
Thickness Tolerance D-751 ±10%
' Tensile Strength D412, Die C 9.0 MPa. (1305 psi)min.
Elongation, Ultimate D-412 400%min.
Tear Resistance D-642, Die C 35.0 kN/m min. (200 Ibf/in.)
Ozone Resistance D-1149 No Cracks @ 7x magnification
[7 days at 100pphm,40°C,50%ext.]
' Brittleness D-2137 Does not break @-60°C
Water Absorption, mass D471 t 1%
' Linear Dimensional Change D-1204 ±2%
(28 days @ 115°C]
' Factory Seam Strength D-816 9.6 kN/m min. (55 Ibs/in.)
After Heat Aging;28 days @ 115°C
Tear Resistance D-642, Die C 26.3 kN/m min. (150 Ibf/in.)
Elongation, Ultimate D412 200%min.
Tensile Strength D412, Die C 8.3 MPa (1205 psi)min.
D. Bonding Adhesive - Lexcan #BA-90 or SAS 8000.
rE. Splicing Adhesive - Lexcan #SA-747.
F. Splicing Tape - 100 mm wide Lexcan Splice Tape.
' G. Lap Sealant- Lexcan Lap Sealant.
H. Night Sealant- Lexcan Frothpak.
I. Water Cut-Offs - Lexcan water cut-off mastic or 50 mm x 1.6 mm Elastic Sealer
Tape.
J. Splice Cleaner- Lexcan SC-1 seam cleaner.
' K. Pourable Sealer- Lexcan pourable sealer.
r00099-07530.wpd
DIVISION 7 ,
SECTION 07530
ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING Page 6
2.02 MATERIALS (Cont'd)
L. Termination Bar- Lexbar termination bar.
M. Termination Tape- Lexcan 50 mm sealer tape.
N. Roof board insulation - Lexsuco Isocyanurate with black facers or approved equal
as recommended by the membrane manufacturer, thickness as shown on the '
drawings.
O. Tapered Insulation: Posislope. ,
P. Ballast - 19 to 38 mm diameter well graded, round washed river stone, clean and
dry, free from dust, sand or organic impurities, soft or friable materials.
Q. Stack jacks(vent pipe flashings)-Copper stack jacks supplied by Lexsuco Canada
Ltd. applicable at all plumbing vent pipes. Sleeves supplied by other trades will not
be acceptable.
R. Elastic flashings - Field fabricated with E.P.D.M. membrane or Lexflash, 1.6 mm
thick by Lexcan. Lexflash adhesive shall be Lexcan #SA-747.
S. Insulation Fasteners - where required by the manufacturer to meet FM uplift
requirements, Lexsuco "screw and plate", Weatherguard Fasteners' "Dekfast", '
Grefco "Permafastener" or other FM - approved screw and plate fastener system
with compatible screws in length to suit insulation thickness, and tested with
specified insulation to FM 1-90 Uplift Classification.
T. Substitutions - If this Contractor substitutes materials or trade names specified
herein with others such materials shall be removed immediately from the site
making good all other work disturbed for such removals.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01 EXISTING CONDITIONS ,
A. Examine work of other trades and notify in writing to the Consultant and Contractor
that the work is acceptable or of any defects or discrepancies. Verify that work of
other trades which penetrates roof deck or requires men and equipment to
transverse roof deck has been completed or adequate protection is provided.
B. Examine surfaces for inadequate anchorage, foreign material, moisture and
unevenness which would prevent the execution and quality of application of the
roofing system as specified. Do not proceed with application of the roof system until
defects are corrected. Installation of any part of the work without the written
acceptance of such surfaces shall require immediately removal of such installed '
work.
00099-07530.wpd '
1
DIVISION 7
SECTION 07530
ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING Page 7
3.02 WORKMANSHIP
A. Workmanship shall be of the highest quality. Use only competent mechanics and
' execute work in accordance with drawings and specifications.
B. Regard the manufacturer's printed recommendations and specifications as the
minimum requirement for materials, methods and workmanship not otherwise
specified.
C. Maintain roofing equipment in good working order.
' D. Unsuitable or damaged materials shall immediately be removed from the site.
E. Materials shall not be applied during inclement weather. Do not apply roofing over
wet decks, or where frost or snow is present.
' 3.03 APPLICATION OF VAPOUR RETARDANT
A. Install vapour retarder membrane and seal all laps, edges and penetrations in
' accordance with the manufacturers installation instructions.
B. Apply in straight lines,free from wrinkles,tears or open laps. Minimum 150 mm end
laps and 50 mm side laps tightly sealed with a continuous mopping of adhesive. At
perimeters, vertical walls and curbs, etc. apply a 300 mm wide strip of vapour
retardant and seal to air barrier membrane.
C. No more vapour retardant shall be applied in any one working day than can be
covered with insulation and properly"dried-in".
rD. Vapour retardant shall not be installed to bridge across expansion joints or similar
devices.
' 3.04 INSTALLATION OF ROOF INSULATION
A. Keep insulation dry at all times. Insulation showing evidence of having been
' dampened since its manufacture or separation of laminations shall not be used.
Lay insulation panels with ail joints staggered. Insulation shall be laid with the
longest side parallel to the flutes unless the manufacturer stipulates otherwise. Lay
' board in tight contact to prevent gaps and resulting loss of thermal insulation value.
Cut boards to fit neatly around projections through roof.
B. At roof drains, reduce the insulation thickness by 13 mm for a distance of 600 mm
from the centre of the drain. Fill the flutes of the steel deck at roof drains with
insulation board adhered with adhesive for a distance of 600 mm from the centre
of the drain to ensure total support at all drains prior to placement of vapour
retardant.
1 00099-07530.wpd
DIVISION 7 '
SECTION 07530
ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING Page 8 '
3.04 INSTALLATION OF ROOF INSULATION (Cont'd)
C. Protect all exposed edges of insulation where roofing temporarily tem oraril terminates at the
end of a working day by forming a water cut-off. Water cut-off shall consist of
E.P.D.M. membrane, extending from the surface of the roof membrane minimum '
200 mm onto the deck. Ensure water cut-off is continuously secured to the deck and
is removed prior to proceeding with work the following day.
D. insulation shall be installed in 2 layers with staggered joint.
E. Insulation shall not be installed to bridge across expansion joints or control joints. '
F. Perimeter insulation and insulation around large protrusions shall be mechanically
fastened to the requirements of Factory Mutual for a Class I roof, and as required
by the roof system manufacturer.
3.05 ROOF MEMBRANE APPLICATION '
A. Roof membrane shall consist of 1 ply of E.P.D.M. Elastomer sheets, loose laid and
covered with ballast.
B. Unroll membrane and position sheets, lapping edges a minimum of 100 mm. Allow
sheets to relax a minimum of thirty (30) minutes.
C. Bond membrane to all vertical surfaces using bonding adhesive applied evenly with
no globs or puddles, using a lambswool paint roller, to both membrane and '
substrate. Allow adhesive to dry until tacky, but not stringing to the touch. Roll
coated membrane into adhesive, avoiding wrinkles.
D. Fold top sheet of splice area back and clean seam area using white gas or other ,
recommended solvent to remove talc on membrane surface. Apply seaming
adhesive to both matting surfaces with a clean paint brush, using a circular motion
to ensure proper coverage. '
E. Install seaming tape to folded edge of membrane and roll heavily with a hand roller.
Remove paper backing and close joint allowing membrane to fall into place without '
stretching. Roll completed seam with steel hand roller. Apply lap sealant to all
seam edges and feather with suitable tools as recommended and provided by the
manufacturer. '
F. Flash all corners, vent pipes and curbs in accordance with the manufacturer's
standard recommended details. Use either E.P.D.M. membrane or Lexflash '
flashing for field fabrication. Where SA-747 adhesive is applied, use lap sealant at
Lexflash seam edge. Seal drains with water cut-off mastic or Elastic Sealer tape
as per manufacturer's standard recommended details. ,
00099-07530.wpa '
DIVISION 7
SECTION 07530
' ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING Page 9
3.05 ROOF MEMBRANE APPLICATION (Cont'd)
G. Adhere membrane to scuppers in accordance with the manufacturer's standard
' recommended details.
H. All roof hoppers shall be temporarily blocked when gravel on roof is being placed
to prevent gravel from falling down leaders into drains. Exercise care to remove
' temporary blocking when work is not proceeding to avoid flooding.
I. Form control joints and expansion in membrane where indicated on the drawings
' and install elastic flashing.
3.06 BALLAST INSTALLATION
A. Upon completion of each section of roofing membrane, and after inspection by
' manufacturer's representative, install gravel ballast evenly over entire area.
B. Ensure that lifts of gravel ballast do not exceed roof design loads as noted on the
' structural drawings.
C. Ballast shall be gently spread over membrane, taking care to protect membrane at
all times. Ballast shall be installed at a rate of 50 kg/square metre (10 lbs./sq. ft.)
and shall be of uniform thickness over entire roof area.
3.07 METAL FLASHING
A. The roofing contractor shall complete all metal flashings in accordance with Section
' 07620.
' 3.08 PITCH POCKETS
A. Provide and install pitch pockets around columns, handrail balustrades and other
protrusions through the roofing, including the work of the Mechanical and Electrical
Trades. Pockets shall be fabricated from 20 gauge steel with a Zinc Coating
Designation G90 to ASTM A446 (latest edition) Class 'A', to a size 6" greater on
each side of the protrusion. Solder all seams and corners.
' B. Flash in the pitch pockets with Lexflash Flashing in accordance with the
manufacturer's standard recommended details.
C. Completely fill the pockets with plastic cement. Slope the top of the filled pockets
down from the centre to finish flush with the outside edges.
' 00099-07530.wpd
DIVISION 7 r
SECTION 07530
ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING Page 10 r
3.09 TEMPORARY FLASHING
A. Install temporary roofing and flashings in all areas of modifications as necessa ry to '
provide a weathertight roof.
3.10 INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. Provide necessary facilities and co-operate with designated inspection and testing
agency.
B. Upon completion of the roofing system,an authorized manufacturers representative r
will make an inspection of the installation for warranty acceptance.
r
1
1
1
00099-07530.wpd r
DIVISION 7
SECTION 07620
METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page 1
' PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Masonry Section 04200
1 B. Rough Carpentry Section 06100
C. Elastomeric Sheet Roofing Section 07530
1.03 SUBMITTALS
1 A. Submit 12" x 12" samples of each type of sheet metal material in accordance with
Division 1.
B. Submit shop drawings showing all work of this Section. Drawings shall clearly show
materials, profiles, fastenings, sealants, lap joints and the like.
C. Submit duplicate colour charts showing full range of manufacturers available colours.
' D. Submit MSDS Data Sheets for all material proposed for use on the site. Material Data
Sheets must be approved in writing by the Owner, prior to delivery to the site.
r
1.04 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Appearance: neatly and evenly lay out and install components. Exposed fastening
devices not permitted.
iB. Effects of Wind: resist positive and negative wind pressures without detrimental
effects.
' C. Water Control: prevent passage of water.
D. Thermal Movement: accommodate expansion and contraction of component parts
' without buckling, failure of joints, undue stress on fasteners and other detrimental
effects.
E. Compatibility: components shall be compatible with dissimilar metals and materials
with which they are in contact or fastened to so as to prevent corrosion, staining and
other detrimental effects. If required,treat or separate contact surfaces with inert and
' non-staining insulation material to achieve compatibility.
' 00099-07620.wpd
r
DIVISION 7 r
SECTION 07620
METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page 2 r
1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Comply with the applicable provisions of the following reference standards:
ASTM B32 - Solder Metal r
ASTM C920 - Elastomeric Joint Sealants
Canadian Roofing Construction Association Specification Manuals.
r
1.06 WARRANTY
A. Submit a warranty to repair or replace metal flashing work for a period of five (5)years r
from date of substantial completion of work of this Section does not remain watertight
or free of material or workmanship defects affecting structure and appearance.
1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE ,
A. Work of this Section shall be performed by a qualified sheet metal contractor with a
minimum of 5 years experience in the type of work required and specified. Submit
proof of experience where requested by the Architect.
PART 2: PRODUCTS '
2.01 GENERAL
A. Use materials only as specified herein and matching exactly, all approved samples. r
B. Ensure compatibility of all materials in contact with roof membranes.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Sheet Metal: 24 gauge galvanized sheet steel, commercial quality to ASTM A526-71
with Z275 designation zinc coating. primed, protected and finished with 0.025 mm ,
nominal coating thickness, Stelco or Dofasco 5000 series, colour as selected by the
Architect.
B. Continuous hook on strips and metal bellows: 24 gauge galvanized sheet steel, zinc '
coating designation ZF275.
C. Isolation Coating: Alkali resistant bituminous paint to CAN/CGSB-1.1 08-M89. '
D. Plastic Cement: To CGSB 37-BP-5M.
1
00099-07620.wpd '
' DIVISION 7
SECTION 07620
METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page 3
1 2.02 MATERIALS (Cont'd)
E. Nails, Bolts, Screws and Other Flashings: same metal finish as sheet metal being
used. The size of fastenings shall suit the applicable conditions. All nails, screws, and
other flashings shall be subject to the approval of the Consultant or his representative.
' F. Caulking Sealant: Parr Uniseal Polysulphide as supplied by Parr Paints and Sealants
Ltd., Toronto or PRC rubber caulk #5000 as supplied by PRC Chemical Corporation
of Canada Ltd.
' G. Underlayment: No. 15 perforated asphalt felt to CSA A123.3.
H. Cleats: of same material and thickness as sheet metal, minimum 2" wide.
PART 3: EXECUTION
' 3.01 GENERAL
' A. Install sheet metal work in accordance with CRCA specifications and as detailed.
B. During the course of the work, report any damaged or unsuitable material uncovered
and allow for their repair or replacement as directed by the Architect.
' C. Use concealed fastenings except where approved before installation.
3.02 FABRICATION
' A. Fabricate metal flashings and other sheet metal work in accordance with applicable
CRCA specifications and as indicated.
' B. Form pieces in 8'-0" maximum lengths. Make allowance for expansion at joints.
C. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2". Mitre and seal corners with sealant.
D. Form sections square,true and accurate to size,free from distortion and other defects
detrimental to appearance or performance.
E. Apply isolation coating (two coats) to metal surfaces to be embedded in concrete or
mortar or dissimilar metals.
F. Install underlayment below sheet metal in accordance with CRCA"FL" Series details.
Lap all joints 4" minimum. Secure with large head roofing nails.
' 0009M7620.wpd
i
DIVISION 7 '
SECTION 07620
METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page 4
3.02 FABRICATION (Cont'd)
G. All seams shall be of the "slip lock type" that permit adequate movement without
resulting in deformation or loosening of metal flashings. Lapped joints or exposed raw
edges will not be accepted. Exposed edges shall be "double back" at least Y2". At i
eaves, parapets, etc., metal shall be hooked over continuous starter strips minimum
1 gauge thicker than the metal used for flashing. Secure starter strips at 12"on centre
or closer as required.
H. Where metal terminates under fascia boards, secure metal at 2'-0" centre using
specified fasteners. At curbs to openings or at sleepers, etc., provide locked or
standing seams at corners. Solder mitred corners, pop rivet or form standing seams.
I. Secure metal flashings in reglets at 2'-0" centres and further secure metal to vertical '
surfaces at locks as required.
J. All flashings shall be installed in perfectly straight lines. Irregular or badly fitted work ,
will not be accepted. Exposed fastenings will only be permitted where concealed
fastening is not possible. Provide neoprene washers for exposed fasteners.
K. Imperfections in metal flashing work such as holes, dents, creases, or oil-canning will '
not be accepted.
L. Fabricate and install scuppers and downspouts where indicated, to CRCA standard
details and specifications.
3.03 CAULKING OF FLASHINGS
A. Caulk all joints in flashing. ,
B. Dissimilar metals in contact, or metals in contact with adjacent surfaces shall be
separated from one another to prevent corrosion, staining, or electrolysis by use of
approved methods and materials.
C. Do caulking between metal flashing and concrete, through roof openings, and all
reglets using caulking as specified.
D. Caulking compound shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
application instructions. Use proper surface primers where necessary.
E. Colour of caulking compound shall be the integral colour of the abutting material.
00099-07620.wpd ,
DIVISION 7
SECTION 07900
SEALANTS Pagel
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
' A. Conform with the requirements of Division 1.
' 1.02 WORK INCLUDED
This Section of the contract includes all caulking and sealant called for or implied by the
drawings and specifications, together with all necessary incidentals whether referred to or
not, as will be required to complete the work to the full intent and meaning of the drawings
and specifications.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
' A. Firestopping and Smoke Seals Section 07270
B. Caulking in Connection with Roof Flashing Section 07620
C. Acoustical Caulking in Connection with Gypsum Board Partitions Section 09100
1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
' A. Sealant and substrate materials to be minimum 5 degrees C.
' B. Should it become necessary to apply sealants below 5 degrees C, consult sealant
manufacturer and follow their recommendations and review with Consultant.
1.05 WARRANTY
' A. Warrant that caulking and sealant work will not leak, crack, crumble, melt, shrink,
run,lose adhesion or stain adjacent surfaces in accordance with General Conditions
clause GC 24. Warranty for caulking and sealants shall be for three years.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
' A. Installation of caulking shall be performed only by workmen thoroughly skilled and
specially trained in the techniques of caulking.
' B. Caulking work shall be carried out in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed
directions.
' 00099-07900.wpd
DIVISION 7 '
SECTION 07900
SEALANTS Page 2
1.07 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Use all means necessary o protect caulking materials before during and after
rY P 9 � 9
installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades.
B. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and relacements necessary '
to the approval of the Consultant and at no additional cost to the Owner.
C. Store all caulking materials and equipment under conditions recommended by its '
manufacturer.
D. Do not use materials stored for a period exceeding the maximum recommended '
shelf-life of the material.
E. Materials shall be delivered to the job in their original containers or wrapping with
the manufacturer's seal and labels intact.
1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS ,
A. Comply with requirements of Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System '
(WHMIS) regarding use, handling, storage, and disposal of hazardous materials,
and regarding labelling and provision of material safety data sheets.
B. Conform to manufacturer's recommended temperatures, relative humidity, and
substrate moisture content for application and curing of sealants including special
conditions governing use.
C. Ventilate area of work as directed by Consultant by use of approved portable supply
and exhaust fans. ,
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS '
A. Primers: Type recommended by sealant manufacturer. '
B. Joint Fillers:
General: Compatible with primers and sealants, outsized 30 to 50%.
Polyethylene, Urethane, Neoprene or Vinyl:
Extruded closed cell foam, Shore A hardness 20, tensile strength 20 psi to
29 psi (140 to 200 kPa).
Sealtight-Etha Foam Backer Rod W. R. Meadows Canada Ltd. '
00099-07900.wpd
1
DIVISION 7
SECTION 07900
SEALANTS Page 3
' 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd)
B. Joint Fillers (Cont'd)
' - Premoulded Joint Filler:
Unifoam R1009 Goodco Limited
C. Sealants:
Vulken 116 Mameco of Canada Limited
Dymeric Tremco Manufacturing Co.
Uniparmastic Parr Industries Limited
' Betaseal Sternson Limited
Colour of Sealants to be selected by Consultant.
' D. Bond Breaker Tape:
' Polyethylene bond breaker tape which will not bond to sealant.
E. Joint Cleaner: Xylol, methylethyleketon or non-corrosive type recommended by
sealant manufacturer and compatible with joint forming materials.
PART 3: EXECUTION
' 3.01 INSPECTION
' A. Inspect conditions and substrates upon which work of this Section is dependent.
Report to Consultant in writing any defects that may jeopardize the performance of
this work. Commencement of work implies acceptance of conditions.
' 3.02 PREPARATION
A. Remove dust, paint, loose mortar and other foreign matter. Ensure joint surfaces
are dry and free of frost.
' B. Remove rust, mill scale and coatings from ferrous metals by wire brush,grinding or
sandblasting.
' C. Remove oil, grease and other coatings from non-ferrous metals with joint cleaner.
D. Do not apply sealants to joint surfaces treated with sealer, curing compound,water
repellent, or other coatings unless tests have been performed to ensure
compatibility of materials. Remove coatings as required.
' 00099-07900.wpd
DIVISION 7 ,
SECTION 07900
SEALANTS Page 4
3.02 PREPARATION (Cont'd)
E. Prepare concrete, masonry glazed and vitreous surfaces to sealant manufacturer's '
instructions.
F. Examine joint sizes and conditions to achieve correct depth ratio 1/2 of joint width
with minimum width and depth of 1/4" (6 mm), maximum width 1" (25 mm).
G. Install joint filler to achieve correct joint depth.
H. Where necessary to prevent staining, mask adjacent surface prior to priming and
caulking.
I. Apply bond breaker tape where required to ensure performance of sealant.
J Prime sides of joints when required to ensure performance of sealant immediately
prior to caulking.
3.03 APPLICATION
A. Apply sealants in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,in continuous beads, ,
to provide watertight joint. Apply sealant using gun with proper size nozzle. Use
sufficient pressure to fill voids and joints solid. Superficial pointing with skin bead '
is not acceptable.
B. Form surface of sealant with full bead, smooth,free from ridges,wrinkles, sags, air '
pockets, embedded impurities. Neatly tool surface to a slight concave joint.
C. Apply sealant to joints between window or door frames to adjacent building
components, around perimeter of every external opening, to control joints in
masonry walls where shown.
i
D. Clean adjacent surfaces immediately and leave work neat and clean. Remove '
excess sealant and droppings using recommended cleaners as work progresses.
Remove masking after tooling of joints.
E. Caulk joints in surfaces to be painted before surfaces are painted. Where surfaces
to be caulked are primed in shop before caulking, check to make sure prime paint
and caulking are compatible. If they are incompatible, inform Consultant and
change caulking to compatible type approved by Consultant.
F. Sealant Locations:
1. Joints between metal or wood frames (both sides) with concrete and
masonry. '
2. Joints at metal frames and resilient flooring.
0009"7900.wpd
' DIVISION 7
SECTION 07900
SEALANTS Page 5
3.03 APPLICATION (Cont'd)
3. Joints in metal frames.
4. Construction and control joints.
' 5. Junction of masonry and other types of partitions.
6. At intersecting masonry wall.
7. Other locations where caulking is required to provide a neat clean junction.
8. Caulk the entire perimeter of all mechanical and electrical material or piping
extending through or occurring in masonry walls.
1 00099-079W.Wpd
DIVISION 8
SECTION 08100
HOLLOW METAL DOORS, SCREENS AND PRESSED METAL FRAMES Page 1
' PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1.
1.02 WORK INCLUDED
This Section of the contract includes all hollow metal doors, screens and pressed metal
frames called for or implied by drawings and specifications, together with all necessary
incidentals whether referred to or not, as will be required to complete the work to the full
intent and meaning of the drawings and specifications. Work includes but is not limited to
' the following:
A. Supply of hollow metal doors.
' B. Supply of pressed metal frames and screens.
' 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Masonry Section 04200
B. Carpentry Section 06100
C. Wood Doors Section 08120
D. Finishing Hardware Section 08710
E. Glass and Glazing Section 08800
' 1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings
' 1. Submit shop drawings in accordance with General Conditions to the
Consultant for approval before fabricating hollow metal doors and frames.
Co-ordinate with the Finish Hardware supplier.
2. Show each type of frame,door size, hardware blanking, reinforcing,tapping
and drilling arrangements, metal gauges,thicknesses and finishes. Submit
door and frame schedule identifying each unit. Each unit shall bear a legible
identifying mark corresponding to that listed in the door and frame schedule.
B. Samples
1. Supply, for Consultant's approval, sample of frame corner showing
construction, workmanship and finish if requested.
00099-08100.wpd
DIVISION 8
SECTION 08100
HOLLOW METAL DOORS, SCREENS AND PRESSED METAL FRAMES Page 2
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Sheet Steel: Cold rolled or hot rolled,commercial quality,stretcher levelled,coated
(galvanized), conforming to ASTM A526-64 light zinc coated (0.50 oz. per sq. ft.)
conforming to ASTM A366-62.
B. Gauges (min. thicknesses):
Thickness (Inches)
Member Galvanized Gauge Uncoated
Frames 0.064 16 0.060
Spreaders 0.052 18 0.048 '
Anchors 0.052 18 0.048
Boxes 0.022 26 0.018
Reinforcement 0.139 10 0.135 '
Door Faces (Interior) 0.052 18 0.048
Stiffeners 0.040 20 0.036
C. Door Fill Interior Doors: Honeycomb core material bearing ULC Label. ,
D. Door Bumpers: Grey or black neoprene, single stud. Glynn Johnson Model No. '
GJ64.
F. Glazing Stops: Minimum 1 mm base thickness sheet steel with W25 wipe zinc '
finish to ASTM A525-80a. Tamperproof screws on exterior doors and frames.
G. Primer (for touch-up): To CGSB 1-GP-181 M.
2.02 FABRICATION
A. Welding '
1. Conform to CSA Standard W59. ,
2. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush. Fill all open joints, seams and
depressions with filler or by continuous brazing orwelding,and grind smooth
to true shape and profile, sand to smooth, true, uniform finish. ,
B. Hardware Requirements
1. Blank, mortise, reinforce, drill and tap doors and frames to receive ,
templated hardware as required. Check hardware lists for requirements.
00099-08100.Wpd
DIVISION 8
SECTION 08100
HOLLOW METAL DOORS, SCREENS AND PRESSED METAL FRAMES Page 3
' 2.02 FABRICATION (Cont'd)
C. Frames
' 1. Fabricate frames to profiles shown fit with rubber bumpers.
2. Mitre corners of frames. Cut frame mitres accurately and weld continuously
on inside of frame.
3. Where site welding or splicing is required due to size of unit, the location of
field joints shall be shown on the shop drawings and strictly adhered to.
4. Protect strike and hinge reinforcements and other openings with metal guard
boxes welded to frame.
5. Fit frames with channel or angle spreaders,two per frame,to ensure proper
frame alignment. Install stiffener plates or spreaders between frame trim
where required, to prevent bending of trim and to maintain alignment when
setting and during construction.
6. Where frames occur in masonry provide an adjustable tee anchor for every
2 ft. of jamb length or as required by U.L.C.to provide the rating of the door.
7. Where frames are to terminate at finished floor level, provide plates for
anchorage to slabs.
' D. Doors
1. Fabricate to present one continuous face free from joints,tool markings and
' abrasions. Assembly by welding.
2. Provide honeycomb core material to fill all voids in doors.
3. Reinforce edges with channel reinforcing. Form seam between faces and
' door edges by tack welding, followed by continuous welding and grinding
smooth. Bevel stiles 1/8".
E. Finishes
1. Doors and frames shall be wipe coat zinc, ready for painting.
PART 3: EXECUTION
' 3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Set frames plumb, square, level and at correct elevation.
B. Secure anchorages and connections to adjacent construction.
C. Brace frames rigidly in position while building-in. Install temporary horizontal wood
spreaders at third points of door opening to maintain frame width. Remove
temporary spreaders after frames are built-in.
1 00099-08100.wpd
DIVISION 8 '
SECTION 08100
HOLLOW METAL DOORS, SCREENS AND PRESSED METAL FRAMES Page 4
3.01 INSTALLATION (Cont'd)
D. Make allowances for deflection to ensure structural loads are not transmitted to r
frames.
E. Install doors and hardware in accordance with templates and manufacturer's
instructions.
F. Modify and prepare existing door frames scheduled to be reused, to suit new door
and hardware.
G. Touch up doors and frames with primer where galvanized finish is damaged during
fabrication and installation.
r
0009"8100.Wpd t
DIVISION 8
SECTION 08710
FINISHING HARDWARE Page 1
' PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
' A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1.
1.02 WORK INCLUDED
A. Supply and installation of all finishing hardware.
B. The supply of the finishing hardware shall include the supply and delivery F.O.B.
Job Site of Finishing Hardware,and the service of a competent mechanic to inspect
the installation of all hardware furnished under this Section and supervise all
adjustment(by trades responsible for fixing)which are necessary to leave hardware
in perfect order. Installation will be by the General Contractor as specified herein.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
' A. Carpentry Section 06100
B. Hollow Metal Doors, Screens and Pressed Metal Frames Section 08100
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit 4 copies of the approved hardware list in accordance with general conditions
to Consultant for approval.
' B. Show each item location type finishes, identifying mark corresponding to the door
schedule.
' C. Hardware list shall be prepared by a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant.
' PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.01 PRODUCT HANDLING BY THE CONTRACTOR
A. Receive the delivery of the Finishing Hardware and identify all items against the
Finishing Hardware Schedule. Advise the finish hardware supplier and Consultant
in writing of errors or omissions.
' B. Store Finishing Hardware in locked room or storage shed. Ensure each hardware
items is accompanied by the correct template,installation instructions,special tools,
fastening devices and other loose items.
' 00099-08710.wpd
DIVISION 8 ,
SECTION 08710
FINISHING HARDWARE Page 2
2.02 SPECIFIED PRODUCTS
A. All hardware shall be supplied asspecified herein.
2.03 REFERENCES '
A. The following manufacturers' product numbers have been used in the preparation
of this schedule.
Butts Hager Hinge Canada Limited '
Locksets and Passage Latches Schlage
Door Closers L.C.N. Closers
Kick Plates, Pulls and Push Plates Hager Hinge Canada Limited
Stops and Bumpers Hager Hinge Canada Limited
2.04 DESCRIPTION OF FINISHES
A. Symbol Finishes
619 (15) Satin Nickel Plated '
626 (26D) Satin Chromium
628 (28) Satin Aluminum '
630 (320) Satin Stainless Steel
689 Aluminum Paint
SRI Special Rust Inhibiting Primer
AEA Extruded Aluminum-Anodized
EA Extruded Aluminum
R Rubber '
PLA Plated
2.05 FASTENERS 1
A. FMS Full Machine Screw
MS Machine Screw '
SMS Sheet Metal Screw
MS/ES Machine screws in expansion shields
SS/ES Steel'stud in expansion shields
FWS Full wood screw
WS Wood screw
LS Lag screw '
STS Self tapping screw
TB Through bolt
0009"8710.wpd ,
DIVISION 8
SECTION 08710
' FINISHING HARDWARE Page 3
' 2.06 HARDWARE LIST
Item No. 1 1 single Door#1 Corridor to Corridor LH
1 - 3070 x 1.75 Hollow Metal Door x Pressed Steel Frame
1 Y2 pair hinges BB1279 x 4%2 x 4 x 619
1 latch set D105 x RHO x ASA x 626
1 wall stop HA1200X x 619
1 closer 4041 x 689
' Item No. 2 1 single Door#2 Corridor 133 to Roof RHR
1 - 3068 x 1.75 Hollow Metal Door x Pressed Steel Frame
Reuse existing hardware.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION BY THE CONTRACTOR
' A. Examination
1. Before installing any hardware, carefully check all architectural drawings of
the work requiring hardware, verify door swings, door and frame materials
and operating conditions, and assure that all hardware will fit the work to
which it is to be attached.
2. Check all shop drawings and frame and door lists affecting hardware type
and installation, and certify to the correctness thereof, or advise the
hardware supplier and Consultant in writing of required revisions.
B. Templates
1. Check the hardware schedule, drawings and specifications, and furnish
promptly to the applicable trades any patterns, templates, template
information and manufacturer's literature required for the proper preparation
for and application of hardware, in ample time to facilitate the progress of
the work.
C. Installation
1. All hardware shall be installed by carpenter, skilled in the application of
architectural hardware. Instruction sheets, details and templates shall be
read and understood before installation.
2. Install all materials as listed in the Finishing Hardware Schedule on the
doors and frames listed. INTERCHANGING OF HARDWARE WILL NOT
BE ALLOWED.
00099-08710.wpd
DIVISION 8 ,
SECTION 08710
FINISHING HARDWARE Page 4 '
3.01 PREPARATION BY THE CONTRACTOR (Cont'd)
3. After installation,templates, installation instructions and details shall be P ut ,
in a file and turned over to the Owner, when building is Substantially
Performed. ,
D. Inspection by Hardware Manufacturer
After installation of all hardware and before building is accepted, the Contractor
shall request the hardware manufacturers of lock and latch sets, panic bolts,
holders and closers to inspect the installation and certify in writing to the Consultant
that the hardware is properly installed and supplied in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations, and finishing hardware schedule.
E. Guarantee
The hardware supplier and the Contractor shall guarantee and warrant through the
Contractor all hardware for a period of 2 years from the date of Substantial ,
Performance of the General Contract,from defects in materials,workmanship and
improper installation.
F. Maintenance Schedule
The hardware supplier shall through the Contractor provide a written maintenance
program for all finish hardware requiring maintenance and the name and address
of the supplier for future repairs and replacement.
r
l
1
0009"8710.wpd ,
DIVISION 9
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM WALLBOARD Page 1
' PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Rough Carpentry Section 06100
B. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Section 08100
' C. Acoustical Ceiling Section 09500
D. Painting Section 09900
' 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Do work in accordance with CSA A82.31-M except where specified otherwise.
B. Do metal framing and furring in accordance with applicable requirements of CSA
' A82.30-M. In standard,delete references to lath and plaster and substitute gypsum
board.
' 1.04 FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with the requirements of General Instructions, Section 01005.
1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING
rA. Use all means necessary to protect gypsum board materials before, during and
after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of other trades
affected by this work.
B. Store materials in a dry area inside the building. Do not remove wrapping until
' ready for use. Prevent damage to all edges and surfaces.
C. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary
to the approval of the Consultant and at no additional cost to the Owner.
i
t
' 00099-09250.wpd
DIVISION 9 '
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM WALLBOARD Page 2
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.01 GYPSUM BOARD ,
A. Plain: To CSA A82.27-M standard for non-rated applications,48"wide x maximum '
practical length, ends square cut, edges tapered with round edge, %2' thick or to
thickness indicated on drawings.
2.02 METAL FURRING AND SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
A. Drywall Furring Channel: Channel shaped furring member for screw attachment of t
drywall with knurled face. For interior use. Furring masonry or concrete surfaces.
Cross furring under steel joist or suspended metal channels in suspended ceiling ,
systems: 2%" x 7/8"with knurled face, hot dip or electro-galvanized sheet steel.
2.03 METAL STUDS '
A. Non-Load-bearing Channel Stud Framing: To ASTM C645-76; to sizes indicated
on drawings; roll formed from minimum 0.5 mm thickness electro-galvanized steel '
sheet; for screw attachment of gypsum board. Knock-out service holes at 18"
centres.
B. Floor and Ceiling Tracks: To ASTM C645-76; in widths to suit stud sizes, 1"flange
height.
C. Metal Channel Stiffener: 2 mm thick cold rolled steel, coated with rust inhibitive ,
coating.
2.04 FASTENINGS AND ADHESIVES ,
A. Drywal(Screws: To CSA A82.31-M1980, self drilling, self tapping, case hardened. ,
B. Stud Adhesive: To CGSB 71-GP-25M.
C. Joint Tape: 2" perforated with preformed seam. ,
D. Laminating Compound: To CSA A82.31-M1980, asbestos-free.
E. Joint Filler and Topping: Casein, vinyl or latex base, slow setting.
F. Tie Wire: 1.63 mm, galvanized, soft annealed, steel wire or clip as recommended ,
by the manufacturer of furring channels.
0009 92sa.wpd '
DIVISION 9
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM WALLBOARD Page 3
2.04 FASTENINGS AND ADHESIVES (Cont'd)
G. Drywall Screws: Number 6 gauge, self drilling, case hardened gypsum board
' screws, length to suit board thickness and provide minimum 12 mm penetration of
screw through metal support.
2.05 ACCESSORIES
A. Casing Beads 'L' and 'J' Type, Corner Beads (Fill Type): 0.5 mm base thickness
I commercial grade sheet steel with G90 zinc finish to ASTM A525-80A; perforated
flanges; one piece length per location.
' B. Polyethylene: To CAN 2-51.33-M80, Type 2, 6 mil polyethylene film and Y-8086
Contractors Sheathing Tape by 3M Canada.
C. Insulating Strip: Rubberized, moisture resistant,%2"thick closed cell neoprene strip,
'/s'wide, with self sticking permanent adhesive on one face; lengths as required.
D. Joint Compound: To CSA A82.31-M1980, asbestos-free.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01 ERECTION OF METAL STUDS
A. Align partition tracks at floor and ceiling and secure at 600 mm o.c. maximum.
Erect metal studding to tolerance of 1:1000.
' B. Place studs at 16"o.c. and not more than 2"from abutting walls, and at each side
of openings and corners. Position studs in tracks at floor and ceiling. Cross brace
' steel studs as required to provide rigid installation to manufacturer's instructions.
C. Attach studs to floor and ceiling track using screws.
' D. Co-ordinate erection of studs with installation of door frames and special supports
or anchorage for work specified in other Sections.
E. Provide two studs extending from floor to ceiling at each side of openings wider than
stud centres specified. Secure studs together,using column clips or other approved
means of fastening.
tF. Erect track at head of door openings and sills of sidelight/window openings to
accommodate intermediate studs. Secure track to studs at each end, in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install intermediate studs above and
below openings in same manner and spacing as wall studs.
I00099-09250.wpd
DIVISION 9 r
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM WALLBOARD Page 4 '
3.01 ERECTION OF METAL STUDS (Cont'd)
G. Install steel studs or furring channel between studs for attaching electrical and other
boxes.
H. Maintain clearance under beams and structural slabs or provide slip connection to
avoid transmission of structural loads to studs and possible damage of studs.
I. Install continuous insulating strips to isolate studs from uninsulated surfaces.
3.02 WALL FURRING '
A. Install wall furring for gypsum board wall finishes in accordance with CSA '
A82.31-M1980, except where specified otherwise and shown on drawings.
B. Frame openings and around built-in equipment, access panels, etc., on four sides.
Extend furring into reveals. Check clearances with equipment suppliers.
C. Furr duct shafts, beams, columns, pipes and exposed services where indicated.
3.03 GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION
A. Do not apply gypsum board until bucks, anchors, blocking, electrical, and
mechanical work are approved.
B. Apply gypsum board at right angles to framing members or furring using screw '
fasteners. Maximum spacing of screws 12" o.c. or in accordance with ULC
standards for fire rated assemblies. Apply type X gypsum board where indicated
to obtain fire ratings as shown on the drawings. ,
C. Apply Y2"diameter bead of acoustic sealant continuously around periphery of each
face of sound insulated partitions to seal gypsum board/structure junction where '
partitions abut fixed building components. Seal full perimeter of cut-outs around
electrical boxes,ducts,and other penetrations in partitions where perimeter sealed
with acoustical sealant.
3.04 ACCESSORIES '
A. Erect accessories straight, plumb or level, rigid and at proper plane. Use full length
pieces where practical. Make joints tight, accurately aligned and rigidly secured.
Mitre and fit corners accurately, free from rough edges.
B. Install casing beads where gypsum board butts against surfaces having no trim
concealing junction and where indicated.
00099-09250.wpd
1
DIVISION 9
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM WALLBOARD Page 5
3.04 ACCESSORIES (Cont'd)
C. Install insulating strips continuously at edges of gypsum board or casing beads
abutting exterior door frames, to provide thermal break.
1
3.05 ACCESS DOORS
rA. Install access doors to electrical and mechanical fixtures specified in respective
Sections.
B. Rigidly secure frames to furring or framing systems, to satisfy fire rating
requirements.
r3.06 TAPING AND FILLING
A. Finish face panel joints and internal angles with joint system consisting of joint
compound,joint tape and taping compound installed according to manufacturer's
directions and feathered out onto panel faces.
rB. Finish corner beads, control joints and trims as required with two coats of joint
compound and one coat of taping compound, feathered out onto panel faces.
rC. Fill screw head depressions with joint and taping compounds to bring flush with
adjacent surface of gypsum board so as to be invisible after painting is completed.
D. Sand lightly to remove burred edges and other imperfections. Avoid sanding
adjacent surface of board.
rE. Completed installation to be smooth, level or plumb, free from waves and other
defects and ready for painting.
r
r
r
r
r
00099-09250.wpd
' DIVISION 9
SECTION 09500
' ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Page 1
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
' A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Gypsum Wallboard Section 09250
' B. Mechanical Division 15
D. Electrical Division 16
i1.03 QUALIFICATIONS
A. The installation of all acoustic ceilings shall be carried out by an Acoustical
Contractor approved by the manufacturer of the acoustical materials and thoroughly
experienced in this work.
' 1.04 SAMPLES
A. Submit duplicate, full size samples of materials to the consultant for approval prior
to commencement of work.
' PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.01 PANELS
A. Acoustic panels shall be glass or mineral fibre with flame spread rating of 25 or less,
and NRC range of 0.65 to 0.75, as manufactured by CGC Interiors.
Panel Type 1: Acoustone Frost, fine texture, 24 x 48 x 3/a square edge.
2.02 SUSPENSION SYSTEM
' A. Suspension System - Interlocking Tee Grid, 15/16" wide formed out of cold rolled
zinc bonded steel, matte white baked enamel finish. "Donn DX Fast-Loc System".
B. Edge Trim 24 gauge,zinc coated, cold rolled steel, "L"type with white matte baked
enamel finish. "Donn M6" or other as recommended by manufacturer.
' C. Hangers galvanized mild steel '/4' dia. rods and 1" x 3/16" flats and #9 gauge
galvanized wire.
' 00089-09500.wpd
DIVISION 9
SECTION 09500
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Page 2
2.02 SUSPENSION SYSTEM (Cont'd)
D. Tie Wire#18 gauge galvanized annealed steel wire.
2.03 SOUND BLANKETS
A. 2-%2' sound blankets as manufactured by Fiberglas Canada Inc.
PART 3: EXECUTION '
3.01 WORKMANSHIP
A. Measure the ceiling area and lay out centre lines, both ways, providing balanced S
borders at room perimeter unless matching existing grid.
B. Establish ceiling elevation by use of a water level or transit. Install the wall mould '
accurately in position to provide correct finished ceiling height.
C. Frame openings for light fixtures or air diffusers and at changes in ceiling heights.
Obtain the weights of the various electric light fixtures and install extra hangers as
required to support these fixtures. Conform to Ontario Hydro regulations.
D. All joints shall be straight in alignment and the exposed surfaces shall be flush and j
level. Edge moulding shall be installed wherever the acoustic ceiling abuts walls,
columns and other vertical surfaces.
E. Where Reflected Ceiling Plans have been provided, the location of diffusers and
light fixtures must conform to the layouts indicated. See Electrical, Mechanical and
Architectural Drawings.
3.02 INSTALLATION: LAY-IN SYSTEM
A. The suspension system shall be installed according to"Specifications for Acoustical
Tile and Lay-In Panel Ceiling Suspension Systems", published by the Acoustical
Materials Association, the Reflected Ceiling Plans, and to the satisfaction of the
Consultant.
B. Install hanger rods at minimum 48" centres both ways suspended from structure ,
above and crimp lower ends at correct height to engage the holes in the main tees.
Hangers must not be more than 5 degrees from vertical.
C. Main tee members may run either the long or short dimension of the room. Starting
at one comer of the room, install the main tees and cross tees. Cut the ends of
tees at the wall mould allowing some space for expansion. Frame up with tees,
openings for light fixtures or air diffusers and at changes in ceiling height.
00099-09500.wpd
DIVISION 9
SECTION 09500
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Page 3
3.02 INSTALLATION: LAY-IN SYSTEM (Cont'd)
' D. The grid layout shall be as indicated on the Drawings.
1 3.03 INSTALLATION: ACOUSTIC PANELS
A. Lay in the acoustic ceiling panels carefully cutting and trimming to provide the
specified layout.
' B. Remove and replace any damaged or marked panels.
C. Install acoustic insulation after panels are installed.
' D. Provide one extra sealed carton of each type of acoustic panel upon completion of
the project for the Owner's use. Identify cartons.
' 000ss-os�oo.�a
DIVISION 9
SECTION 09660
RESILIENT FLOORING Page 1
' PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
' A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1.
' 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Concrete Section 03300
B. Hydraulic Passenger Elevator Section 14241
' 1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Before any resilient flooring materials are delivered to the job site, submit to the
Consultant, a complete list of all materials proposed to be furnished and installed
' under this portion of the Work, stating manufacturer's name and catalogue number
for each item, and product samples in colours specified.
' B. Accompanying the materials list, submit two copies of the manufacturer's current
recommended method of installation for each item.
C. Provide maintenance data for resilient flooring for Operation and Maintenance
Manual specified under Division 1.
' 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Use all means necessary to protect resilient flooring materials before, during and
after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades.
B. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary
to the approval of the Consultant and at no additional cost to the Owner.
' PART 2: PRODUCTS
A. Vinyl composition tile shall be 12" x 12" x '/s" thick, to CSA 126.1-M1984., non
' asbestos, through pattern tile with static load of not less than 75 p.s.i.: Standard
Excelon, Imperial Texture, as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries Inc.
' Colours will be selected by the Architect from full range of manufacturer's
standards.
' 00099-09660.wpd
DIVISION 9 ,
SECTION 09660
RESILIENT FLOORING Page 2
2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) '
B. Base shall be 4"high, top set extruded,fire retardant, homogeneous multi process,
CO-EX90 Nitrite rubber plasticized vinyl, not less than 0.095"thick with preformed
internal and external corners as manufactured by Finercraft Plastics Products. '
Colours will be selected by the Consultant from the manufacturer's standard range
of 80 colors.
C. Primers and Adhesives shall be non-flamable, waterproof, best quality formulated
for the application of the resilient floor coverings and base over sub floor and wall
surfaces as indicated on the drawings and Room Finish Schedules. Primers and
adhesives to be type and brand recommended by the manufacturer of the products
for use with his materials and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
directions. ,
D. Sub-floor filler and leveller shall be white premixed latex compatible with tile
adhesive.
E. Floor Wax shall be as recommended b the resilient flooring manufacturer. '
Y 9
F. Transition strips shall be rubber, as manufactured by Finercraft, with lip to extend
under floor tile with tapered edge.
G. All colours and patterns shall be as selected by the Consultant from the standard '
range of colours and patterns of the selected manufacturer, colours and patterns
will be limited to not more than one per room unless specifically called for and
detailed on drawings. '
PART 3: EXECUTION '
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Prior to all work of this Section,carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades '
and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may
properly commence.
B. Confirm that resilient flooring may be installed in accordance with the original design '
and the manufacturer's recommendations.
C. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Consultant. '
D. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies
have been fully resolved.
00099-09660.wpd
' DIVISION 9
SECTION 09660
' RESILIENT FLOORING Page 3
' 3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install all resilient flooring in strict accordance with the original design and the
manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Do not lay floor coverings and base until all trades, except painter, have completed
their work and just prior to completion of the building.
C. The temperature of room floor surface and material shall be at least 70 deg. F. 24
hours before, during and 24 hours after installation.
D. Fill all cavities, cracks, joints and all other surface imperfections in concrete
substrate with latex fill or other approved subfloor filler in order to produce a
' smooth, flat, hard surface for receipt of resilient flooring. Scrape off all ridges,
droppings, scale and other projections. Clean floor with an industrial vacuum
cleaner. Remove all substance and materials affecting adhesive bond.
' E. Prime concrete floors and apply adhesive uniformly with notched spreaders, at
correct coverage as recommended by the manufacturer. Do not spread more
' adhesive than can be covered before initial set takes place.
F. Roll floor coverings, after laying, with a polished clean roller weighing at least 150
lbs. to ensure uniform adhesion and to remove air pockets.
' G. Where tiles terminate at doorways, or where tiles of different type or colour butt
together the joint shall centre on the door.
H. Provide and install transition strips where resilient floor tiles terminate against a
concrete floor where no applied architectural floor finish is required. Transition strip
' shall be installed below centre of door where a door occurs.
I. Tile shall be laid with all joints square and tightly butted together. Start installation
' from centre of rooms to ensure equal max. size edge tiles. Pattern and direction of
the shall be as directed by the Consultant. Refer to detailed floor layout drawings.
' J. Tile to be laid full depth of closets,toe spaces, recesses, etc. Cut and fit tiles tightly
against openings, breaks, frames, fixtures, columns and other vertical surfaces.
Carry the under all movable fitments.
' K. Install 4" high top set rubber cove base in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations. Apply adhesive to wall surface, not to back of base. Set base
with waterproof adhesive of the type to suit the surface on which the base is to be
' applied. Fit and sandbag the base tightly against wall and floor surfaces. Space
joints uniformly.
00099-09660.wpd
DIVISION 9
SECTION 09660
RESILIENT FLOORING Page 4 '
3.02 INSTALLATION (Cont'd) '
L. Base shall be installed in long lengths with tight, well fitted joints. All corners shall
be formed with preformed internal and external moulded corner sections. Cut and '
fit base tightly against frames, breaks, columns, fixtures, fitments, etc.
M. Install resilient floor tile in elevator cab.
3.03 CLEANING
A. Remove surplus adhesive from resilient floor coverings, carpet and base as the
work progresses.
B. Five days after installation of coverings,clean with cleaner, rinse,dry and apply one '
coat of wax in accordance with flooring manufacturer's recommendations. Protect
with non-staining building paper. ,
C. Immediately prior to final inspection, remove protection, clean, dry or damp mop
floors and apply one additional coat of wax.
3.04 EXTRA STOCK
A. Upon completion of the installation, and as a condition of its acceptance, deliver to '
the Owner one carton of each colour and pattern of floor tiles, installed in this Work,
for the Owner's future use in patching. Label each carton for proper identification. ,
Extra stock to be same production run as materials installed under this section.
00099-09660.wpd '
' DIVISION 9
SECTION 09900
' PAINTING Page 1
' PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
' A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1.
' 1.02 WORK INCLUDED
This Section of the contract includes all painting called for or implied by the drawings and
specifications, together with all necessary incidentals whether referred to or not, as will be
required to complete the work to the full intent and meaning of the drawings and
specifications. The work includes but is not limited to the following:
' A. Paint gypsum board walls, ceilings and bulkheads.
B. Painting of all exposed structural steel.
' C. Painting of miscellaneous metals.
D. Painting of all hollow metal doors and pressed metal frames, including existing.
E. Painting of concrete block walls.
' F. Paint exposed steel lintels.
G. Painting of exposed gas piping.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Gypsum Board Section 09250
' B. Pipe Identification Division 15
1 1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Paint manufacturer colour charts
' .1 Submit five (5) copies of the paint manufacturer's colour charts from which
the Consultant will prepare proposed colour schedules.
' B. Samples
.1 Prepare samples of various finishes for Consultant's approval either on Site
' or by submitting samples, as directed, at least thirty days before materials
are required. Identify each sample as to job, finish, colour name, number,
sheen name and gloss units, date and name of Sub-contractor.
' 00099.09900.wpd
DIVISION 9
SECTION 09900
PAINTING Page 2 '
1.04 SUBMITTALS (Cont'd) '
C. List of Materials
.1 A list of materials proposed for use on the work, prepared by the paint '
manufacturer, shall be submitted in writing to the Consultant for review at
least 30 days before the materials are required. The list shall bear the
manufacturer's official certification that the materials listed thereon are equal
to those specified herein. If products to be used are from various
manufacturers submit a list from each manufacturer.
1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Site in their original containers with labels intact. Notify the '
Consultant in writing that materials are on site and request examination by the
Consultant before labels are broken on the original container. Store in space ,
directed by Consultant. Keep stored materials covered at all times and take all
necessary precautions against fire.
B. Provide CO2 fire extinguisher of minimum 20 lbs. capacity in paint storage area. '
1.06 JOB CONDITIONS '
A. Environmental Temperature
.1 Do not paint or finish in unclean or improperly ventilated areas. Do not paint '
in temperatures lower then 10 degrees C or varnish in temperatures lower
than 18 degrees C.
B. Protection
.1 Provide metal pans or adequate tarpaulin to protect surfaces in areas r
assigned for the storage and mixing of paints.
.2 Use sufficient drop cloths and protective coverings for the full protection of
floors, furnishings and work not being painted. Protect mechanical, ,
electrical and special equipment, hardware, all other components of the
building which do not require painting,from paint spotting and other soiling
during the painting process. ,
.3 Leave above areas clean and free from evidence of occupancy upon
completion of painting.
.4 Protect paint materials from fire and freezing. ,
.5 Keep waste rags in metal drums containing water and remove from building
at end of each working shift.
00099-09900.wo '
' DIVISION 9
SECTION 09900
1 PAINTING Page 3
' PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
' A. General: Use material specified herein.
B. Brand Manufacturer's Name: Pratt and Lambert, unless noted otherwise, is used
to establish a quality basis, except for Special Coatings.
C. Equal products of the following manufacturers will be accepted subject to approval
of List of Materials requested in Item 1.04 Submittals. The Consultant reserves the
right to reject materials which are not equal to the specified material. The
Contractor will be required to supply the specified material for those materials
' rejected at no additional cost to the Owner:
Manufacturer
' Benjamin Moore & Company Ltd. Glidden
Pratt and Lambert Pittsburg Paints
' Sherwin Williams Sico
PART 3: EXECUTION
' 3.01 INSPECTION
A. Condition of Surfaces
.1 Check all surfaces with electric moisture metre and do not proceed if
' reading is higher than 12-15 without written permission from Consultant.
.2 Proceed with work only when surfaces and conditions are satisfactory for
production of a first class job.
' .3 Remove dust, grease, rust and extraneous matter from all surfaces (except
that rust occurring on items specified to be primed under other Sections
shall be removed and work reprimed under those Sections).
3.02 PREPARATION
' A. Concrete and Masonry
1 Test surfaces for alkalinity with pink litmus paper or other recognized
' method.
.2 Where extreme alkalinity occurs, wash surface with 4% solution
tetrapotassium pyrophosphate (5 oz. per gallon of water)where latex base
' paint is to be used and with zinc sulphate solution (3 lb. per gal. water)
where other paint bases are to be used.
00099-09wo.wo
DIVISION 9
SECTION 09900
PAINTING Page 4 ,
3.02 PREPARATION (Cont'd)
B. Metal
.1 Clean unpainted and shop painted metal, remove loose rust and prime bare ,
metal with zinc chromate primer. Feather out edges to make touch-up
patches inconspicuous.
C. Galvanized Surfaces '
.1 Phosphatize galvanized metal surfaces using CGSB 32-GP-116 ,
pretreatment or prime with galvanized metal primer.
D. Woodwork ,
.1 Inspect millwork to assure surfaces are smooth free from machine marks
and that nailheads have been countersunk. Seal all knots and sapwood in
surfaces to receive paint, with a sealer compatible with finish specified. '
.2 Sand smooth all woodwork which is to be finished and clean surfaces free
of dust before applying first coat. In the case of painted woodwork fill nail
holes, splits and scratches with non-shrinking filler after first coat is dry.
When these occur on a surface to receive a transparent finish, use putty
tinted to match local grain condition. Between coats and lightly with No. 00
sand paper and remove dust. '
E. Gypsum Board
.1 Inspect drywall to assure surface as free from marks and blemishes. '
.2 Clean surfaces free of dust before applying first coat.
.3 Inspect surface after prime coat and touch up and re-prime as necessary.
3.03 APPLICATION
A. Finishes and number of coats specified in Finish Schedule are intended to cover '
surfaces completely. If they do not, apply further coats until complete coverage is
achieved as required. '
B. Any areas exhibiting incomplete or unsatisfactory coverage shall have the entire
plane painted. Patching will not be acceptable. ,
C. Spraying will not be allowed without written permission.
D. Arrange to have traffic barred from completed areas wherever possible. ,
E. Apply materials in strict accordance with manufacturer's directions and '
specifications and be familiar with those directions and specifications.
0009M9900.wpd '
DIVISION 9
SECTION 09900
PAINTING Page 5
3.03 APPLICATION (Cont'd)
F. Apply primer-sealer coats by brush or roller method. Permit paint to dry before
applying succeeding coats, tough up suction spots and sand between coats with
No. 00 sand paper.
G. Where two coats of the same paint are to be applied, tint the first coat to
differentiate from the final coat.
H. Apply final coats on smooth surfaces by roller or brush. Hand brush wood surfaces.
I. Paint shall be uniform in sheen, colour and texture,free from brush or roller marks,
sags, runs or other defects.
' J. Work by This Section as Related to Mechanical and Electrical Work
' 1 Finish paint primed mechanical equipment listed hereafter.
a) All exposed gas piping, interior and exterior, new and existing.
b) All exposed ductwork.
1 .2 Paint insulated and bare pipes exposed to view in rooms scheduled to have
painted walls and ceiling or other finished surfaces.
.3 Prime and paint exposed, unfinished electrical raceways, fittings, outlet
boxes,junction boxes, pull boxes and similar items in rooms scheduled to
have painted walls or ceiling or other finished surfaces.
.4 Replace identification markings on mechanical and electrical work when
painted over or spattered.
' .5 Paint work to match adjacent walls and ceilings unless directed otherwise.
.6 Paint interior surfaces of air ducts that are visible through grilles and louvres
with one coat of flat black metal paint to limit of sight line.
.7 Where walls and ceilings are not scheduled to be painted, the work
described above shall be painted a colour selected by the Consultant except
where galvanized or plated.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
' A. Locate testing area in Building to establish standard of workmanship,texture,gloss
and coverage where designated.
' B. Apply samples of all finishes on each type of surface to be coated with correct
material, number of coats, colour, texture and degree of gloss required.
' C. Retain test area until completion of work. Use approved work in test areas as
standard for corresponding work throughout Building. Correct and refinish work
which does not compare with approved finishes.
' 00099-09900.wpd
DIVISION 9 '
SECTION 09900
PAINTING Page 6 '
3.05 FINISH SCHEDULE
A. General
1 In instances where materials specified are not suitable for a particular job '
application or are contrary to manufacturer's recommendations for use on
a particular surface, such condition shall immediately be brought to the
attention of the Consultant for clarification and instructions. ,
.2 Finishes shall match approved samples but Consultant reserves the right to
make reasonable changes to finish specifications to obtain desired results '
without additional cost or obligation of Owner.
.3 Gloss terms shall have following values (ASTM D523-67"Test for Specular ,
Gloss"):
Gloss Term Gloss Value
Flat 5 to 20
Eggshell 20 to 40
Semi-gloss 40 to 60 '
Gloss, medium 60 to 80
Gloss, high 80 to 90
.4 A colour chart giving colour schemes and gloss values for various areas will
be prepared after tendering by Consultant.
.5 Do not paint baked enamel, chrome plated, stainless steel, aluminum or '
other surfaces finished with a final factory finish. All primed surfaces shall
be finish painted under this Section.
B. Schedule of Surfaces and Number of Coats
1 Exterior Schedule '
a) Galvanized Metal:
1 st Coat-Vinyl wash primer 1-GP-121 M
2nd Coat- Steel primer 1-GP-40d
3rd Coat- Exterior enamel 1-GP-59M '
b) Primed Ferrous Metal Surfaces:
1st Coat- Spot priming 1-GP-40d '
2nd Coat- Exterior enamel 1-GP-59M
3rd Coat- Repeat second coat ,
00099-09900.wpd '
r
rDIVISION 9
SECTION 09900
' PAINTING Page 7
r3.05 FINISH SCHEDULE (Cont'd)
.2 Interior Schedule
ra) Galvanized and Zinc coated Metal:
1 st Coat-Vinyl wash primer 1-GP-121 M
2nd Coat- Enamel Undercoat 1-GP-38M
3rd Coat - Semi-gloss enamel 1-GP-57M
' b) Primed Metal Surfaces:
Touch up primer as required.
r 1 st Coat-Alkyd enamel 1-GP-57M
2nd Coat- Repeat first coat
' e) Gypsum Board Walls:
1st Coat- Primer-sealer 1-GP-118M
2nd Coat- Eggshell Alkyd 1-GP-202CP
3rd Coat- Repeat second coat
C. Surfaces: The following surfaces shall be painted/varnished:
r .1 Miscellaneous metals and structural steel.
.2 Exposed steel lintels, guardrails.
r .3 Drywall partitions.
.4 Hollow metal doors, frames and screens.
.5 Exposed mechanical and electrical equipment mounted on the roof including
primed and galvanized surface but not factory pre-finished painted surface.
.6 Exposed mechanical ductwork and bare and insulated pipes.
.7 Exposed mechanical and electrical lines located on wall or ceiling surfaces
to be painted.
.8 Gas piping.
' 3.06 PAINT MANUFACTURER'S INSPECTION REPORTS
A. The Contractor shall arrange to have the paint manufacturer's representative of the
product being used on the project submit written inspection reports to the
Consultant.
1 B. The representative shall visit the site as many times as required to assist the
painting contractor in the proper application of the products to ensure a satisfactory
job.
1
00099-09900.wpd
DIVISION 9 ,
SECTION 09900
PAINTING Page 8 ,
3.06 PAINT MANUFACTURER'S INSPECTION REPORTS (Cont'd) ,
C. In addition to the requirements of 3.06 B the representative shall visit the site and
submit a written inspection report to the Consultant at the following times:
.1 Prior to painting to see that proper surface preparation is carried out.
.2 During each individual coat application including primer stage to see that
there is no detrimental deviation from the manufacturer's specifications and
the requirement specified herein.
.3 At the final completion of painting to ensure a satisfactory job has been ,
obtained.
3.07 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
A. At completion of the project submit three copies of manufacturer's cleaning ,
procedures in regards to each paint product type and gloss finish specified herein
for inclusion into maintenance manuals as specified under Division 1.
00099-09900.wpd
DIVISION 14
SECTION 14241
HYDRAULIC PASSENGER ELEVATORS Page 1
' PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
' A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Concrete Section 03300
C. Masonry Section 04200
D. Miscellaneous Metals Section 05500
E. Resilient Flooring Section 09660
F. Electrical Division 16
1.03 CODES AND REFERENCES
A. ASTM A139 - Electric-Fusion (Arc) Welded Steel Pipe (Sizes 4 in. and over).
' B. ASTM A167-Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate,Sheet and
Strip.
C. ASTM A366 - Steel, Carbon, Cold-Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality.
D. ASTM A446 - Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process,
' Structural (Physical) Quality.
E. ASTM B221 -Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes and Tubes.
F. CAN3-A172 - High Pressure Paper Base, Decorative Laminates.
' G. CAN3-G40.21 - Structural Quality Steels.
H. CAN4-S1 04M - Standard Method for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
I. CSA B44 including Appendix 'E' - Safety Code for Elevators, Dumbwaiters,
' Escalators, and Moving Walks.
J. CSA B44S3 - Supplement to No. 3 to B44-1975.
K. CSA G164M - Hot Dip Galvanizing of Irregularly Shaped Articles.
L. CSA W47.1 - Certification of Companies for Fusion Welding of Steel Structures.
M. CSA W55.3 - Resistance Welding Qualification Code for Fabrication of Structural
Members used in buildings.
' N. CGSB 85-GP-10M - Shop Painting Structural Steel.
O. CGSB 85-GP-16M - Painting Galvanized Steel.
P. CAN/CSA B355-M86.
' 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
' A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing elevator equipment with ten
years minimum documented experience.
' 00099-14241.wpd
DIVISION 14 r
SECTION 14241
HYDRAULIC PASSENGER ELEVATORS Page 2
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE (Cont'd)
B. Design structural components under direct supervision of a Professional Structural '
Engineer experienced in design of the work of this Section and registered in the
Province of Ontario. '
C. Welding: Conform to CSA W47.1 and CSA W53.3.
D. Door and Frame Assemblies: ULC/UL - 1-1/2 hour, Class B label.
1.05 SYSTEM POWER REQUIREMENTS '
A. Elevator system to operate on 208 V, 3 phase, 60 hz service provided by Division '
16.
B. Protect equipment against damage or malfunction due to change, to and from,
normal power supply and emergency power supply. '
C. Include for solid state reduced voltage starting.
1.06 PERMITS, INSPECTIONS TESTS
A. Obtain and pay for all necessary Municipal or Provincial inspections and permits,
and make such tests as called for by the regulations of such authorities. Make tests
in the presence of authorized representatives of such authorities. '
B. Supply Consultant with test certificates.
C. Comply with CAN3-13355-M81. ,
1.07 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with Division 1.
B. Indicate the following minimum information on shop drawings: '
.1 Motor and hydraulic pump, valves, controller; motor generator, selector,
governor and other component locations.
.2 Car, guide rails, buffers and other components in hoist-way.
.3 Rail bracket spacing and maximum loads on guide rails. '
.4 Reactions at points of support.
.5 Weights of principal components.
.6 Top and bottom clearance and over travel of car.
00098-14241.wpd
r
DIVISION 14
SECTION 14241
' HYDRAULIC PASSENGER ELEVATORS Page 3
1.07 SUBMITTALS (Cont'd)
.7 Location of circuit breaker, switchboard panel or disconnect switch, light
switch and feeder extension points.
.8 Locations in hoist-way and machine room of travelling cables and
connections for car light.
.9 Elevator control functions and operational description.
C. Provide product data on the following items:
' .1 Signal and operating fixtures, operating panels, indicators.
.2 Cab design and components.
.3 Doors and frame details.
1
1.08 SAMPLES
' A. Submit samples in accordance with Division 1.
B. Submit manufacturer's standard samples illustrating, cab interior, cab ceiling, cab
door, hoist-way entrance door and frame finishes.
1.09 SPECIAL PROTECTION
A. Protect metal doorways and trim with removable tape or other type of covering and
' maintain such protection until Consultant authorizes removal.
1.10 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Submit operation and maintenance data in accordance with Division 1.
' B. Include description of elevator system's method of operation and control including
motor and pump unit, door operation, signals, emergency power operation, and
rspecial or non-standard features provided.
C. Provide parts catalogues with complete list of equipment replacement parts with
equipment description and identifying numbers.
1 .
1.11 WARRANTY
rA. Provide three (3) months free service to elevator and maintenance from date of
approval by inspectors.
1
00099-14241.wpd
DIVISION 14
SECTION 14241
HYDRAULIC PASSENGER ELEVATORS Page 4 ,
1.11 WARRANTY (Cont'd)
B. The entire elevator and all components to carry a one (1 year warranty.
'
) Y tY.
C. The warranty to include coverage of replacement,at no extra cost of defective parts '
but shall not include the labour costs required to replace the defective part or parts.
PART 2: PRODUCTS ,
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER '
A. Work of this section shall be supplied and installed by Thyssen Dover Elevator,
Toronto, Ontario. '
B. Equivalent products manufactured by the following are acceptable subject to the
Architect's approval:
Montgomery-Kone '
Otis
Schindler
2.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Elevator shall be Dover Oildraulic Passenger - Fleetwood 21 Plan 11 Holeless
elevator. '
B. Characteristics of the elevator as follows:
.1 Capacity 2000 lbs. '
.2 Rated Speed Max. 100 ft/m in both directions while carrying rated
load
.3 Travel Distance 251-911 ±
.4 No. of Stops 3
.5 No. of Openings 3 (2 front/1 back)
.6 Door Type Power operated horizontally sliding car and landing
doors opened and closed automatically
.7 Door Size 3'-0" x 7'-0" (conforming to CSA/CAN3-844-M85
Safety Code for Elevators Appendix E) ,
.8 Car Size 51%Z' x 68" (conforming to CSA/CAN3-B44-M85)
(Clear Inside) Safety Code for Elevators Appendix E)
.9 Elevator shall be custom fabricated to suit dimensions of the existing '
elevator shaft.
r
00099-14241.wpd
DIVISION 14
SECTION 14241
HYDRAULIC PASSENGER ELEVATORS Page 5
' 2.03 MATERIALS
A. Rolled Steel Sections, Shapes, Rods: CAN3-G40.21 M.
' B. Casing: ASTM A139, Grade A steel.
C. Sheet Steel: ASTM A446 Grade B, zinc coated to G90.
D. Stainless Steel: ASTM A167 Type 304, No. 4 finish.
' E. Aluminum: ASTM B221, extruded 6063 alloy with T6 temper.
F. Plywood: CSA 0151 M softwood plywood, exterior grade.
' G. Plastic Laminate: CAN/CSA-A1 72M; colour/pattern as selected from standard
range by Consultant, matte finish.
H. Galvanizing: CSA G164M to 380 gm/sq. m.
' I. Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: CGSB 85-GP-16M.
J. Primer for Plain Steel Surfaces: CGSB 85-GP-10M.
K. Finish Paint for Metal Surfaces: Alkyd enamel, semi-gloss, colour as selected.
2.04 EQUIPMENT
A. Plunger: Accurately ground and polished seamless steel tubes, bottom fitted with
' a heavy steel disc welded in place and provided with a suitable extended edge to
provide a positive stop designed to prevent the plunger from leaving the cylinder.
B. Cylinder machined from steel pipe with a machined flange at upper end and a heavy
steel bulkhead welded in the lower end; provided with a fitting for connecting to oil
line and air bleeder.
' C. Pumping Unit and Motor: Integral design including an electric motor connected to
a pump, a hydraulic control system, a storage tank, necessary flexible piping
connections and a controller compactly designed and mounted on a structural steel
' bedplate as a single self-containing unit.
' 00099-14241.wpd
DIVISION 14 ,
SECTION 14241
HYDRAULIC PASSENGER ELEVATORS Page 6
2.04 EQUIPMENT (Cont'd) ,
D. Hydraulic Control System: Thyssen Dover DMC-1, compact design suitable for
operation under required pressures, having control valve with "up", "down", and
check valve section. Control section, including solenoid valves, will direct main '
valve and control up and down starting,transition from full speed to levelling speed,
up and down stop, pressure relief and manual lowering. Down speed and up and
down levelling will be controlled at main valve sections. Pre-adjust control systems
at factory and make all functions fully adjustable.
E. Automatic Levelling: Provide a self-levelling feature which will automatically bring '
car to floor landings automatically and independent of operating devices. This
device shall also correct for over-travel and under-travel. Maintain car floor within
6 mm level with landing floor irrespective of load. '
F. Piping,Valves, Fittings: Provide piping complete with necessary fittings and valves
(including relief and check valves) with a special control valve designed and
installed to provide positive control of elevator at all times.
G. Supply and fill systems with necessary hydraulic oil of proper grade and quality.
Valves and seals shall be compatible and designed to suit oil. Attach a card to '
pumping unit giving specification of proper oil to be added when needed.
H. Guide Rails and Fastenings: Planed "omega" section guide rails weighting 12.4
kg/m erected plumb, securely fastened to hoist way framing by heavy steel
brackets. Ends of guide rails shall be tongued and grooved,forming matched joints
and connected with steel fishplates. Provide supports as required for guide rail
brackets.
1. Buffers: Provide spring buffers for car and counterweights. '
J. Car.
.1 Platform: All steel construction equipped with aluminum threshold. '
.2 Car Frame fabricated from formed or structural steel members with
adequate bracing.
.3 Car Enclosure: Plastic laminate panels on sides, and back with stainless
steel reveals, bolted together. Front panel to be stainless steel. Provide
fluorescent light mounted above eggcrate ceiling. Provide ventilation.
Provide emergency exit in top of car. '
.4 Car Operating Panel: "Impulse"car station and fixtures complete with large
push button controls and "Emergency Stop" button, mounted at accessible
level for easy operation. Include for cap position indicator located above car ,
station mounted at a 200 angle downward.
.5 Door: Stainless steel, #4 brushed finish.
.6 Handrails: Stainless steel 1 Y2" diameter cylindrical, #4 brushed finish. '
00099-14241.wpd '
i
iDIVISION 14
SECTION 14241
iHYDRAULIC PASSENGER ELEVATORS Page 7
' 2.05 DOORS AND FRAMES
A. Construction: 1/16" stretcher levelled steel or cold rolled steel shapes 11/" thick.
iFinish baked enamel.
B. Hangers: 31/4' polyurethane tired sheaves on polished steel track. Bottom guides
on non-metallic shoes in threshold grooves.
iC. Mechanical Door Edge Protection Device: Microlite (Panaforty Plus) multi beam
door protection extending full height of door.
D. Doors and Frames: Stainless steel, #4 brushed finish.
E. Sills: Aluminum, grooved, anti-slip surface.
2.06 PUMPING UNIT AND CONTROL
A. The pumping unit and control shall be integrally mounted. The control enclosure
shall be mounted on the pump unit frame and be prewired and tested prior to
shipment. Control circuitry to be 'solid state' and located in car control station
enclosure. The pump unit control valve shall be a 'unit' type which includes all
hydraulic control valving inherently. This valve shall incorporate the following
' features:
.1 Up direction acceleration speed adjustment, for a smooth start.
.2 Down direction valve opening speed adjustment,for a smooth start. Smooth
stops, at each landing shall be an inherent feature of the valve.
.3 Other inherent features of the unit valve:
' .1 Adjustable pressure relief valve.
.2 Manually operable down valve to lower lift in the event of an
emergency.
i .3 Pressure gauge, indicating in BARS/psi.
.4 Pressure gauge isolating valve, manually operable.
.5 Gate valve, to isolate cylinder from pump unit.
.6 Adjustable flow control valve to set maximum down direction speed.
.7 Electrical solenoid for down direction control.
The pump unit shall be of the submersible type, for quiet operations.
i
2.07 CAB ENCLOSURE
A. The cab clear platform shall be a minimum 6'-0" x 5'-73/" with enclosed sides at
least 6-8" high. Cab enclosure shall be bolted together to form a rigid, plumb and
isquare assembly to accept Y2' cladboard panels.
' 00099-14241.wpd
i
DIVISION 14 ,
SECTION 14241
HYDRAULIC PASSENGER ELEVATORS Page 8
2.07 CAB ENCLOSURE (Cont'd) '
.1 The cab enclosure shall also incorporate the following as standard features:
1 Emergency lights to automatically operate in the event of a power '
failure.
.2 Audible alarm to operate when STOP button is pressed. Alarm to
remain operational in the event of a failure in the normal building '
power supply.
.3 Telephone compartment complete with hands free auto dial phone.
.4 Terminal limit switches, auto re-levelling assembly and alarm to be '
mounted on the cab sling and be pre-wired to the cab operating
panel wiring enclosure.
.5 Key switch and stop button to be pre-assembled, mounted and
pre-wired to the cab wiring enclosure. '
.6 Pre-wire travelling cable to cab wiring enclosure.
.7 Construct cab platform of steel frame and plywood.
.8 Cab platform and sling to be steel, and securely bolted together
plumb and square.
.9 Bolt all cab components for ease of repair or removal.
.10 Independent servie. '
.11 Cap protective pads and hooks.
2.08 GUIDES AND BRACKETS
A. Securely fasten steel guide brackets to the building structure.
B. Ensure that brackets securely hold the guides in plumb and straight position
regardless of cab loading. '
C. Bolt guides through the hoist way enclosure with back-up plates,washers and nuts.
Alter only with approval of the Consultant.
2.09 JACK UNIT
A. Fasten plunger to cab sling. Use either bolts or pins.
B. Equip cylinder with an oil drain release,an air release,a packing head incorporating
a substantial top collar. Supply piston with steel stop ring, to prevent plunger from
leaving the cylinder.
00099-14241.wpd '
DIVISION 14
SECTION 14241
' HYDRAULIC PASSENGER ELEVATORS Page 9
2.10 FINISHES
A. Structural Metal Surfaces: Clean surfaces of rust, oil or grease; wipe clean with
' solvent, prime two coats.
B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean with neutralizing solvent, prime one coat.
' C. Baked enamel on Steel: Clean and de-grease metal surface;apply one coat of zinc
oxide primer sprayed and baked; two coats of semi-gloss enamel sprayed and
baked; colour as selected.
PART 3: EXECUTION
' 3.01 INSPECTION
A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as
instructed by the manufacturer.
' B. Verify that power supply is available and of the correct characteristics.
C. Verify that hoist way, pit and machine room are ready for work of this Section.
' D. Verify shaft and openings are of correct size and within tolerances.
E. Verify location and size of machine foundation and position of machine foundation
' bolts.
F. Verify that anchoring devices are ready to receive installation of platform lift.
G. Beginning of installation means acceptance of site conditions.
' 3.02 PREPARATION
A. Permanent power will be made available in the elevator Machine Room by Division
16 prior to commencement of the work.
3.03 EXAMINATION
A. Examine work on which work of this Section depends.
' B. Site verify existing elevator shaft dimensions prior to preparation of shop drawings.
C. Do not install work of this Section until work which is to receive it, and conditions,
' are satisfactory.
00099-14241.Wpd
DIVISION 14 '
SECTION 14241
HYDRAULIC PASSENGER ELEVATORS Page 10 '
3.04 INSTALLATION OF CYLINDER AND PUMPING EQUIPMENT
A. Install equipment and cylinder in accordance with reviewed shop drawings. '
B. Securely fasten all equipment in place. '
3.05 GUIDE RAILS AND BRACKETS '
A. Erect guide rails plumb and parallel within maximum deviation of 1/8".
B. Use metal shims only and provide lock washers under all nuts and tapped bolts. ,
C. Compensate for expansion and contraction of guide rails. '
D. Use splice plates and guide rails with contact surfaces accurately machined to form
smooth joints.
E. Provide self-drilling expansion bolt anchors, for support of brackets. Where '
Consultant considers any concrete fastener improperly installed, either replace
fastener or demonstrate stability of fastener by performing on site test under which '
fastener is subjected to four times manufacturer's safe pullout or working load.
3.06 SILLS, FASCIA PLATES. BUFFERS '
A. Erect sills, struts, headers, hanger covers, and unit frames in conjunction with '
erection of rough walls and set in proper relation to car guide rails. Install door
frames before front wall is built. Co-ordinate with Section 04200 - Masonry.
B. Install fascia plates of 16 gauge sheet steel extending from top of hanger to sill
above and not less than 6" wider than clear openings to entrance properly
reinforced and designed to conform to details shown on drawings. Provide all
necessary supports required to secure fascia plate in place. '
C. Install buffers in pit under car supported on structural steel framing.
3.07 TOUCH-UP ,
A. Upon completion,touch-up and restore to new condition, defective factory finished
surfaces.
B. Remove protective coverings and clean exposed surfaces after completion and '
leave in first class condition.
C. Co-ordinate with Section 09650 - Resilient Flooring for installation of flooring in
elevator cab. '
00099-14241.wpd
DES Job No, 00-264 Page 1
'
Clarington Older Adult Centre Mechanical Specifications
Building Upgrades
GENERAL
1. General Requirements
' a) The drawings and specifications are not a detailed set of installation instructions. Drawings
and specifications are complementary to one another and that which is shown on one is as
' binding as that which is shown on both.
b) The Engineer shall be immediately informed of any discrepancies between drawings and
specifications leaving in doubt the true intent of the work.
' c) Assess and be familiar with existing conditions where possible and allow for same in the
tendered price.
d) All work must be done by qualified and/or certified persons in such line of work. Trade
certificates must be submitted prior to commencing work.
' e) All material used shall be new and installed in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
f) It is the responsibility of the Contractor to store and protect materials supplied by this scope.
Materials must be stored in original containers.
' g) The mechanical system shall comply with the requirements of the current edition of the
Ontario Building Code, revisions thereto, the Ontario Plumbing Code, local ordinances,
NFPA, and the Fire Protection Act.
h) The electrical system shall comply with Ontario Electrical Safety Authority.
i) Provide work in accordance with the requirements of all applicable government codes, local
by-laws, underwriter's regulations base building standards, contract documents, and all
' authorities having jurisdiction. Carry out any changes required by the authorities having
jurisdiction without extra expense to the Owner.
j) Submit to the Engineer and Owner, current MSDS Sheets for any products being used on
the job site where they exist.
2. Permits and Fees
a) Apply for, obtain, and pay for all permits, fees, connections, inspections, licenses,
certificates or charges necessary including all provincial tax and G.S.T.
b) Upon completion of project, provide inspection certificates confirming acceptance by all
authorities having jurisdiction for the following disciplines—ductwork, plumbing, gas,
electrical, and fire systems.
3. Drawings and Specifications
a) Supply all labour, equipment, and materials necessary to install a complete and operational
mechanical system described herein and shown on the drawings.
b) It is the intent of these drawings and specifications to provide for a mechanical installation
complete and in operating condition. The responsibility for supplying and installing all
' material necessary to accomplish this, except where specifically noted that such work or
materials is not included, shall be part of this section.
4. Shop Drawings
' a) Prior to ordering of products or delivery of any products to job site, submit at least eight (8)
sets of shop drawings to the Engineer for review and approval. Submit sufficiently in
' advance of construction to allow ample time for checking.
b) Review comments from Engineer. If shop drawings are modified, confirm changes before
proceeding. If shop drawings are not approved, revise and resubmit changes for approval.
DES Job No. 00-264 Page 2
Clarington Older Adult Centre Mechanical Specifications
Building Upgrades '
c) Shop drawing submittals shall include but not be limited to HVAC equipment, fire dampers,
insulation, plumbing fixtures, valves, and fire protection equipment and components
including heads, pipe and fittings.
d) Submittals to contain but not be limited to product data, performance data, and dimensional '
layout.
e) Where applicable include wiring, single line and schematic diagrams.
5. Changes to Original Contract '
a) Changes to original contract shall not proceed until written notification from the Engineer or
Owner's representative. 1
b) All changes shall be broken down showing all itemized costing for materials, labour,
and mark-up separately. Extras will not be approved until such breakdown is
provided. ,
c) Mark-up for work not included in the contract and for which unit, separate, and itemized
prices cannot be applied, shall be applied as follows:
Contractor's own forces 10% ,
Contractor on work of Sub Trades 5%
Sub Trade's own work 10%
6. Record Drawings '
a) Maintain accurate as-built drawings on an on-going basis during construction. Upon
completion of the work, submit to the Engineer for review, one (1) complete set of certified
as-built drawings.
b) Mark final location of all fire dampers and access doors on same for future service
requirements. '
c) Arrange and pay to have as-built markings transferred to AutoCAD computer disk and
submit to Engineer at completion.
d) Insert one (1)final set of in each of three (3) maintenance manuals. '
7. Reports
a) Provide a full startup to the manufacturer's standard startup procedure. ,
b) Submit a startup test sheet certified by the manufacturer or a qualified technician for review
and approval by the Engineer,
c) Verify all safeties.
d) Submit commissioning reports provide by the Engineer for review and approval.
8. Maintenance Manuals ,
a) Provide the Owner with three (3) indexed, hard cover maintenance manuals to local air
balance industry standards containing: '
➢ Description of systems
➢ Stamped approved shop drawings
➢ Maintenance instructions and requirements '
➢ Complete parts list of all systems and components
➢ Balance Reports, Startup Reports, Commissioning Reports
➢ Warranty ,
➢ Certificates of acceptance and approval by reviewing authorities
➢ Copy of permits where applicable
➢ As-built drawings '
DES Job No, 00-264 Page 3
' Clarington Older Adult Centre Mechanical Specifications
Building Upgrades
' b) Submit to the Engineer for review and approval
9. Instruction and Training
' a) Instruct and train the Owner on proper operation of the system.
b) Submit a letter to the Consultant stating that adequate Instruction and Training has been
' completed to the satisfaction of the Owner, signed by both the Owner's and Contractor's
representatives.
' 10.Warranty
a) Provide a one (1) year full parts and labour warranty for the new system from date of
substantial completion.
b) Submit letter on Company letter signed by Company representative stating warranty
including warranty period from date of substantial completion.
' 11.Working Hours
a) Confirm working hours with Owner.
' b) Where work interferes with normal business operations within the building where work is
being done, work shall be done after hours unless approved by the Owner.
DES Job No. 00-264 Page 4
Clarington Older Adult Centre Mechanical Specifications
Building Upgrades ,
SCOPE OF WORK
HVAC
1. Rooftop Unit '
a) New rooftop unit to be provided by Mechanical Contractor c/w Intake Hood,
Condensing Fan Birdscreen, Economizer, Programmable Thermostat, Freezestat, and '
Crankcase Heater.
b) New rooftop unit to be gas fired heating and electric air conditioning.
c) Access doors to have sash locks or other handles approved by Consultant and be c/w '
gasketing to provide complete seal.
d) Hoist new unit into place and install fresh air intake hood.
e) Ensure structural steel supports under new unit have been modified as per requirements on ,
structural drawings.
f) Connect the new supply and return air ducts to new unit with neat transitions or offsets as
required to provide a smooth flow of air. ,
g) Connect existing gas piping to new unit as per specifications c/w ball valve and union.
h) Coordinate installation of rooftop unit with the Owner such that hoisting over building is done
to department of labour standards and Owner's approval. '
i) Set minimum O/A as specified.
j) Disconnect provided and installed by Electrical Contractor.
k) Acceptable Manufacturers: Lennox, Carrier, Keeprite, Trane
1) Alternates must be pre-approved by the Consultant. ,
2. Roof Sleepers
a) Ensure structural steel supports under new unit have been modified as per requirements on ,
structural drawings.
b) Sleepers shall be installed under new rooftop unit as per detail. Installation of sleepers by '
General Contractor. Coordinate with General for exact location.
c) Roofing in of new sleepers by General Contractor.
d) Seal ducts to openings of rooftop unit. Provide caulking and sealing to create weatherproof
fittings.
e) Seal between all building openings and ductwork. Use fire retardant material at fire
separations. '
3. Exhaust Fans
a) Provide new centrifugal in-line exhaust fan for elevator machine room as per schedule and ,
as indicated on drawings. Contractor to provide U-Channel, 3/8" rod and vibration isolation
for mounting.
b) Exhaust fan to operate off of time clock or remote switch as per Owner's instructions.
c) Acceptable Manufacturers: Delhi, Greenheck, Penn
d) Alternates must be pre-approved by the Consultant.
4. Sequence of Operation
a) Rooftop Unit to run continuously during occupied hours and maintain setpoints. '
b) Rooftop Unit to run as required during unoccupied hours to maintain setpoints.
c) Use free cooling if outdoor air temperature will satisfy space setpoints.
d) Centrifugal In-line Fans to run continuously during occupied modes. '
DES Job No. 00-264 Page 5
' Clarington Older Adult Centre Mechanical Specifications
Building Upgrades
' e) All setpoints and occupied hours to be verified with Owner.
5. Identification
' a) Identify all new equipment with lamacoid nameplates.
b) Wording on nameplates to be approved by the Engineer prior to manufacture.
' 6. Air Outlets
a) Supply and install new air outlets as per schedule and drawings.
b) Air outlets mounted on gyprock shall be c/w border for mounting.
c) Supply diffusers shall not contain integral balance dampers. Balance dampers must be
installed in branch duct runs to diffusers.
7. Gas Piping
a) Tie into existing gas service at main. Verify existing ball valve is fully operational.
b) Extend new gas piping to the new rooftop unit c/w union and final connection to new unit.
c) Provide a CGA approved ball valve or reuse existing where new equipment is to be
connected.
d) Core drill and provide sleeves for all gas piping passing through walls/floor slab, caulk
around piping and fill space between piping and wall/floor slab with approved fire retardant
' material to maintain required fire rating where necessary in accordance with CGA code CAN
1-13149.
e) Provide unistrut type support brackets as distributed by Hilti where gas pipe is attached to a
' wall floor or ceiling.
f) Provide sleepers for gas piping on roof as per detail drawing.
g) All gas piping installations shall comply with CGA code CAN 1-8149, gas safety branch
bulletins, local codes and NFPA 96.
' h) Gas piping for low pressure shall be black steel schedule 40, complete with screwed fittings
and valves up to 2" and welded fittings and valves 2'/" and over. Concealed gas piping shall
be of welded construction.
' i) Label "gas" in black on yellow c/w flow arrows in accordance with CGA code CAN 1-
B149. Outside piping and supports to be painted with 2 coats of weatherproof paint to
match building colour.
j) Coordinate all installations and piping locations with owner to avoid conflicts with other
services and to preserve structural integrity.
k) Provide a 1 hour test of all gas piping up to 11" pressure.
1) Conduct a 24 hour chart test at 50 psi of all gas piping systems over 11" pressure.
14. Flashing
' a) Where gas pipes pass through the roof they shall be equipped with aluminum flashing
jacket.
b) Caulk watertight or install flashing caps.
' c) Where possible use existing roof penetrations.
d) Roofing by others.
DES Job No. 00-264
Page 6
Clarington Older Adult Centre Mechanical Specifications
Building Upgrades '
15. Ductwork '
a) Provide ductwork as recommended and specified in the latest revision of the Sheet Metal
and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association incorporated (SMACNA).
b) Sheet metal shall be best quality lockforming galvanized sheet metal. Galvanizing shall be '
to ASTM A525 (G90), having a thickness of 0.054 mm and weighing not less than 0.31
kg/M2 on each surface.
c) Provide instrument test ports in ducts for Pito tube insertion with cam-action handle, ,
moulded neoprene gasket and expansion plug, zinc coated steel construction, etc.
d) Provide flexible connections at fans and units with UL approved fabric of 150mm minimum
width and weighing not less than 0.8136 kg/m2. '
e) Provide turning vanes in ductwork rectangular elbows of steel construction complete with
supports, fastenings, etc., and prime coat finish.
f) Exposed ductwork is unacceptable unless approved by the Engineer or Owner.
16. Duct Sealing
a) Seal all NEW ducts, and EXISTING to be reused, with durodyne duct sealer to provide '
maximum 5% air leakage throughout.
17. Flexible Duct Installation '
a) Install in accordance with CAN/ULC-S110.
b) Maximum length of flexible duct is 3m (10 feet).
c) Provide spin-on collar on rigid ductwork at tie-in locations for flexible duct.
d) All flexible duct connections c/w three (3) mechanical fasteners and duct tape.
18. Insulation '
a) Supply and install 25mm (1") fibrous glass insulation with factory applied reinforced
aluminum foil vapour barrier where specified.
b) Insulate new supply and return air duct in shaft and elevator machine room.
c) Insulate new exhaust duct 1.5m (5') back from outside wail. '
d) Supply and install 25mm (1") acoustic insulation on first 5' of new supply and return duct for
new rooftop unit. Acoustic insulation to be fiberglass coated to prevent fibre erosion.
19.Access Doors in Ductwork '
a) Access doors shall be installed in ductwork to gain access to fire dampers, control dampers,
and all other equipment requiring access for adjustments and/or maintenance.
b) Access doors shall be complete with two (2) locking latches and a safety chain securely
fastened to door and another permanent feature—do not penetrate ductwork.
c) Provide fire rated doors where necessary to maintain fire rating of all areas as required. ,
20.Access Panels (Doors) in Building Structure
a) Access panels shall be installed at all general locations and equipment requiring ,
adjustments and/or maintenance. Access panels in building structure shall be supplied and
installed by others unless otherwise noted. Coordinate exact location with others. '
b) Access panels shall be Ecuador or equivalent with concealed hinges and screwdriver
locking device.
c) Provide fire rated panels where necessary to maintain fire rating of all areas as required. '
DES Job No, 00-264 Page 7
Clarington Older Adult Centre Mechanical Specifications
Building Upgrades
21. Fire Separations
a) Provide fire dampers in ductwork in all locations where they pass through fire separations.
b) Caulk around all piping and ductwork with approved fire retardant material to maintain fire
rating.
' c) Provide written verification that all duct penetrations of fire rated assemblies have been
installed to maintain the integrity of the fire separation in accordance with the Ontario
Building Code.
22. Balance Dampers
a) Install in accordance with recommendations of SMACNA and in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
b) For supply, return and exhaust systems, balancing dampers are to be installed and located
in each branch duct close to the take-off.
1 c) Each duct feeding a grille, register, or diffuser to have balancing damper located as close as
possible to main ducts.
d) Install splitter damper blade, pivot and control rod in rigid manner to prevent vibration.
' 23. Cutting, Coring & Patching
' a) All cutting, coring, and patching by General Contractor.
b) Take care not to damage existing areas. Any patching required due to unnecessary
damage and not directly related to new installation is the responsibility of the Mechanical
Contractor.
c) New bulkheads are by others.
24.Testing, Balancing, Adjusting and Commissioning
' a) Perform testing, balancing, and commissioning of new system.
b) Obtain the services of an independent balancing company acceptable to the Engineer, to
' test, balance, and adjust the air to provide a slight positive pressure. Suggest Envirotech
Systems Balancing —(905) 372-4552.
c) Set minimum position on economizer for new rooftop unit as per schedule.
' d) The air balance shall be in accordance with the requirements of the drawings and AABC
standards.
e) Mark the final balance position on all balancing dampers and valves.
f) Submit three (3) copies of the balance report to the Engineer for review.
g) Commissioning shall include putting into service, adjusting, calibrating, and verifying new
system.
' h) Submit completed commissioning reports for all equipment. Blank forms provided by the
Engineer.
i) Verify that all equipment is labeled with lamecoid nameplates as specified.
j) Provide a final set of as-built drawings showing the final location of all balance dampers and
' access to same.
k) Verify system operation in the presence of the Engineer. Items not satisfactory to the
Engineer shall be changed to suit specifications, code, and good workmanship without
expense to the Owner.
DES Job No. 00-264 '
Page 8
Clarington Older Adult Centre Mechanical Specifications
Building Upgrades ,
25.Wiring and Controls '
a) All power wiring and rooftop unit disconnect by Electrical Contractor.
b) All control wiring by Mechanical Contractor.
c) Supply and install control wiring from new units to new programmable thermostats in a neat ,
workmanlike manner.
d) All outdoor exposed control wiring to be run in liquid tight.
e) All wiring in concealed areas or exposed in unfinished areas to be run in conduit. ,
f) Indoor exposed wiring in finished areas is not acceptable unless approved by the Consultant
or Owner. If approved, all indoor exposed control wiring in finished areas to be run in EMT
or wire mold. '
g) All wiring to be approved for use in ceiling spaces used as return air plenums where such
occurs.
h) Replace all existing control wiring to meet specifications 24 c) to g) where is does not '
currently match such specifications.
i) All wiring to meet Ontario Hydro Codes.
26. Ceiling Tiles ,
a) Remove existing ceiling tiles in the area of work.
b) Take care not to damage T-Bar grid. '
c) Repair grid where damaged.
d) Replace all ceiling tiles after work is complete.
e) Replace any damaged tiles as required to match existing. ,
' DES Job No. 00-264
Page 7
Clarington Older Adult Centre Electrical Specifications
' Building Upgrades
GENERAL
1. General Requirements
a) The drawings and specifications are not a detailed set of installation instructions. Drawings
and specifications are complementary to one another and that which is shown on one is as
' binding as that which is shown on both.
b) The Engineer shall be immediately informed of any discrepancies between drawings and
specifications leaving in doubt the true intent of the work.
c) Assess and be familiar with existing conditions where possible and allow for same in the
' tendered price.
d) All work must be done by qualified and/or certified persons in such line of work. Trade
certificates must be submitted prior to commencing work.
' e) All material used shall be new and installed in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
f) It is the responsibility of the Contractor to store and protect materials supplied by this scope.
Materials must be stored in original containers.
' g) The mechanical system shall comply with the requirements of the current edition of the
Ontario Building Code, revisions thereto, the Ontario Plumbing Code, local ordinances,
NFPA, and the Fire Protection Act.
' h) The electrical system shall comply with Ontario Electrical Safety Authority.
i) Provide work in accordance with the requirements of all applicable government codes, local
by-laws, underwriter's regulations base building standards, contract documents, and all
authorities having jurisdiction. Carry out any changes required by the authorities having
jurisdiction without extra expense to the Owner.
j) Submit to the Engineer and Owner, current MSDS Sheets for any products being used on
the job site where they exist.
' 2. Permits and Fees
' a) Apply for, obtain, and pay for all permits, fees, connections, inspections, licenses,
certificates or charges necessary including all provincial tax and G.S.T.
b) Upon completion of project, provide inspection certificates confirming acceptance by all
authorities having jurisdiction for the following disciplines—ductwork, plumbing, gas,
electrical, and fire systems.
3. Drawings and Specifications
a) Supply all labour, equipment, and materials necessary to install a complete and operational
' mechanical system described herein and shown on the drawings.
b) It is the intent of these drawings and specifications to provide for a mechanical installation
complete and in operating condition. The responsibility for supplying and installing all
' material necessary to accomplish this, except where specifically noted that such work or
materials is not included, shall be part of this section.
4. Shop Drawings
' a) Prior to ordering of products or delivery of any products to job site, submit at least eight (8)
sets of shop drawings to the Engineer for review and approval. Submit sufficiently in
' advance of construction to allow ample time for checking.
b) Review comments from Engineer. If shop drawings are modified, confirm changes before
proceeding. If shop drawings are not approved, revise and resubmit changes for approval.
DES Job No. 00-264 Page 2 ,
Clarington Older Adult Centre Electrical Specifications
Building Upgrades ,
c) Shop drawing submittals shall include but not be limited to HVAC equipment, fire dampers, '
insulation, plumbing fixtures, valves, and fire protection equipment and components
including heads, pipe and fittings.
d) Submittals to contain but not be limited to product data, performance data, and dimensional
layout.
e) Where applicable include wiring, single line and schematic diagrams.
5. Changes to Original Contract '
a) Changes to original contract shall not proceed until written notification from the Engineer or
Owner's representative. ,
b) All changes shall be broken down showing all itemized costing for materials, labour,
and mark-up separately. Extras will not be approved until such breakdown is
provided. '
c) Mark-up for work not included in the contract and for which unit, separate, and itemized
prices cannot be applied, shall be applied as follows:
Contractor's own forces 10% '
Contractor on work of Sub Trades 5%
Sub Trade's own work 10%
6. Record Drawings '
a) Maintain accurate as-built drawings on an on-going basis during construction. Upon
completion of the work, submit to the Engineer for review, one (1) complete set of certified ,
as-built drawings.
b) Mark final location of all fire dampers and access doors on same for future service
requirements. '
c) Arrange and pay to have as-built markings transferred to AutoCAD computer disk and
submit to Engineer at completion.
d) Insert one (1) final set of in each of three (3) maintenance manuals. '
7. Reports
a) Provide a full startup to the manufacturer's standard startup procedure.
b) Submit a startup test sheet certified by the manufacturer or a qualified technician for review
and approval by the Engineer. ,
c) Verify all safeties.
d) Submit commissioning reports provide by the Engineer for review and approval.
8. Maintenance Manuals ,
a) Provide the Owner with three (3) indexed, hard cover maintenance manuals to local air
balance industry standards containing:
➢ Description of systems
➢ Stamped approved shop drawings
➢ Maintenance instructions and requirements
➢ Complete parts list of all systems and components
➢ Balance Reports, Startup Reports, Commissioning Reports
➢ Warranty '
➢ Certificates of acceptance and approval by reviewing authorities
➢ Copy of permits where applicable
➢ As-built drawings '
' DES Job No. 00-264
Page 3
' Clarington Older Adult Centre Electrical Specifications
Building Upgrades
b) Submit to the Engineer for review and approval.
9. Instruction and Training
' a) Instruct and train the Owner on proper operation of the system.
b) Submit a letter to the Consultant stating that adequate Instruction and Training has been
' completed to the satisfaction of the Owner, signed by both the Owner's and Contractor's
representatives.
' 10.Warranty
a) Provide a one (1) year full parts and labour warranty for the new system from date of
substantial completion.
' b) Submit letter on Company letter signed by Company representative stating warranty
including warranty period from date of substantial completion.
11.Working Hours
a) Confirm working hours with Owner.
' b) Where work interferes with normal business operations within the building where work is
being done, work shall be done after hours unless approved by the Owner.
r
DES Job No. 00-264 Page 4
Clarington Older Adult Centre Electrical Specifications
Building Upgrades ,
SCOPE OF WORK
1. Requirements for Mechanical Equipment
a) All power wiring by Electrical Contractor. All control wiring by Mechanical Contractor. '
b) Provide new raintight, EEMAC rated, CSA approved, lockable disconnect switch for new
rooftop unit.
c) Provide new disconnect off existing 600 amp splitter in Electrical Room for new rooftop unit
and run new wiring to new rooftop unit disconnect and run into the unit. Refer to drawings.
d) Provide new fused cartridge style disconnect switches for new elevator service as required
and as per plans.
e) Provide new panel c/w thermal circuit breaker for elevator and circuit breaker for elevator
lighting and run new wiring to new elevator disconnect switches.
f) Provide new disconnect off existing splitter in Electrical Room for new exhaust fan and run '
new wiring to exhaust fan. Refer to drawings.
2. Other Equipment and Components Including Lights '
a) Provide new lights and components as per drawings and schedules.
b) Tie all new components including lighting, and exit lights into existing circuits where
possible. Provide new circuit from existing panel where required.
c) Component and equipment locations shown on the drawings are approximate. Confirm with
site conditions and other Contractors prior to rough-in and final installation.
d) Maintain lighting locations as indicated on drawings where possible. Notify Engineer of any ,
conflicts with other services.
3. Installation of Conduit and Electrical Equipment '
a) All wiring shall be run in conduit. Last S to equipment tie-ins can be BX only.
b) Conduit shall be EMT steel or rigid galvanized steel except where specified otherwise. '
c) Rigid PVC conduit and fittings shall be used and are only acceptable for connections to
outdoor equipment.
d) "Sealtite"flexible conduit with ground wire, PVC jacket, and raintight connectors shall be
used for connection to motors, firestats, freezestats, solenoids, and outdoor equipment.
e) All new wiring to be concealed and to run in straight lines, parallel or perpendicular to
building grid or column lines. Install wiring continuously within raceways.
f) Do not support electrical equipment or wiring from ductwork, piping, etc. Support
independently with approved corrosion resistant hangers and fasteners to building structural
members. Perforated flat metal straps are not acceptable.
g) Lead anchors, toggle bolts, or expansion bolts shall be used to attach clamps, clips, etc. to ,
masonry walls. The use of powder activated fasteners will not be permitted.
h) Maintain isolation between electrical wiring and ductwork, etc. to prevent galvanic corrosion.
Conduits shall be installed with minimum 75mm clearance of all hot pipes, flues, etc. ,
i) EMT connectors and couplings in dry areas, partitions, and walls shall be steel set screw
type. Those used outdoors or in damp areas shall be raintight.
j) Each sensor, pressure switch, control device, and /or other outlet shall be provided with a '
suitable outlet box, each approved for the particular area in which it is to be installed.
DES Job No. 00-264
Page 5
Clarington Older Adult Centre Electrical Specifications
Building Upgrades
4. Identification
a) Identify all disconnects, panels, and breakers with lamacoid nameplates for each new feed.
' b) Nameplates for outdoor equipment shall be manufactured to withstand seasonal outdoor
weather conditions.
c) Wording on nameplates to be approved by the Engineer prior to manufacture.
d) Identify all wiring at termination points with wire markers.
5. Mounting Heights
a) Mounting heights shall be as follows unless otherwise indicated or instructed:
Lighting Switches 1200 mm
Wall Receptacles 400 mm
Fire Alarm Pull Stations 1200 mm
Fire Alarm Signal Devices 1800 mm
Thermostats 1500 mm
' Exit Lights 2190 mm
b) Contact Engineer if heights conflict with structural.
' 6. Cutting & Patching
a) All cutting, coring, and patching by General Contractor. Coordinate exact locations with
General.
b) Take care not to damage existing areas. Any patching required due to unnecessary
damage and not directly related to new installation is the responsibility of the Electrical
Contractor.
7. Commissioning Startup& Reports
a) Check rotation of all motors and revise as required for proper operation of equipment.
b) Verify proper connection of power wiring to terminals and equipment.
c) Verify proper connection to new panels including power supply, transformer voltage, and
' fuse size.
d) Verify all wiring has attached labels and confirm wiring information on as-built drawings.
e) Verify existing fire alarm and heat detector systems after addition of new devices.
f) Verify that all equipment is labeled with lamecoid nameplates as specified.
g) Verify system operation in the presence of the Engineer. Items not satisfactory to the
Engineer shall be changed to suit specifications, code, and good workmanship without
expense to the Owner.
T17. CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
BY-LAW 2000- 185
Being a By-law to authorize a contract between th
Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington and Gerr
Construction, Bowmanviile, Ontario, to enter into an
agreement for the Elevator Installation at the Clarington
Beech Centre.
THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON HEREBY ENACTS
AS FOLLOWS:
�. THAT the Mayor and Clerk are hereby authorized to execute, on behalf of the
Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington with the Corporation Seal, a contract
between Gerr Construction, Bowmanville, Ontario, and said Corporation; and
2. THAT the contract attached hereto as Schedule "A"form part of this By-law.
By-law read a first and second time this 16th day of October, 2000
By-law read a third time and finally passed this 16th day of October, 2000
mayor
lerk
DN:exd-0025 "01J-AN" PC1 3°37:41
THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF
CLARINGTON
To: Marie Knight Stanley, C.M.O., CMM11, Deputy Clerk
From: Lou Ann Birkett, C.P.P., A.M.C.T., Purchasing Manager
Date: January 10, 2001
RE: EXECUTION OF TENDER CL2000-26
CLARINGTON BEECH CENTRE
26 BEECH AVE., BOWMANVILLE
Please find enclosed one (1) fully executed contract document for the above
noted tender.
Thank you for your interest in this matter.
Yours truly,
Lou Ann Birkett, C.P.P., A.M.C.T.
Purchasing Manager
LAB*km
Encl. a��r Ids
New Elevator Installation, Clarington Beech Centre
Municipality of Clarington, 26 Beech Avenue, Bowmanville
Tender No. CL2000-25
CONTRACT DRAWINGS
OWNER CONTRACTOR
GERR CONSTRUCTION UMM
name of a name of ow r
WITNESS WITNESS
signatur6 signat re /
r
name d title o person ing name a�d title of person signing /I�'/nr �`---�,/-•�
si g na si g nature signature S 9 nature
name and title of person signing name and title of person signing name and title of person signing name and title of person signing
00099 Drawings tpg.wpd
CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK AND VERIFY
EWORK EXIST DUCTWORK ALL DIMENSIONS AT THE SITE
I AND WATER LINES TO SUIT
NEW FLOOR ABOVE I
O� 131 — RECEIVIN GARBAGE
2
A401 RM — — —
PROVIDE ALL SHORING AS I I STOR
NECESSARY TO COMPLETE EXIST 1HR FlRE
A — — — THE WORK RATED ASSEMBLY
NO. ISSUES DATE BY
I - - - - - - I I CORRIDOR I I i
L- - - - - - L - -I- - - - - - - - - - A -
- IXISTCONC. I 1 ISSUED FOR TENDER AUG 0 B.S.S.
BLOCK WALL TO 1
- - -- ��i - - - - - - ; – - - - – U/S ROOF JOISTS
(CONTRACTOR TO I I
I H CONFIRM) —-
- -�H r - -
OE EXISTING ROOF IXI� HvAC 8 to 1 I ;� �ISHRM
A401 i ELEV ( LUNCH RM 10
F 1 -1 L ___� I
CORRIDOR RECEPTION
/REINSTALL G CEILING AS
ROOF JOISTS ACCESS AIR -
�- 1 I 2 A
EXISTING ROOF ❑ ❑ — I A301
1 CORRIDOR
EXIST HVAC
UNIT CONSTRUCTION E
AREA LIMITS
��- - - - - - - - - - - - -�� — F
AREA PLAN FIRST FLOOR
Z14(1 - - - - - - - - Fx p
1/8"-1'-0"
- - - - - — G
NEW UNIT HVAC—=j� 4, � I ^ EXISTING ROOF BELOW
REMOVE EXIST ROOF JOISTS AND ROOF MEMBRANE COMPLETELY I
AND PROVIDE FLOOR TO MATCH EXIST CORRIDOR Q BELOW
�`r � K
DTI NG ROOF I I ADDITION MX0n 10
I I I I I 2 3 REMOVE EXIST STL I
[ A401 A401 9 SIDING AND CONTINUE I
I I CORRIDOR WALL TO
— —
REMOVE SHAFT WITH 3/IDIN A501 ELEVATOR SHAFT
- — — — — — — RESILIENT CHANNELS 0 27'-6 1/4' +/ EXISTING CAVITY N
16 C/C AND COVER WITH — �VAEL-0ONSTRIdCT19N-
I I I I 1/2- GYP. BD.
I
I I I 1 1 I I
I I I RELOCATE EXIST Ina \ 1 18'-0"
2 4 I I I PAVERS LS m �� SC1
VCT TO MATCH = i REMOVE EXIST WALL
EXIST CORRIDOR i U – COMPLETELY. REPLACE CORRIDOR
I– — — 8 — — 1 WITH NEW PARTITION
\ / 9 10 11 12 A501 _ AND DOOR NO. REVISIONS DATE BY
REMOVE EXIST
BARRY • BRYAN
I I O N ODPENING TO W EXIST DUCT SHAFT
1 I
ELEV W� Roo MATCH EXIST I ASSOCIATES ( 199 1 ) LIMITED
STORAGE FINISHED FLOOR
I
I —--J I \ ELEVATION: ARCHITECTS ENGINEERS PROJECT MANAGERS
Irzzz
I HALL 381.25' Telephone (905) 666-5252 HR FIRE
EXIST RATED 1ASSEMBLY I I I
OVERALL ROOF PLAN - - -4"
-
ELOCATED
1/2' DOWNPIPE
! 3 2'-3" NURSERY SCHOOL
A301
71
2 NOTE: CRAWLSPACES POSSIBLY CONTAIN AREA PLAN SECOND FLOOR
f
1 A401 ASBESTOS. DO NOT ACCESS .WITHOUT
A301 OWNER'S PERMISSION -0" DETAIL z
NUMBER
EXIST HVAC DETAIL OR
— — 1 EXISTING ROOF ADDITION BX1 TNVO y
BELOW REFERENCE mr� ,
DRAWING N0. %�
nomrm
— — — — � EXIST GAS PIPING � 00004
EXIST MACHINEI ROOM I 2 3
I ELEV I 1 A401 SCUPPER A401
CUT OPENINGS IN EXIST EXIST 1 HR FIRE �. LI...AA — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — P R 0 J E C T:
WALLS FOR NEW DUCTWORK AND RATED ASSEMBLY I R4i/1 GAS-GAS-GAS- A -GAS GAS-CAS-GA -GAS-GAS-GAS- AS-GAS-GAS-CAS-GAS FIREDAMPERS.ING SEAL OPENINGS WITH I I f' BOILER RM CUT FlRESrOPPING TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING —— –— I I MAKBACK OOD EXISTING I - - _ NEW ELEVATOR
-------- ------------ ---------- -- _______-____________ _________
—— ( LOWER ROOF R� TE EXIST N I I ;,—CRICKETS PIPE
_ - - CL
INSTALLATION
EXIST SUMP CRAWLSPACE 1 =_______ ---
PROVIDE FLASHING
PR UNDER"EXIST ROOF CLARINGTON BEECH CENTRE
EXIST 1HR RATED EN'S
ELEC RM -- , o MIN. 8 1 I / — — — — _ _ _
PARTITION — — — — — — — —
WASHROOM c 1 26 BEECH AVENUE
`4 \ A501 BOWMANVILLE ONTARIO
ACTIVITY ROOM ACTIVITY ROOM 5— __----- - ---- w 1 EXISTING WALL
y N / A401 BELOW
/ REPOINT AND REPAIR
EXISTING CHIMNEY DRAWING:
UP REMOVE.SIDING ROOF CAP FROM
UNIT HVAC EXIST OPEN I
ING ELEVATOR SHAFT.
ELEC. PANELS FOR DUCTWORK INSTALL ELEVATOR EXISTING ROOF -7 PLANS
AS PER DIVISION
A501 PROVIDE NEW I 14 AND INSTALL
SCUPPER AT NEW NEW ROOF AS PER
RUOF HEIGHT I DETAILS. PROVIDE FLASHING
UP REMOVE, MODIFY AND REINSTALL PAINT ALL NEW EXPOSED C/W WITH RAINWATER I AT EXISTING ROOF
EXISTING CEILINGS AS
CONDUIT cns— EXIST WAC LEADER TO LOWER
NECESSARY FOR NEW CRAWL SPACE STORAGE ROOF
DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION I 2424 SPLASHPAD
DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY:
NOTE: PROVIDE ALL TEMPORARY WEATHERPROOF C.D.S. B.S.S.
ENCLOSURES TO PROTECT EXISTING BUILDING DATE: SCALE: D1
INTERIORS DURING CONSTRUCTION JUN 2000 AS SHOWN
PROJECT NO: DRAWING NO:
i
AREA PLAN BASEMENT AREA PLAN ROOF 00099
A201
I
i
CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK AND VERIFY
ALL DIMENSIONS AT THE SITE
8'-7- NOTE: 1. CONTRACTOR TO INSPECT EXISTING
PARTITION TYPES X PIT AND SHAFT, REMOVE ALL DEBRIS,
WATER ETC. PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT.
T-4" 2. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS
7 1/Z' 7 1/2- OF ELEVATOR SHAFT AND PIT
EXIST 1 HR FlRE
WALL TYPE RATED ASSEMBLY
P1
1/2- GYPSUM BDARD
BOTH SIDES OF 3 518'
METAL STUDS AT 16 O.C. H
N0. ISSUES DATE BY
DUCT SHAFT ( . ( 1 ISSUED FOR TENDER 3 UOGO B.S.S.
ABOVE I'
EXIST PIT
EXIBTINO ADDITION ACCESS LADDER I I EXIST ELEV M
SHAFT °°
PREFlN MTL FLASHING I ( `
EXISTING ASPHALT TILE ROOFING PROVIDE CRICKET EXIST PIT SE
BETWEEN ELEVATOR 3 MECHANICAL I
8 HAFT AND MAIN ROOF I!? 1
6
- -- PROVIDE N SHORING OR
4 5
——— ——— — — — ——
TEMPORARY LINTEL UNTIL
SUCH TIME AS MASONRY
Q _1T10 I s0wr - METAL
PREFINISHED 11 9/16' 3'-0° 3' 4 7/16° WALL REPLACED
I - - - AND SCUPPER
PREFlNISHE SIDING PREFINISHED METAL REMOVE PORTION OF
o METAL D o SIDING I EXIST WALL AS NECESSARY
c
LIMIT AND SCU -1 FOR FOR NEW ELEVATOR�INSTALLATION
I , CORRIDOR REFINISHED I EXIST FACEBRICK RELOCATED DOWN PIPE
EXIST
ETAL SIDING BLK 0 MATCH�D(IST CONC.
7 MAKE GOOD ALL SURFACES
F'" 2ND F1OOR EXIST STL SIDING ENLARGED ELEVATOR PLAN BASEMENT
I A20� 114"=1'-0"
I I
7 1/2 8'-7- 7 1/ •
N 12'11 O 1/4° 7'-4-
I '-2 3/4° 3/4- 3'-0' S-0 1/4- CORRIDOR
FIN GRMD FLOOR EXIST COLUMN I VERT. NAILER
1 I TYP ALL FLOORS
EXIST HANDRAIL
WEST ELEVATION - --- --- -
-- - ---- -
-
PREFINISHED --
METAL DOWNPIPE 1
AND SCUPPER 1 I
EXISTING ASPHALT TILE ROOFING FIN. BASEMENT
PREFlN MTL FLASHING I
JAN
EXISTING FACEBRICK I
I o I � EXIST ELE (` M
PREFlN MTL SIDING - --
I ——I co I �, SHAFT °D �
PREFlN MTL FLASHING T MAS�I�RI• - - - - - - - - -- - - -
_ - - - - - - - - - -
"� - EAST ELEVATION I I I
ELEVATOR SHAFT
i N0. REVISIONS DATE BY
Z (IST EXIST DUCT SHAFT I
ZREMOVE PORTION OF PROVIDE NEW SHORING OR
I EXIST WALL AS NECESSARY
c FACEBRICK TEMPORARY LINTEL UNTIL
BEYOND METAL DOWNPIPE I FMAKEN GOOD WITH 8-I CONC.
AND SCUPPER SUCH TIME AS MASONRY BARRY * BRYAN
® I BL TO MATCH EXIST
WALL REPLACED
2MD FLOOR — — — — _ — — _ _ I MAKE GOOD ALL SURFACES ASSOCIATES ( 199 1 ) LIMITED
FIN CUr AND FIT OP ING I EXIST 1 S FIRE
IN DUCT SHAFT ALL I OFFICE RATED ASSEMBLY
ARCHITECTS ENGINEERS PROJECT MANAGERS
TO SUIT MECHAN CALL L EXIST PREFlN MTL SIDING Telephone (905) 666-5252
°f RELOCATED DOWNPIPE 2 ENLARGED ELEVATOR PLAN FIRST FLOOR
N
EXISTING FACEBRICK
_ FIN. M FLOOR EXIST STAIR — — — — —
L01
I I 1 TYPICAL WALL
U 1 I I 1 I CONSTRUCTION
U I N AS.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - � I 1 1/2- GYP BD ON /..
3/4 STRAPPING 0
16° C/C ON DETAIL }
_ _ _ _- - _ REMOVE EXISTING SIDING 7'-4. EXIST MASONRY WALL NUMBER ✓
�L- - - - - - - TO REVEAL EXISTING PAINT AND BASE j
I� >-I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I OPENING. AFTER INSTALLATION O 6'-4 7/16' TO MATCH EXISTING DETAIL OR
SOUTH ELEVATION I I I I OF NEW DUCTWORK, INFlIN AND REFERENCE }
J L_ — — — J L INSULATE ANY VOIDS. REINSTAL .
SIDING AND FLASH ALL S-4 7/16' DRAWING N0. �,� 63CENCE .?..
Z5 I PERIMETER "'� X78 *e
Re��ti
00/N7Nt91��
I
i — —
1
SIDING
REMOVE EXIST S2 PROJECT:
� I I 3 1-
N __________-- ----- --------- A501 REMOVE PORTION OF NEW ELEVATOR
a-- GAS—GAS —NEW HVAC UNIT—`}o — ———————— I EXIST WALL AS NECESSARY
ON SLEEPERS FOR NEW ELEVATOR INSTALLATION. INSTALLATION
� I EXIST ELEV 1 MAKE coop wrrH B' CONC.
"' --a BL TO MATCH EXIST
-------------m- --------------1 I SHAFT i MAKE GOOD ALL SURFACES
CLARINGTON BEECH CENTRE
DUCT ---
EXIST 1 HR FIRE
OPENING L---- RATED ASSEMBLY 26 BEECH AVENUE
BOWMANVILLE ONTARIO
( EXIST DUCT
0 I SHAFT 1 EXIST FACEBRICK
N 7'-4-
EXIST PREFlN MTL 2'-3• DRAWING:
y SIDING
7 1/2- 7 1/2-
ENLARGED PLANS
N AND ELEVATIONS
N-GAS—GAS EXIST WAC
DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY:
C.D.S. B.S.S.
DATE: SCALE: D1
JUN 2000 AS SHOWN
3 ENLARGED ELEVATOR PLAN SECOND FLOOR PROJECT NO: DRAWING NO:
�. �01
00099 A301
CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK AND VERIFY
— _ ALL DIMENSIONS AT THE SITE
6 SIM TYPICAL ROOF / \ TOP OF ELEVATOR
`CONSTRUCTIO / cj \ TYPICAL ROOF sIM 6 F ROOF BEYOND H G F
\ A501 CONSTRUCTION H � A501
/ \ / REMOVE PORTION OF /
/ 1 / EXIST ROOF \ ICAL ROOF 6
CO STRUCTION _ _ TYPICAL ROOF 6
r o _ I i _ / \ I CONSTRUCTION — A5o1
\ — / TYPICAL WALL TYPI AL WALL 1 \ I I \
U� \ - CONSTRUCTION CON TRUETION \ / \
EXIST S EAVE — \ \ / �\ TYPE 2 \\ TYP 2 / ` / NO. ISSUES DATE BY
0 1KSbNRY = MATC4 T/0 MASONRY
TYPICAL WALL / 1HR FlRE - W_" ffXIST WALL 1 ISSUED FOR TENDER AUG B S.S.
I CONSTRUCTION ` _ , RATED ASSEMBLY -- \ J \
\ � 3/00
0 `
TYPE 2 1 HR FlRE STORAGE � I BE REMOVED
RATED ASSEMBLY \
1 =1 JPN
TYPICAL WALL n ° EXIST /O MASONRY ( — — — — — — __ __ __ __ _ ORRIDOR CONSTRUCTION ` NURSERY SCHOOL CA, WASHROOM = _ _ _ = /
EXISTING CAVITY I _ TYPE 1 CONSTRUCTION
I I _ — — — _ � � / _ TYPICAL WALL
— — — — — WALL CONSTRUCTIOP t — — — — — — / _ \ I N
cn HVAC UNIT CONTRACTOR TO
_ I I C�IFf OFF AND REMOVE = M CORRIDOR = TYPE 1 POCKET INTO
REMOVE EXISTING ROOF I I VERIFY LOCATION OF i _ — — —
TO EXPOSE MASONRY I I BEAM SHOO�OOF JOISTS TO IEXTENT EXIST ROOF EXIST MASONRY m \\ _ \ Sim 7 EXIST ROOF
"3' \\ WALLS 4 I I \ I I WALL \ I I A501
/ I FIN.2ND FLOOR-1 D 1 FIN 2ND FLOOR I ------- -1------ I FW. 2ND FLOOR I -- ----1---- -
I I _�, --------------- ------ - --
/ I I 2 2' •� __ T 0 EXIST MASONRY
------_ _ _
BLOCKING TO \ // BLOCKI TO ELEV SHAFT \— —
F I I I I
EXIST BFAM EXIST B o _ = J �_ _ _ ( EXIST D�1CT STL
5 z I II II I EXIST ° — EXIST MAS�NRY IXISTINO PIPING I B�
II II `°
A501 I EXIST C BL I °f °' DUCTWORK `� l I EXIST DUCT
WALLS �o N \ /
w I it II 7 I — — — —o — —
—
JAN STORAGE OFFICE OFFICE MEN'S CORRIDOR CORRIDOR
WASHROOM
II II I CORRIDOR
I I � I
J O IJ = _ OW RN GRD FLR FN cRD FLR
I II I
I I CRAWLSPACE ELEV SHAFT
I I I I
II
II II o 6
ACTIVITY ROOM o MACHINE ROOM II 11 1 M
_ 11
EXIST GASKETTED CHECKER I I I I NO. REVISIONS DATE BY
PLATE SUMP PIT COVER I I I I
3 CORRIDOR SECTION BARRY *NA, ,moo, 14" BRYAN
ASSOCLATES ( 199 1 ) LIMITED
I I
L--- - - -J
C4 CS!
ARCHITECTS - ENGINEERS - PROJECT MANAGERS
Ln ui Telephone (905) 666-5252
N I
-1 1
O
ELEVATOR PR
2 ELEVATOR SECTION
EXIST SUMP PIT (SEE STRUCT) A201 1/4"=V-O"
I 1
I
1 ELEVATOR SECTION
DETAIL
A201 1/4"=1'-0" I — — NUMBERa
I — — — — DETAIL OR
THROUGH WALL — — REFERENCE
ADDITION EXISTING = = FLASHING — — DRAWING NO.
} 71T
5'-0- — — kip )rn!nnnnr noneca"'`'3'�
L. 4-5/I3-
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - METAL SIDING
SEAL AIR I �` PREFlN MTL PROJECT:
BARRIER CLOSURE
MEMBRANE DOOR FRAME T �1 �� — NEW ELEVATOR
�°`� INSTALLA110N
CLARINGTON BEECH CENTRE
N � N
DOOR FRAME 26 BEECH AVENUE
°D N (- ———-1 ANCHOR —
F1 SC1 L BOWMANVILLE ONTARIO
5-3/4- PREFlN MTL 5-3/4"
FRAME TYPES SCREEN TYPES 5-3/4- _ DRIP = DRAWING:
— I H.M. DD R _ H.M. DO R = REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
H11J1 —
SECTIONS AND DOOR
ELEV WASHROOM DETAILS
WASHROOM H2 J2 DRAWN BY: CHECKED C.D.S. B.S.S. BY:
. STORAGE HARDWARE DATE: SCALE: p1
DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE SCHEDULE 0 N c Y Wo o s JUN 2000 AS SHOWN
DOOR FRAME _ W S ''' _ `'' PROJECT NO: DRAWING NO:
HALL — FIRE � Y Y N � � m I
NO. SIZE & THICKNESS TYPE MAT. FIN. LOUVRE GLASS TYPE MAT. FIN. RATING m ° �a a ° iS x v °c r"-„ REMARKS
M G 1 3'-0-X7'-0-X1 3/4" G HM P - PE SC1 H1 J1 PS P • • • • • 00099
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 2 3'-o-xs'—s-x, 3/4" M HM P - - F1 H2 J2 PS P • . 10101 1919161 INSULATED DOOR A401
�01 DOOR TYPES
i
I
CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK AND VERIFY
ALL DIMENSIONS AT THE SITE
TYPICAL PARAPET
TRIM NAILER 2x4 016" C/C
FOLLOW PROFILE OF CONSTRUCTION
MECH UNIT
CRICKET EXIST ROOF TYPICAL ROOF
3/4" EXTERIOR GRADE TILES CONSTRUCTION METAL CLOSURE
PROVIDE 2x6 COLLAR pLWID --
71ES ON FIRST TWO =_
TYPICAL PARAPET FRAMING MEMBERS PREFlNISHED METAL 6x6 SLEEPER =_
PREFlNISHED METAL VALLEY FLASHING
CONSTRUCTION ROOF
HARD RUBBER VIBRATION
SUPPORT PAD I I I I I I I i l l l l l l l l == N0. ISSUES DATE BY
8• 8• CUT BACK ROOF MEMBRANE NISHED METAL --
AND COUNTERFLASH BOTH I PREFl
SIDES FLASHING -- AU
1/2' EXTERIOR GRADE -
- 1 ISSUED FOR TENDER 3/0 B.S.S.
GYP BD - CARRY V.B. OVER BLOCKING
AND SEAL II
-- 1/2' ANCHORS ® 16" C/C
- I TYPICAL WALL
I I II II II IIIII I — ' I II II II II it II II II I I II II II II II II II II I -- -- -- - - - - - - - - - - CONSTRUCTION
I =_
= i EXIST EXIST ROOF DECK
- I ATTIC SPACE 8x8x1'-6" HIGH P.T. BLOCKING
CONSTRUCTION PROVIDE PREFlNISHED
EXIST ROOF JOISTS - AC PNL
CEILING
TYPICAL ROOF ,- METAL SIDING ALONG --
FACE OF ELEVATOR SHAFT _-
BEYOND == METAL CLOSURE
CUT OFF PORTION OF -
EAVE TO ALLOW SHAFT - - - - - - - - Lim
TO EXTEND TO REQUIRED I MTL DRIP
HEIGHT.
CAP OFF EAVE WITH 1x12 EXIST STL BEAM •
CARRY GYP BD H.M. DOOR FRAME
- I - - - - - - - - AROUND BLOCK
FACSIA GY
EXIST P BID
ELEVATOR SHAFT
EXTEND MASONRY WALL EXIST
MIN 12'-4" ABOVE FINISHED WASHROOM 5
SECOND FLOOR
EXIST MASONRY WALL
EXIST BOND BEAM CONST
CONTRACTOR TO
PREFlNISHED METAL
VERIFY
TYPICAL FLASHING
CONSTRUCTION 7 3/4' MEMBRANE FLASHING
CONT OVER CURB
REMOVE EXIST ROOF BALLAST
AND ALL COMPONENTS EPDM MEMBRANE
TO EXPOSE EXIST MASONRY TAPERED INSULATION
3' RIGID INSULATION
VAPOUR BARRIER -
- — — METAL DECK - PARAPET
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CONSTRUCTION
- N 1/2" EXTERIOR GRD PLWD
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- � BOTH SIDES OF 2x4
= STUDS 0 16' C/C
EXIST MASONRY FILL VOID WITH FIBROUS
INSUL
N
_ I
00 2
1 CRICKET DETAIL I = LAP AND SEAL
VAPOUR BARRIER AND
A201 AIR BARRIER CORRIDOR
MEMBRANE AT ROOF
ILI —
__ - - - - - - - — NO. REVISIONS DATE BY
ALUM ANCHOR INTO BLOCK TYPICAL WALL =_ -
THRESHOLD CONSTRUCTION = ATTC32 RC/C
THERMAL BREAK ==CARRY ROOF MEMBRANE OVER __ - ANCHOR AND BARRY * BRYAN
BLOCKING == = BASEPLATE ,18 GUAGE BENT =_ - I ASSOCIATES ( 199 1 ) LIMITED
P�'� INSULATED WOOD =_
CURB (SEE 7/A501) _= 8' CONC BL s PARAPET DETAIL I I ARCHITECTS • ENGINEERS PROJECT MANAGERS
00 - - -- MASONRY WALL
RELOCATED PAVERS -- A4O1 1 1/2"=1'-0" I I Telephone (905) 666-5252
CAULK _ NEW P.T. WOOD - LAP AIR BARRIER OVER
EXTEND ROOF MEMBRANE
- - BLOCKING FASTENED == NEW BLOCKING - COUNTERFLASHING OVER
TO EXISTING BRICK __ TYPICAL WALL = CURB AND 6" UP WALL I
WALL 0 4'-0" C/C --_ CONSTRUCTION 1 =
I
All! 1/2"GYPSUM BOARD PREFlNISHED METAL EXIST PARAPET TO METAL FURRING CHANNELS 0 16' C/C PREFlNISHED METAL FLASHING
FLASHING AND CUPS BE REMOVED CONCRETE BLOCK AIR BARRIER ADHESIVE STL ANGLE EXIST ROOF TO 2 1/2" RIGID INSULATION
STL ANGLE BE REMOVED 2 1/2"X1 1/2' PR.T WD STRAPPING 2 1/2"x1 1/2"x16" HIGH
AT 24 c/C HORIZ = K�s W�STUDS I EXISTING ROOF EXIST dWSJ
WIND PREFINI�SHED METAL CLADDING - 2 1/2' FULLY ADHERED CONSTRUCTION p
RIGID INSUL
_- - - - - - - - 1/2" EXTERIOR GRD PLWD I 8" CONC. BIL
DETAIL
- 1
- - - - - - - - EXTEND VAPOUR - - COMPOSITE DECK � NUMBER
L
- - - - - - - BARRIER UP WALL I -_ - NEW EPDM COUNTERFLASHING DETAIL OR
8' CONC. BL AND SEAL - _ \STL BEAM REFERENCE �1
C6 FLOOR SUPPORTS _ _ " CUT BACK EXIST _ - _ , DRAWING N0. yyp 3478
• ROOFING AND INSUL. — - - - - - - - - - - - - -
iv — — I MAKE GOOD �'�~ leunenu°'0°°
- - - - - - - - - INSULATED WOOD CURB - - '-
_ = O
EXIST CAVITY WALL ,� (�•) o
2 DETAIL CONSTRUCTION I - -
RUBBER BASE- �; �� �� �� �� ;� �� �� 8 SECTION THROUGH DOOR
PROJECT:
�01 1 1/2"=1'-0" I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 I I I
I I I I I I I I i I I I I I I I I I Ago 1 1"=1'-D"
---- - NEW ELEVATOR
-T 1--T--T- l-�-T�1--T -
LAP AIR BARRIER !�-
AT ALL OPENINGS Q'
INSULATED H. . ----------------- ------ I EXIST CAVITY WALL INSTALLATIO
PRESSED STL EXIST MASONRY WALL --- -----
DOOR �,� `as CONSTRUCTION
DOOR FRAME
EXIST LEDGE ANGLE T`�'STL CAULK
CLARINGTON BEECH CENTRE
EXIST FACEBRICK ------ TYPICAL WALL
CONSTRUCTION METAL(FLASHING
RELOCATED PREFlNISHED METAL ..---1/2• GYP BD �� EXIST ROOF
PAVERS FLASHING ON STRAPPING ® CONSTR ION 26 BEECH AVENUE
BOWMANVILLE ONTARIO
_- U 16' C/C
TYPICAL WALL -- EMOVE PORTION '
CONSTRUCTION - STL SIDING AND '
EXIST METAL \_ SUPPORT REMOVE EXIST\ROOOF AND ', , DRAWING:
SIDING PREFlNISHED METAL "
CLOSURE _- ELEVATOR SHAFT °
oo
----------------\��-_---i ------ ------ - -----------------
II
DETAILS
---------------------------- II I II
EXIST MASONRY WALL — ___ _ — — — — — — _ - - — —HL
� —
I DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY:
ELEVATOR FRAME CLOSURE EXIST OWSJ 1 EXIST EXTERIOR WALL C.D.S. B.S.S.
BY OTHERS
WASHROOM 1 AND DOOR TO BE REMOVED DATE: SCALE:
EXIST DUCT
JUN 2000 AS SHOWN
`
ZE(IST ELEVATOR EXIST DUCT \ PROJECT NO: DRAWING NO:
SHAFT I \
4 SECTION DETAIL � WALL SECTION 9 PLAN DETAIL
10 RESERVED 00099 A501
3 PLAN DETAIL A201
A201 1 -1-o �01 1"=1'-0 A401 1 1/2"=1'-0" A2o1 1"=1'-0"
I
CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK AND VERIFY
ALL DIMENSIONS AT THE SITE
Y
WI
°
Q
o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 L3x3x1/4"
°
Z L3x3x1/4"
Z`, I TO
CUT OUT MISTING EXTEND MASONRY DECK WALL TO Nti ROOF ELEVATIO CUT EXIST OWSJ
0. ISSUES DATE BY
AT LOCATIONS
SHOWN. PROVIDE AUG
g 4 SHOES AND CONNECT i 1 ISSUED FOR TENDER 3 00 K.W.M.
Ol 5201 WALL, MASONRY ADDITI N EXIST NG
i I I I I I I
EXIST
ELEVATOR
J C6 L
FILL BOTTOM SHAFT 1 1/2- DECK
BLOCKS SOLID x24 0� 0 + + W 4
® EXIST MASONRY NEW
z Q I.I g I I I I I 1 0�' I I I ° I I I
WALL CORRIDOR o I � + + 6 LINTEL`` S201 N Ul 2-3 1/2" 31/2'x5/6'
/2' CON DICK 06 06 06
x
x
c� to
EXIST
c%1 I I C.N.T. = 0.030'1 I N c 16 G6 In
BASE PLATES
COLUMN �e 10M ® 12 O.C. E.W. x 'g•
to c>:�*in i;S , �5 '� BR. 1 6 x 7 x 1/2'
I I I I I I Q I I BFI 2 7 x 6 x 1/2' 9 CORRIDOR ROOF FRAMING
x I- MR — — BR 3 5 x 8 x 1/2* SZO
�4x x1 4' EDGE ANGLE
XI x 0
N. 1% NOTE'
1ST DIMENSION PARALLEL
BLOCK SOLID DOWN + + + + WITH BEAM
TO BEAMS TYP ul
ADD C6x8.2 BETWEEN EACH
6x6 P.T. EXISTING JOIST 7a L4x4xl/4' EXIST
ROOF FRAMING ROOF
LIVE LOAD 35 plf EXIST PART JOIST NEW EXIST DECK AND
DEAD LOAD 20 plf AND ROOF DECK CORRIDOR ROOF JOISTS
TO BE REMOVED POCKET INTO MASONRY
FOR HVAC SUPPORT SECOND FLOOR FRAMING L4x4xi/4" WALL
LIVE LOAD 100 plf COMPOSITE DECK 2-LZ 1/2x2 1/2x1/4"
DEAD LOAD 25plf — — — — — — — — — --- — — — — — — — — — —
EXIST WD ROOF — — — — — —
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
DECK t
-
— �— - - - - - - -/ \\- - — - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ i
9 EXIST. W8 X 20
EXIST A / A
ELEVATOR A // C6 \\ \\ L \
SHAFT A // \\ // A // A
—
\—� — — — — — — — — - -//— — — —
— �l
FLOOR PLAN ! EXIST MASONRY —
WALL
SZO 1 3116"=1'-0"
EXIST
CORRIDOR
ROOF BELOW
ADDITION EXISTING
s EXIST Owsi 8 CORRIDOR FLOOR FRAMING AT ELEVATOR
s2o1
8' MASONRY MATCH EXIST SZO1 314"=1'-0"
DECK I
J EXIST OWSJ GENERAL NO. REVISIONS DATE BY
1 ALL MS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL CONFORM TO THE BARRY • BRYAN
- 1 1 METAL DECK I I REQUIREMENTS OF THE ONTARIO BUILDING CODE. LATEST EDITION BARRY
C. .T.=0.030" �; 5 AND THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT/REGULATIONS ASSOCIATES 1991 LIMITED
N ° N ° I I N 0 0 FOR CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS.
Ox° 'n o o °x° "' I I � EXIST OWSJ H — - 2 CONFORM TO MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON GENERAL
a a ° ° c I " ± SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDING ALL SAFETI' REQUIREMENTS.
,3— — — — _ — — — — — — ARCHITECTS ENGINEERS PROJECT MANAGERS
'- 3 SITE VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND LEVELS. Telephone (905) 666-5252
� EXIST OWSJ 5
s2o1
X
�' I 1 /2' METAL DECK I 4 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO
3x3xl 4' E <F THE EXIST BLDG AND EQUIPMENT AND REPAIR SAME TO THE
� 0Q \ C.N.T. = 0. 31D' SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER AND CONSULTANT.
O r�asr uWa �Q x x 5 KEEP THE SITE THROUGHOUT THE WORK AREA IN A CLEAN AND
�6 I POCKETT'j 7Q c ORDERLY CONDITION AT ALL TIMES TO THE SATISFACTION OF
EXISTING V01 THE OWNER.
` I STRUCTURAL STEEL
I `
OPENING \ / CONT. 3 X 1/4' PLATE WITH 1 HOLLOW MATERIAL SSTUCTUR COSTEEELRMEMBERSASHALL BE GRADE 35OW
1/2 X 8" ANCHORS QaoFess�oh
0 16 O.C. 2 FABRICATION, ERECTION AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL CONFORM TO
CSA S16.1. DETAIL
3 I 3 ALL WELDING SHALL CONFORM TO CSA W59 AND SHALL BE NUMBER
S201 �
PERFORMED BY A WELDER QUALIFIED UNDER CSA W47. DETAIL OR a W MULLEN 4
I
4 ALL STEEL MEMBERS SHALL BE PAINTED WITH ONE SHOP APPLIED REFERENCE
2 ROOF PLAN
rT� ELEVATOR ROOF FRAMING COAT OF PRIMER. SPOT PRIME ALL WELDED AREAS. DRAWING N0. f '� �o
5 REMOVE PAINT FILM FROM ALL STEEL SURFACES TO BE WELDED. L'h�e of Oa��a
S201 3/16"=1'-0" SZO1 1/4"=1'-0" SPOT PRIME AS REQUIRED.
6 ALL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE WELDED, USING E48OXX ELECTRODES OR
BOLTED USING ASTM A325 HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS. PROJECT:
1 1/2' STL EXIST STL DECK
DECK EXIST EDGE 7 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE AND SUBMIT TO THE CONSULTANT NEW ELEVATOR
ANGLE FOR REVIEW SIX (6) COPIES OF ERECTION DIAGRAMS AND SHOP
DRAWINGS, STEEL MEMBERS, CONNECTIONS, ANCHORS, ELEVATIONS INSTALLATION
® 1 1/2' DECK AND DETAILS.
8 ALL SHOP DRAWINGS MUST BE REVIEWED AND STAMPED BY A
EXIST C6 EXIST C6 PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER IN THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
C6 x 8.2 ROOF CL4RINGTON BEECH CENTRE
EXIST DECK AND 26 BEECH AVENUE
EXIST BOND BEAM I 5X8X1/2" BASE PLATE W I ROOF JOISTS
CONTRACTOR TO 8" ANCHOR CORRIDOR CORRIDOR POCKET INTO MASONRY BOWMANVILLE ONTARIO
VERIFY WALL
ANIGLE/4' EDGE s DETAIL
L
. .
6BASEPLATE ANGLE DRAWING:
2-L2 1/2x2 1/2x'/4' STRUCTURAL PLANS
EXISTING ROOF -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - _ 11/2- MU& DECK NOTES, AND DETAILS
EXIST. wax 20 \\ 1 1/2' Gbur i\\
ELEVATOR SHAFT "
EXIST 24 OWSJ
TO BE CUT BACK \\ // i
AND SUPPORTED \\EXIST % // L A 3 X 1/4- CONT. PLATE
DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY:
ON NEW WALL bORRID6? // W/ 1 2x8' ANCHORS
zz — — — — — — A 16' O.C. C.D.S. K.W.M.
DATE: SCALE: D1
EXTENT OF C6 X 8.2 JUN 2000 AS SHOWN
EXIST MASONRY WALL
PROJECT N0: DRAWING N0:
CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY
5 T F FRAMING I N oorv%e,,
3 ELEVATOR SHAFT ROOF FRAMING 4 ROOF SUPPORT AT CUT JOISTS ELEVATOR ROOF
R G S201
SZO1 3/4"=1'-0" SZO1 3/4"=1'-0" SZO1 1/2"=1'-0"
- TIE INTO EXISTING CIRCUIT FOR LIGHTS IN
CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK AND VERIFY
EXISTING HALLWAY. IF POSSIBLE CONFIRM ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE LEGEND ALL DIMENSIONS AT THE SITE
PROVIDE NEW EXIT LIGHT CIRCUIT LOAD PRIOR TO TENDER AND
AND POWER WIRING FROM INSTALLATION. RUN NEW POWER WIRING TAG HVAC #3 GENERAL "' DURHAM ENERGY
Y ROOMS
EXIT LIGHT IN CORRIDOR 213 TO PANEL 10 ON MAIN FLOOR IF SEPARATE SERVICE BASEMENT ACTIVITY
CIRCUIT IS REQUIRED. NEW WALL SPECIALIST LIMITED
� � � � � � �-� � -� � --� MANUFACTURER CARRIER
7 , S , MODEL 48TJE004 EXISTING WALL
CONSULT 1 N G ENGINEERS
PROVIDE N EMERGENCY HEAT CAPACITY IN btuh 72,000 PH:(905)430-7151 FAX:(905)430-7154
LIGHTS C/ POWER PACK HEAT CAPACITY OUT btuh 59,200 DUCTWORK & AIR OUTLETS 502 HOPKINS STREET WHITBY, ONTARIO
I I I I I I STAIR I COOLING CAPACITY tons 3 NEW DUCTWORK
zts AIR FLOW cfm 1200 EXISTING DUCTWORK NO. ISSUES DATE BY
SUPPL AND INSTALL NEW 5 OW RELOCATE EX ING
BASEBOARD TER STATIC in.wc. •5 DEMOLITION DUCTWORK 1 ISSUED FOR TENDER LNS
208V/ PH ELECTRIC BASEBOARD u� I �---------� AUG3
TO EAST WA
� � – – – – – – – – – – J-I �/W BUILT IN THE AT – – – – �--------�
i WEATHERSEAL AND ACOUSTICALLY PROVID POWER FROM CLOS ST MIN. F/A cfm 240 2000
INSULATE FIRST 5' OF SUPPLY AND ( EXISTIN PANEL uh MOTOR HP hp 0.5 �� SUPPLY DUCTS (UP / DOWN)
RETURN AS PER SPECIFICATIONS , I NEW ,CORRIDOR ADDITION ci I ELECTRICAL volt/ph 208/3 RETURN DUCTS (UP / DOWN)
EXISTING 1 1/2"0 WEIGHT Ibs 750 APPROX.
GAS LINE FROM M ""—""— EXIT I -%' EXHAUST DUCTS (UP / DOWN)1310
I .-� _ STORAGE NOTES C/W ECONOMIZER, PROGRAMMABLE
I n / I I THERMOSTAT, CONDENSING FAN, BIRDSCREEN,
20x10 CORR� 2t4 CRANKCASE HEATER ROUND DUCTS (UP / DOWN)
RETURN AIR
EXISTING 1/4-0 VALVE DUCT 2t3 I EXTERNALLY INSULATED DUCT
1 G - - —� - - "I' I - - - - f TURNING VANES
O - EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE BALANCE DAMPER
�-' EXISTING3 1 1/4"0 GAS ELEV WRM 0 STORAGE I I TAG EF-1 (NEW)
_ 20� 2oa WRM SERVICE MACHINE ROOM (83) I FIRE DAMPER
2tt O I I OR n^ SUPPLY DIFFUS R
MANUFACTURER DELHI ® L J E
tot MODEL 207 T 7 DAY PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT
O
' - - - - - - - - 1--- 20x LKNALLY INSULA - - - - - AIR FLOW cfm 400
RETUR AIR UP FROM BASEM NT GRILLE TYPE
EXIS ING 1 1/4"0 I 20x10 XTERNALLY INSULATE I I STATIC in.w.c. 0.4 aR SYMBOLS — SIZE (in./mm)
GAS LINE TO EXISTING HVAC #4 I SUPP AIR DOWN TO BASEM NT MOTOR hp 1/6 AIR FLOW (cfm/I/s)
Ll I
RUN NEW 1 1/4"0 i I 14x1 NURSERY SCHOOL I NURSERY SCHOOL , NOTES C/W REMOTE TIMER CONTROL PIPING
GAS LINE NEW HVAC #3 20x10 Zoe 2i2
SUPPLY AIR 400 F I
G NEW GAS LINE
DUCT
RUN NEW ROOFTO POWER AND CONTR04 WIRING �N , , --------- G --------- EXISTING GAS LINE
HVAC#3
FROM DUCT SH N LIQUID TIGHT CON UIT IDS EXISTING BALL VALVE
PROVII)i UNIT SLEEPERS CORK AIR OUTLET SCHEDULE
AS PER ARCHITECTURAL D INGS
L� _ _ _ I _ _ _ - 202 _ - 1 _ _ _ I TAG A III NEW UNION
SERVICE SQUARE CONE DIFFUSER ELECTRICAL
I I MANUFACTURER PRICE
I 15A 120V 1 P GROUNDED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
EXISTING I i 10x8 EXHAUST DUCT FROM EF-1 L1 I I MODEL SCD/31/3C HUBBELL No. CBR15C
HVAC #4 EXTERNALLY INSULA ED FROM TOP 12x12 MODULE SIZE 24x24 $' ROCKER LIGHT SWITCH (3 DENOTES 3-WAY)
ELBOW TO LOUVRE -
COLOUR B12 � DISCONNECT SWITCH
PART ROOFTOP LAYOUT NOTES NO DAMPER � DUAL HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHT
PROVIDE EXHAUST LOUVRE FOR ELEVATOR SHAFT TAG E
SERVICE EGG CRATE FACE RETURN EXIT EXIT LIGHT
EXISTING SUMP PIT C/W SUMP PUMP
_ MANUFACTURER PRICE 'E= NEW POWER PANEL
MODEL 80 NO. REVISIONS DATE BY
® NEW 50OW 208V/1PH BASEBOARD HEATER
SIZE SEE DRAWINGS
SUPPLY AND INSTALL NEW 15 AMP FUSED CARTRIDGE SUPPLY AND INSTALL NEW 100 AMP FUSED CARTRIDGE COLOUR B12 LIGHTING BMRY , BRYAN
STYLE DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR NEW 11 OV/1 PH STYLE DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR NEW 208V/3PH
ELEVATOR LIGHTING. ALLOW MIN. 3m OF WIRE FOR CONNECTION ELEVATOR MOTOR. ALLOW MIN. 3m OF WIRE FOR CONNECTION NOTES NEW 1x4 LAYIN STANDARD FLUORESCENT FIXTURE ASSpC l S (199 1) UNIRED
TO EQUIPMENT BY THE ELEVATOR INSTALLING CONTRACTOR. TO EQUIPMENT BY THE ELEVATOR INSTALLING CONTRACTOR. VISIONEERING MODEL MRCTB 1 x4 1 L
, 2 1 / 3 ,1 , 4 1 , ,-1 ,-� -� TAG L1 ® FULLY ELECTRONIC,F32 WATT,ETB,1A20V BALLAST RE ARCHITECTS
i i i I '
6 , i SERVICE EXHAUST LOUVRE ENGINEERS PROJECT MANAGERS
MANUFACTURER VENTEX EXISTING 1x4 STANDARD LIGHT FIXTURE Telephone (905) 666-5252
20x1 RETURN AIR , MODEL ACL800 a REMAIN AS IS
OPEN TO EIUNG SPACE 20x10 EXTERNA Y INSULATED 10x8 EXHAUST AIR DUCT EXISTING SELF CONTAINED
RETURN AIR DU UP TO HVAC #3 I TO ROOFTOP LOUVER ELEVATOR SHAFT I SIZE 1402
COLOUR EXISTING N AS IS STANDARD UGHT FIXTURE
REMOTE TIMER CONTROL WITH
ON/OF ITCH FOR EF-1 I EF-1 ( 20x10 EXTERNALLY INSULATES I NOTES
I SUPPL AIR DUCT DOWN FR M HVAC #3
oo
' H I
ACTT TY OM AC IN E —RUN-REw—P IRl — — — —
40 E et s DUCT SHAFT TO NEW HVAC #3 BOILER RM flFESSrpl,�
ON ROOF DETAIL
24x 12 I I B-41 I O
z
I STORAGE I I I GRINNEL 262 OR EQUAL STRAPS GAS PIPE PAINTED WITH 2 NUMBER I,I iK�l r
FIE DANIPEI O OVERSIZE 2 SIZES LARGER FOR MOVEMENT COATS OF RUST RESISTANT DETAIL OR
Pic AL OF 2 I I I I SUPPLY AND INSTALL 14EW PAINT STRAPS WITH ANTI CORROSIVE PAINT YELLOW ON ALL OUTSIDE PIPING REFERENCE �, o
too _ .0 ® CR WL SPACE 0 DISCONNECT FOR NEW F-1 4"x4"x18"L PRESSURE TREATED WOOD BLOCK DRAWING N0.0 RUN NEW SUPPLY AIR DUCT IN NEW
BULKHEAD BULKHEAD BY OTHERS --- - -w --- --- ,. - a "0 I MEN'S PIPE SUPPORTS TO BE 8' APART FOR 1" PIPE No.12 2"L CADNIUM PLATED SCREWS -t of 110
Sol S _ O TI ( WASHROOM I I 10 APART FOR 1 1/4 PIPE AND OVER
HV C 3 B - - --- THERE MUST EVERY BEND SUPPORT AND AK OFF' " "
18 x18 HIGH DENSITY
L - - I- - - - - - - - - - - CONCRETE PAD PROJECT:
�-' � ® O � I UP I FINISHED ROOF
00 0o 8 a 1111111 O F NISHED 1 ROOF U COATN
a EDGES NEW ELEVATOR
SUPPLY AND INSTALL NEW 200AMP PANEL WITH PAINT
INSTALL NEW TAKEOFFS ON C/W 100AMP THERMAL CIRCUIT BREAKER
TOP OF NEW SUPPLY AIR DUCT I i I FOR ELEVATOR MOTOR AND 15AMP CIRCUIT INSTALLA11ON
TYPICAL OF 4 - — I BREAKER FOR ELEVATOR LIGHTING KITS DETAIL OF GAS PIPING SLEEPER ON ROOF
CLARINGTON BEECH CENTRE
I IUP 8® A I I I I
24x24 I I SUPPLY AND INSTALL NEW 40AMP DISCONNECT 26 BEECH AVENUE
150 FOR NEW HVAC #3 BOWMANVILLE ONTARIO
I I I
EXISTING WALL MOUNTED
EXHAUST FAN TO REMAIN CRAWL IsPAC STORAGE I EXISTING 600AMP SPUTTER
CLOSE ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN HOT STORAGE NOTES: DRAWING.
I I 1. ALL NEW ELEVATOR AND ROOFTOP UNIT POWER WIRING BASEMENT/ROOF I n
WATER VALVES TO EACH EXISTING HEATER PLAN S
IN ACTIVITY ROOMS I I I TO BE SUPPLIED FROM EXISTING 600 AMP SPUTTER IN
BASEMENT ELECTRICAL ROOM.
PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS AT EACH I 2. ALL NEW INDOOR POWER AND CONTROL WIRING TO BE M E C H./E L E C UPGRADES
SUPPLY AND RETURN HOT WATER I I I EXPOSED POWER WIRING RU ALL NEW OUTDOOR POWER AND CONTROL WIRING TO
VALVES TO DOORS EXISTING HEATERS ROOFTOP UNIT TO BE RUN IN LIQUIDTIGHT CONDUIT. ELEVATOR INSTALLATION
TO NEW EF-1
+ 4 ACCESS DOORS REQUIRED. NPCONDU T TOR151RAMP I I I 4. ALL NEW WIRING MUST BE IN CEILING SPACE OF
ELEVATOR LIGHTING I ACTIVITY ROOMS MUST BE APPROVED FOR USE IN CEILING
DISCONNECT SPACES USED AS RETURN AIR PLENUMS. DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY:
5. ELEVATOR INSTALLATION TO BE AS PER ALL APPLICABLE DFC LNS
CODES. DATE: SCALE:
EXPOSED POWER WIRING AUGUST, 2000 1/8" = 1'
PART BASEMENT LAYOUT TO 100 AMP ELEVATOR EXPOSED POWER WIRING PROJECT NO: DRAWING NO:
MOTOR DISCONNECT TO NEW HVAC #3
DES 00-2M ME1